DISCLAIMER

This Phoenix Journal was generated by scanning a printed edition using optical character recognition (OCR). Although efforts have been made to correct errors readers should refer to the image-based or printed version if discrepancies need to be resolved.

/Ground Crew

Version 1.0

This version is converted from a MS Word document and should work fine on any newer devices (Smartphones, Tablets, etc.)

COPYRIGHT POSITION STATEMENT AND DISCLAIMER

The Phoenix Journals are intended as a “real time” commentary on current events, how current events relate to past events and the relationships of both to the physical and spiritual destinies of mankind.

All of history, as we now know it, has been revised, rewritten, twisted and tweaked by selfishly motivated men to achieve and maintain control over other men. When one can understand that everything is comprised of “energy” and that even physical matter is “coalesced” energy, and that all energy emanates from God’s thought, one can accept the idea that the successful focusing of millions of minds on one expected happening will cause it to happen.

If the many prophecies made over thousands of years are accepted, these are the “end times” (specifically the year 2000, the second millennium, etc.). That would put us in the “sorting” period and only a few short years from the finish line. God has said that in the end-times would come the WORD--to the four corners of the world--so that each could decide his/her own course toward, or away from, divinity--based upon TRUTH.

So, God sends His Hosts--Messengers--to present that TRUTH. This is the way in which He chooses to present it, through the Phoenix Journals. Thus, these journals are Truth, which cannot be copyrighted; they are compilations of information already available on Earth, researched and compiled by others (some, no doubt, for this purpose) which should not be copyrighted. Therefore, these journals are not copyrighted (except SIPAPU ODYSSEY which is “fiction”).

The first sixty or so journals were published by America West Publishing which elected to indicate that a copyright had been applied for on the theory that the ISBN number (so necessary for booksellers) was dependent upon the copyright. Commander Hatonn, the primary author and compiler, insisted that no copyrights be applied for and, to our knowledge, none were.

If the Truth is to reach the four corners of the world, it must be freely passed on. It is hoped that each reader will feel free to do that, keeping it in context, of course.

CREATION

THE SACRED UNIVERSE

THE INCUBATION OF THE PHOENIX

BY

GYEORGOS CERES HATONN

A PHOENIX JOURNAL

ISBN 1-56935-047-7

Second Edition Printed by

PHOENIX SOURCE PUBLISHERS, Inc.

P.O. Box 27353

Las Vegas, Nevada 89126

September 1994

Printed in the United States of America

www.phoenixsourcedistributors.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 1

MON., OCT. 22, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

LIBERTY LOBBY MATERIAL

LET’S TELL IT THE WAY IT IS

WILL YOU ROLL OVER AND PLAY DEAD?

HERE IS WHAT YOU CAN DO

YOUR INFLUENCE COUNTS . . . USE IT!

PRESIDENT BUSH AND HIS „NEW WORLD ORDER‟

CAT’S OUT OF THE BAG

JUST TO BE DIFFERENT

THE ANSWERS TO THESE QUESTIONS

THIS IS A FIGHT

SENATORS PUSH AID FOR ISRAEL BENEFITS HIDDEN IN MONEY BILLS

RISK EXPOSURE

$6 TRILLION WORTH OF RISK EXPOSURE:

CHAPTER 2

WED., OCT. 24, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

VULCANISM

INTRUSIVE VULCANISM

BATHOLITHS AND STOCKS:

LACCOLITHS

SILLS:

DIKES:

PEGMATITES:

EXTRUSIVE VULCANISM

VOLCANOS:

VARIATIONS IN ERUPTION

CALDERAS

LOSS OF LIFE

CLASSIFICATION BY CONE SHAPE

FISSURE FLOWS

SO WHAT, SOLTEC?

CHAPTER 3

SUN., OCT. 28, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

I. The Nature of Sananda

II The Nature of Jesus

III.The Nature of Mohammad

CHAPTER 4

MON., OCT. 29, 1990

CHAPTER 5

TUE., OCT. 30, 1990

TODAY’S URGENT WATCH

CONFIRMATION

ISRAELI RATIONALE

PROXY FIGHT

WHAT OF THOSE SAUDI OIL FIELDS?

OF COURSE BUSH KNOWS!

JEB BUSH

ANOTHER CONFIRMATION

CHAPTER 6

WED., OCT. 31, 1990

INFORMATION SORTING

REVISITING THE FALL OF BABYLON

HOW SO WATER?

HOW DOES A NATION SURVIVE SUCH THINGS?

DIVORCE MORAL AND SPIRITUAL LESSON OF TRUTH

WHAT HAPPENED?

THE NATIONAL COUNCIL

CHAPTER 7

THU., NOV. 1, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

THE GLOBAL AGENDA

VOTING FRAUD

INTIMIDATE THIRD WORLD CHALLENGERS

NEW TYPE OF WAR?

MID-EAST OIL--BIG POWERS FUEL

CAPITALISM

EXAMPLES

DID SADDAM STEP ON U.S. TOES?

SO LET US LOOK BACKWARD

OIL, POWER, PROFITS--IMPERIALISM

SHIFT LOCATION

HYPOCRISY AND WEAKNESSES

WHY TERM “PALESTINIAN ENEMY”?

CHAPTER 8

FRI., NOV. 2, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

JUST WHAT ARE THE “PLANS” AS OF THIS DAY?

BUSH PROJECTIONS

THE WAR PLANS FOR EARLY NOVEMBER

CHAPTER 9

SAT., NOV. 3, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

CHAPTER 10

WED., NOV. 7, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

SOLTEC/EARTH WATCH

DEMOCRATS STILL HOLD CONGRESSIONAL MAJORITY

WAR NOW U.S. ONLY?

ASSASSINATIONS AND ATTEMPTS

BRITISH POWER

ISRAELI WATCH

WATCH YOUR VITAMIN CUPBOARD! AND REMEMBER CHINA

KAHANE

GODSON AND THE “J4” SCHEME

DAD

MOSSAD TIE-IN

AND WHAT OF URI RA’ANAN

KISSINGER

COMMENTARY MAGAZINE OBSERVATION

KISSINGER HAS “GONE PUBLIC”

CHAPTER 11

THU., NOV. 8, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

NORIEGA?

COUNTDOWN TO WAR WELL UNDERWAY

CHAPTER 12

SAT., NOV. 10, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

ISRAEL IN LEBANON

SYRIA

NORIEGA INCIDENT

A WORD TO THE WISE--HINT, HINT!

WHERE DO YOU GO FROM HERE?

CHAPTER 13

MON., NOV. 12, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

THE HIDDEN WAR ALREADY UNDER WAY

PROTESTS

SECRETS!

FRENCH ROLE

EXPLODING JERUSALEM

WHO ARE THE REAL CRIMINALS?

WHAT HAPPENED TO YOUR “DRUG WAR”?

END OF SO-CALLED “WAR”

WHY DOESN’T SADDAM JUST “GIVE UP”?

LET US TALK “REAL” PLANS

OUTRAGEOUS THEORIES

SOVIET SHADOWS

THE 64,000 DOLLAR QUESTION

BACK TO BULL’S (IRAQ’S) SUPER ARTILLERY

EXTENDED-RANGE AMMUNITION

SHUDDER NOW—RANGE OVER 5,000 MILES

DIFFICULT FOR U.S. AIRCRAFT

GOOD AIR POWER?

CHAPTER 14

TUE., NOV. 13, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

RIGHT NOW!

EARTH “THINGS”

YOU HEARD THE WORD; BUT DID YOU HEAR IT?

INTERPRETATIONS

MOVE INTO REVERSE

YOU FEAR NOT SURVIVING

CHAPTER 15

TUE., NOV. 13, 1990

ONENESS

ANGELS AND EXTRATERRESTRIALS

WHAT OF THE “OTHER” REALITY?

WHEN SERVICE CALLS

SHIFTING AWARENESS

CHAPTER 16

WED., NOV. 14, 1990

LIMITLESS

INTUITIVE SENSE

HUMAN INDIVIDUALITY

FUTURE CREATION

WHAT HAPPENS

THEN IT HAPPENS

CHAPTER 17

THU., NOV. 15, 1990

THE TIME IS AT HAND

I AM SANANDA; JESUS ESU ISSA EMMANUEL, ETC

I AM, AND BECAUSE I AM SO MIGHT YE BE!

CHAPTER 18

FRI., NOV. 16, 1990

NO ACCIDENTS

VIEW FROM THE MOUNTAIN—SHADOWS IN BIOLOGICAL MIRROR

CHAPTER 19

SAT., NOV. 17, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

NOW LOOK AT WEAPONS

FORMIDABLE DEFENSES

FACE WALL OF FIRE

NEW TYPE WEAPON

LET US DISCUSS PRISONERS OF WAR

AN INTERVAL OF NON-TIME

LAWS

COULD IT BE A GENERATION AWAY?

EITHER OR--

MORNING OF CREATION

WE HAVE COME TO REMIND YOU OF WHO YOU ARE!

AS WE GO

CHAPTER 20

SAT., NOV. 17, 1990

CITIES OF LIGHT

ADJUSTMENT

ONLY ONE SPIRIT--MANY FORMS THEREOF

YOU CREATED IT--YOU WILL CREATE YOUR WAY OUT OF IT

WHAT ABOUT FINAL SEPARATION?

COME AS CHILDREN TO THE GLORY

CHAPTER 21

SUN., NOV. 18, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

ABANDONED

CREDIBILITY

NO OATHS BROKEN

WHO WOULD DEFEND GARWOOD?

LT. COL. JAMES “BO” GRITZ

ROSS PEROT

NOW LET US LOOK AT 60 MINUTES

WHAT IS CONGRESS DOING ABOUT THIS?

CHAPTER 22

MON., NOV. 19, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

LET ME OUTLINE THE PLAN UNFOLDING

PEACE EVER-AFTER

WHAT HAS CHANGED?

BUT YOU SAID--HATONN!

CHAPTER 23

TUE., NOV. 20, 1990

HONOR TO DR. JOHN L. KING

WHAT OF THOSE WHO DISCOUNT THE JOURNALS?

TODAY’S WATCH

TROUBLED WATERS

CALM THE TROUBLED WATERS

ETERNAL BEING

THE BIRD TRIBES DESCEND

UNDERSTANDING

SERVICE

CHAPTER 24

TUE., NOV. 20, 1990

NO WORDS

UNINFORMED

50,000 YEARS PAST

DEDICATION

This journal has been reprinted especially for all those who love to think about or to see, smell, hear, taste and touch the countless beauties of our wondrous orb. (By an anonymous donor.)

And don’t forget to keep watching (and painting with your eyes) the skies she floats through. Someday I hope to travel there.

“What on Earth are you doing about Heaven????” Are you efforting to balance the score with our Master Artist?

We in Montana wish to thank you. So why not get busy, for our sake and yours?

INTRODUCTION

As you of the human species move into the throes of the time of chaos, you will be turning again and again unto the “meaning” of life and the question of existence. The pat answers from those self-appointed gurus and preachers will not fulfill your quest for Truth. There is only one place to turn for coming into peace and understanding--UNTO GOD. God never pulls away from man--man efforts to pull from God in his searching for the physical path to spirituality. There is no such thing, beloved ones.

How did the “higher brotherhood of man” get so smart? The same way as you--the hard way! We evolved and grew and learned our lessons and now we are come again unto you, the human of Earth, as emissaries of that One Creator and in the service of the wondrous whole of The Creation--to serve as teachers and wayshowers to you who have lost your vision of Truth and stumble in the darkness. God has sent ones of His realms to fill commissions that you might be given that which you need to find Truth and the WORD. The choice of participation shall be left unto EACH until the final hour.

As the cycles turn and the wheel of Creation rotates, there would be the time when you would again look unto God. We come only as heralded as the “Hosts”, in service and forerunner of God, unto your placement for we are representative of naught except your higher self coming into awareness--we act in separation only as you separate from us of higher beings.

You were sent forth upon the planet to be caretakers and now the consequences must be faced for failure to perform your task in gentle and balanced Truth in action unto Her.

We have held the Earth most carefully and assigned to her the very brightest spirits. In this age now, our patience is rewarded for there are those of you who at last look up and see beyond the microscopic interpretations of those singularly misleading egos.

You begin now to perceive us and communicate with us. We do that which we can with the primitive words of your ego-created languages but it is much like speaking with our hands through the movement of shadows on a cave wall, the fire of your interest ever flickering and fleeting. But crude and primitive symbolism is that which we have with which to come into communion and so shall it be. For as you sense the reality behind words and follow the direction of guided and divine thought, there is movement in your life as a collective people desiring change from the chaos into life. Perhaps you can now leave the cave of deceit and enter the sunlit garden that has ever been your true home and heritage.

We are referred to in many ways: the Pattern Beings, the Winged Ones, the Travelers of the Heavens, the Sky People, the Light Bearers and the Flying Tribes--we are but the Hosts sent in service for a transition back into Godness and to act as alarm clocks to those sleeping while destruction descends upon you. We are come at your request to open the door of the prison you have built around yourselves without realizing the consequences of the isolation of a fragment taken from the whole of God-ness.

The journey of spiritual growth has been long indeed--there is no “quick fix” and no “instant” perfection. Perfection comes only with and through God and therefore man seeks in all the wrong places and directions searching for a PHYSICAL way to attain Godness. The very simplicity of the transition is too much to be reckoned with in most instances. The God within calls softly unto you to open your eyes and see that which He has sent unto you to Light your path. We are your brothers come to show you the way and the “Captain” of the ship is perfection of brilliant light which is missed by the totality of its surrounding capacity. You cannot “see” because of all of which you “see”. You look for proof in a manner understood only through the physical experience and you shall never find understanding through the physical--only through the spirit.

It is however, only through coming into Truth and Knowledge that will allow your physical journey to be long enough to allow your spiritual understanding to find balance and peace for you are manifest upon a physical plane of experience. Ours is to bring Truth that you might be an “informed transitioner”! What ye do with the WORD is placed within your own decision. We judge not for yours is to have free-will choice and ours is to bring the Word. We come with total love and petition that you look carefully indeed for the cycle of change is now upon you. Saalome’

May you ever see as with eyes of the eagle and walk gently as the dove that we each and all will be found whole and worthy of flight unto our Source.

I am Gyeorgos Ceres Hatonn

CHAPTER 1

REC #1 HATONN

MON., OCT. 22, 1990 8:24 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 67

MON., OCT. 22, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

Hatonn present in the Light of Truth that the word shall go forth and that we might move quickly along with the writing. Information hidden or hoarded cannot serve the people. This of course is why the effort to ban the Journals--TRUTH SHALL SET YOU FREE!

I URGE ALL PARENTS TO KEEP VERY CLOSE ATTENTION TO YOUR CHILDREN--ESPECIALLY THE YOUNG ONES--DURING THESE IMMEDIATE DAYS AND NIGHTS. THIS IS THE CELEBRATION OF EVIL AND SATANIC SACRIFICE. DO NOT ALLOW YOUR LITTLE ONES TO GO OUT ABOUT THE STREETS. IF YOU ARE NOT STRONG ENOUGH AS PARENTS TO DISALLOW THIS TRICK OR TREATING, I STRONGLY URGE YOU TO BE IN IMMEDIATE ATTENDANCE. AS YOUR WORLD MOVES INTO HIGHER AND HIGHER RATES OF CHAOS, THERE WILL BE MORE HEINOUS PARTICIPATION IN SATAN WORSHIP. I WANT YOU TO PONDER THE POSSIBILITY OF YOUR CHILD BEING STRIPPED OF ITS SKIN WHILE ALIVE AND I BELIEVE IT WILL GIVE SOME OF YOU STRENGTH ENOUGH TO DENY THE RIDICULOUS LOTTERY GAME OF GOING FORTH FOR CANDY PIECES ABOUT THE NEIGHBORHOOD. I PLEAD WITH YOU TO HEAR ME FOR THE TERRORISTS’ PLANS ARE ALREADY LAID. FURTHER, THERE WILL BE AN ATTEMPT TO CAUSE YOU TO BELIEVE ABDUCTIONS WILL COME FROM SPACE BRETHREN--PLEASE HEAR THIS AS WARNING!!!

As you observe the ridiculous nonsense going on within your halls of Congress--please do not think it is unintentional. There are so many thrusts projected that it is mere sleight of hand to deceive you. The SHADOW GOVERNMENT is set forth now to get everything and more than the first foolish document brought within their clutches. What is happening now is a great intent to unseat as many incumbents as possible--however, any “Democrat” on the administration’s side of the issue will be preserved if possible. Otherwise, the “leaks” of bribes, etc., (true or false) are for the intent of getting you the people to retire the old line Democrats and vote in the opposition which will then give the Administration voting power over the Congress. The Elite have set it up to win either way! You are headed for a New World Order and you are headed there very quickly--it is up to you to act.

LIBERTY LOBBY MATERIAL

Rather, Dharma, than to randomly thrust information upon you, allow us to present that which is already coming forth so that there is guidance as to where and how to come together to STOP the wave of this consuming beast. There are some things in the following material with which I do not fully agree; however, it is material upon which you can take action in a positive manner.

To conserve space I ask that this not be set into indention. I will tell you where the quote begins and when it ends:

QUOTE: ARE YOU READY FOR A “NEW WORLD ORDER”?

Although President George Bush, his hand on the Bible, swore on January 20, 1989 to “preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States,” he now leads the chorus for a “new world order”.

Joining the chorus are Soviet leader Gorbachev and his foreign minister Shevardnadze, Dan Rather of CBS, Abe Rosenthal of the N.Y. Times, “conservative” chameleons like Wm. F. Buckley Jr., and Newt Gingrich (R-Ga.) and every liberal, leftist, Zionist and Trilateralist in the world.

For many years patriots have warned their fellow Americans that the conspiracy to destroy American sovereignty would culminate in a new world order, more often referred to as WORLD GOVERNMENT.

Patriots who sounded this farsighted alarm years ago were either ignored or called “paranoid” or “extremist” or worse.

Now who’s crazy? And who is selling out America?

Treason doth never prosper, what’s the reason? Why, if it prosper, none dare call it treason!

LET’S TELL IT THE WAY IT IS . . .

President Bush, under the cover of what he calls “national defense” to “protect” us from a dictator he supported up to a few weeks ago, has unconstitutionally deployed at least 180,000 troops in the Saudi desert plus numberless ships, planes, tanks, guns, rockets, poison gas, explosives and deadly bacteriological weapons. A devastating holocaust could break out at any moment with thousands of young Americans killed and maimed for life--for absolutely nothing of value.

Diplomatically, Bush has shamed America by allying us with filthy scum such as Hafez al-Assad, the murderous, corrupt dictator of Syria and with the multi-billionaire oligarchy of Saudi Arabia as well as the terrorist government of Israel and the ambitious of dotty British imperialists.

The conclusion is clear but sad. Bush and his Israeli-Trilateralist backers are now moving to install a garrison state in place of our Constitutional Republic, with all reins of government in the hands of their obsequious menials . . . like George Bush.

And to give himself and his mattoid controllers a shred of reason, Bush calls his illegal usurpation of power his “new world order”.

WILL YOU ROLL OVER AND PLAY DEAD?

Or is the Establishment going to have to drag you, kicking and screaming, into their “new world order”?

Syndicated columnist Pat Buchanan is one of the few prominent voices to say “NO” to their “new world order”. He’s fighting. He’s kicking. He’s screaming. [H: Unfortunately--not very hard any longer.]

Buchanan summarized it best when he wrote:

“The Trilateralist Council on Foreign Relations; the Wall Street-Big-Business elite; the neo-conservative intellectuals who dominate the think tanks and the op-Ed pages; the Old Left, with its one-world, collective security United Nations upper allies dream: All have come together behind the „new world order‟; But out there, trying to break through, is the old authentic voice of American patriotism, or nationalism, of America First, saying, „Hell no, we won’t go.‟”

Pat’s right. We’re not going!

That’s why LIBERTY LOBBY is ready to fight.

Time is short. There’s a lot to do before It’s too late.

Unfortunately, not everybody reads The SPOTLIGHT (OR THE PHOENIX JOURNALS). So they don’t know what is really going on. But one thing is sure . . .

We’ve already got the American public on our side if they ever knew it. Trouble is, they sure are being brainwashed by the Establishment media, which treats Bush’s illegal intervention and his “new world order” blabberings as worthy of respect.

HERE IS WHAT YOU CAN DO

* Spread the word. You know the facts from this letter and the SPOTLIGHT AND THE JOURNALS WITH EXPRESSES. (Ed. note: Now known as CONTACT.)

* Call radio talk shows. Write letters to newspapers. Tell the public what Bush can do with his “new world order”. [H: It would seem that you can tell them in any obscene language you choose for as with “2 LIVE CREW” and the “Maplethorpe ART”? there appears to be nothing obscene left in your vernacular!] Tell‘em YOU’RE NOT GOING!

* Call your congressmen and two senators and tell them the same.

* BUY GIFT SUBSCRIPTIONS TO THE SPOTLIGHT, THE CONTACT AND THE PHOENIX JOURNALS FOR YOUR FRIENDS, RELATIVES, ASSOCIATES AND LOCAL LIBRARY--DEMAND THAT THEY BE PLACED IN THE PUBLIC LIBRARIES. AND IF YOUR OWN SUBSCRIPTION IS COMING UP FOR RENEWAL, RENEW NOW!

* Make a contribution of service or whatever you have to offer to these workers in behalf of America’s Freedom. [H: In the case of Phoenix Institute, these contributions of “size” can be invested in precious metals and used as collateral--giving you a personal win/win position, whereby you can contribute and have your gold too! Contact the Phoenix Institute for Research & Education Ltd., P.O. Box 27740, Las Vegas, NV 89126.] The funds will be used to spread the word through newspaper ads, radio shows and mailings to millions of patriots in America.

* In short, do what you can to alert the country to the conspiracy to destroy our national sovereignty in a bottomless pit of international corruption. Remember,

YOUR INFLUENCE COUNTS. . . USE IT!

* * * * *

CONTINUE QUOTE: DIFFERENT DOCUMENT.

PRESIDENT BUSH AND HIS “NEW WORLD ORDER”

Say it once. Say it twice. Say it three times. “NEW WORLD ORDER.” you might as well say it since you’re going to be hearing a lot about it in the days to come. It’s nothing new. The world-improvers have been working on it for a long time but they’ve never admitted it publicly before. Now, the

CAT’S OUT OF THE BAG

and you can thank your conservative Republican president and his chorus of yes-men for it.

In his book, THE WORLD CONSPIRACY, author Nicola M. Nicolov describes this old conspiracy and succeeds very well. The evidence proving a plot to impose world government is there and it cannot be denied. [H: Many authors, in addition, such as Antony Sutton, The Phoenix Journals, etc., have detailed this plan in infinite outlay. Please go and research for self to KNOW Truth.]

To usher in this “new world order” a good war is needed. Well, not exactly a good war, any old war. And the war that Bush and his superiors have fashioned is war enough. It’s a lousy war and no war aims that will stand up to examination--which is exactly what the rest of the media are making sure of.

But let’s examine what this war is all about and what to expect from it--and what not to expect from it.

Like all wars this country has been slickered into since the Civil War, it is presented as a do-good-for-others war with no thought whatsoever being given to the advantages supposed to flow for us. Isn’t the world mission for the internationalists to improve the lot of everyone else while ignoring the problems at home? But...

JUST TO BE DIFFERENT

Let’s examine all of the magnificent results to be logically expected for the Great American Suckers who are expected to fight and pay for Mr. Bush’s war. Let us look at things--for a change--from the standpoint of the interests of the American nation and the people who inhabit it, not the interests of the Israelis, the British, the Arabian oiligarchs, the international oil companies and bankers. We realize this is a unique outlook but let’s make a stab at it.

Let us ask some questions, very specific. Let us consider the major and vital issues facing the American people--which happens to be exactly the issues the politicians WISH TO AVOID:

* Will Mr. Bush’s war lower Federal spending?

* Will it lower taxes?

* Will it lower the Federal budget?

* Will it decrease the size and power of the meddling and wasteful Federal bureaucracy, including such freedom-expanding and helpful agencies as the IRS, FDA and CIA?

* Will it diminish political corruption?

* Will it lower the interest burden?

* Will it fight inflation?

* Will it lower the price of gas, diesel, heating oil, etc?

* Will it fight the drug plague?

* Will it make it safe for people in cities to walk the streets again without being mugged or killed?

* Will it help to uncover the crooks who perpetrated the S&L scam of $500 BILLION or so?

* Will it aid the American farmer or wage-earner or retired worker or the homeless and destitute?

* Will it clean up our slums, fix up our highways, provide cheap public transportation and give the unemployed honest labor producing for society instead of the waste of war?

* Will it clean up our smutty media and entertainment? Will it replace pornography with art?

* Will it improve or even serve to maintain your quality of life in any way unless you are of a favored class of profiteers or own an oil well?

THE ANSWERS TO THESE QUESTIONS

are evident by asking them. War always increases the size and power of the government. It always enriches the sleazy profiteers and tends to keep the politicians in office. It always diverts the attention of the public from the real issues, centering their ardor on unattainable chimeras and will-‟-the-wisp rhetorical flourishes, a sure and certain recipe for domestic disaster. And in this case the worst chimera of all is the new world order of the international mattoids, carefully designed to separate the American people not only from their money and their blood but also their Constitution, because what we are talking about is world government, nothing less.

It wasn’t too long ago when the conservatives of America were often heard sounding their opposition to the socialistic, leftist world planners who made the mistake of actually saying what they meant. When they said they were for world government, they made no effort to hide it. But the conservatives and libertarians now working for world government are not that frank. They are only working for free trade, a world money transfer system without any encumbrances, the letting down of all immigration barriers, the elimination of passports, even an international money system and they profess not to understand that the culmination of their desires would result in the end of American sovereignty, the Constitution and everything identifiable as American. Can they really be that stupid? Or do they just expect the American people to be stupid enough to swallow the bait?

THIS IS A FIGHT

for American sovereignty, you can be certain of that. Loss of sovereignty means loss of everything Americans have built; it is repudiation of every American who has died for his country--as certain a repudiation as this government now gives to the many POWs and MIAs lost in Korea and Vietnam--and the ones who will certainly be lost, forgotten and repudiated in the war Mr. Bush is trying so hard to get started. (Remember that in case you’re thinking of enlisting.)

As Theodore Roosevelt said, “Real patriotism consists of speaking the right and doing what is right, even if the president and the Trilateralist/Israeli lobby don’t like it.”

IT’S TIME TO SPEAK UP.

END QUOTES.

* * * * *

I, Hatonn, can only urge you to take these things within thine hearts and hear the fading beat of the drum of freedom. You are on the brink of losing your very Sovereignty as a Nation of the United States of America!

I can add nothing to these urgent messages which can be more pointed or thought provoking. I can only tell you that they tell less than the half of it.

If you still need some confirmation regarding this subject, I shall just reprint from a couple of Telefaxes sent to us from the Associated Press International. Sometimes truth is hidden in the projections and at least give you a good idea of what is being hidden from you. For everything printed, 99% is kept from you--YOU HAVE NO FREEDOM OF SPEECH!

QUOTE: HUNTSVILLE TIMES, 10/17/90:

SENATORS PUSH AID FOR ISRAEL; BENEFITS HIDDEN IN MONEY BILLS

WASHINGTON--Two money bills being pushed through in the waning days of Congress have been stuffed with benefits for Israel that could be worth hundreds of millions of dollars with virtually no public debate.

More than a dozen provisions, most initiated by Sen. Daniel Inouye, D-Hawaii, and Sen. Robert Kasten, R-Wis., have been tucked away in bills appropriating money for the Pentagon and for foreign aid in the fiscal year that began October 1.

Inouye chairs the Appropriations Defense subcommittee, and Kasten is the senior Republican on the Foreign Aid subcommittee.

Ranging from a $15 MILLION refurbishing of Israel’s port at Haifa to a new $180 MILLION strategic petroleum reserve in Israel, the benefits apparently are intended to counterbalance Bush Administration gestures to two Arab countries, Egypt and Saudi Arabia.

President Bush is seeking to forgive $6.7 BILLION in military debts Egypt owes the United States and has sought congressional permission to sell $7.5 BILLION in weapons to the Saudis with another $14 BILLION expected to be requested in January.

Those moves, intended to reward both countries for their cooperation in the Persian Gulf crisis, have raised worries among Israel’s supporters that the United States might be tilting away from its closest ally in the Middle East.

At the same time, Israeli officials have appealed to the United States for additional aid to offset the increased costs of keeping military forces on high alert. The increased activities, including keeping planes in the air, will cost Israel an additional $1 BILLION this year, officials say.

Supporters of Israel are pointing to bellicose statements against their country by Iraqi President Saddam Hussein. They also are reminding the United States of its promise to maintain Israel’s “qualitative edge” in regional military might.

Israel, with $3 BILLION in DIRECT CASH AID EACH YEAR, already is the leading foreign recipient of American largess. “They know our budget better than we do,” one aide said of the pro-Israel lobby.

Among the bills‟ new provisions:

* Making Israeli firms eligible for contracts under the Pentagon’s $200 million-plus Overseas Workload Program, which provides for local service and maintenance of military facilities and equipment.

The defense bill directs the Pentagon “to identify and develop new specialized capabilities in depot maintenance and repair in Israel” and says Israel may have the inside track on maintaining U.S. F-15 fighter planes and converting 400 F-4 aircraft to drones.

* Giving Israel, along with Turkey, first choice of excess defense equipment no longer needed by the Pentagon, potentially including large items like aircraft.

* Establishing a 4.5 million-barrel strategic petroleum reserve in Israel, valued at about $180 million, to which Israel could have access “in the event of a wartime emergency or a state of heightened military readiness.”

* Positioning an additional $200 million in U.S. military stockpiles in Israel.

* About $42 million to continue the development of Israel’s Arrow anti-tactical ballistic missile, and a recommendation to buy Israel’s Shaldag fast patrol boats for the Navy’s SEAL special operations force.

In the foreign aid bill now pending on the Senate floor, Israel also would get permission to use up to $200 MILLION of its $1.2 BILLION in economic aid for military purposes as long as the Persian Gulf crisis continues.

That bill also would provide that Israel receive $1.7 BILLION of its $1.8 BILLION in military aid within 30 days of beginning of the fiscal year. That means the United States would have to BORROW THE MONEY AND GIVE IT TO ISRAEL TO REINVEST, EARNING ABOUT $60 MILLION EXTRA FOR TEL AVIV IN INTEREST.

The bill also would give Israel access to $100 million IN NEW BUYING POWER FOR DEFENSE ITEMS.

END QUOTE.

So be it, for as you sleep the foxes are eating your hens!

Now, if the next doesn’t make you throw-up, I can’t imagine what will cause you ones to rise up and pay attention. Can it be that the citizens of this world are so easily gullible to lies?

QUOTE: SAME PAPER, ASSOCIATED PRESS, OCT. 16, 1990. [H: Let me assure you there is a reason this would run in a Huntsville Times. You will not see such a document, uncut and untampered from the AP in Establishment publications, UNLESS it is to give misinformation--you must be the judge!]

5,000 ARABS LIVE IN JERUSALEM VILLAGE: JERUSALEM...Abdallah Hsein, a bearded auto mechanic, is not afraid of an Iraqi chemical attack. God, he says, will decide if he lives or dies.

Yet, like most of the 5,000 Arabs in the south Jerusalem village of Beit Tsafafa, he stood in line to get his gas mask on MON., the first day of nationwide distribution of the protective kits.

Handing out the masks to Palestinians points up the contradictions the Israeli army faces in dealing with Arabs in Jerusalem.

The government considers the residents of Beit Tsafafa to be Israeli citizens, but many see themselves as enemies of the Jewish state. Some youngsters receiving the masks in the Arab village said they’d been tear-gassed by the army for stoning soldiers.

The government decided “earlier this month” to hand out the masks to Israel’s 4.7 million citizens in case Iraqi President Saddam Hussein makes good on this threats to attack Israel with chemical weapons. [H: You good Americans paid for those masks--where are yours?] Last week, the army tested its distribution network in three small Jewish towns. On MON., it opened some 400 stations throughout Israel, hoping to distribute two million masks by the end of the week.

Residents of Beit Tsafafa trickled into a community center to be among the first Arabs to get the masks.

A half-dozen paramilitary border police armed with M-16 assault rifles and clubs were on guard--a sign that not all is peaceful in Beit Tsafafa.

Some houses, half-hidden amid dusty olive trees, flew black flags from rooftops in mourning for the 19 Arabs killed by police on the sacred Temple Mount in Jerusalem on October 8.

“The killing won’t go without revenge”, said Hsein, the mechanic who lined up for a mask. “I don’t think any relative of those harmed in the attack will be satisfied by getting a gas mask.”

For Hsein, getting the mask is proving a point: “Our right as Arabs who are living in Israel and paying taxes.”

The Arabs of Beit Tsafafa are an acute double loyalty case. Until Israel captured the Arab sector of Jerusalem in 1967, the border that divided the city divided the village. One quarter was Israeli, the rest Jordanian. Today, many of the villagers support Saddam. The village has lost people in the nearly three-year Palestinian uprising against Israeli rule.

“Saddam, O hero, strike with chemicals,” a cluster of children defiantly sang into the microphone of an Israel army radio reporter outside the gas mask distribution center. A boy waved a toy pistol.

A lieutenant-colonel speaking for the army on condition of anonymity said Israel feels itself responsible for its entire population, he said, and is buying extra gas masks for the 1.7 million Palestinians in the occupied West Bank and Gaza Strip. [Oh GAG!]

In the occupied territories--unlike in Arab sectors of Jerusalem--Palestinians will have TO BUY THE GAS MASKS.

Rabiha Alayan, a smiling, dark-haired secretary who lined up for masks, said she was not afraid of a chemical attack. If it comes and ‘somebody remains on the earth after that,” she said, “it may change the situation in the area, make things better.”

Mrs. Alayan came to the center only because of her three children.

Dozens of children and adults were trying on the masks and listening to Arab instructors as uniformed army officials handed out boxes with protective kits.

Hsein was unimpressed: “I think these masks will not be good against Saddam’s chemicals,” he said. “Even if Saddam attacks with chemical arms, I’m not afraid. There is God and He decides if I live or die.”

END QUOTE.

* * * * *

I REMIND YOU ONES: THE PLAN IS FOR ISRAEL TO UTILIZE CHEMICALS ON THE ENTIRE AREA IN ORDER TO WIPE OUT THE PALESTINIAN “PROBLEM”. THEY ARE SETTING IT UP RIGHT IN FRONT OF YOUR EYES AND YOU CONTINUE TO ACCUSE SADDAM OF SATANIC INTENT—NO, NO, NO--THE COVER-UP OF ACCUSATIONS IS TO HIDE THE TRUTH OF THE INCIDENT! PLEASE HEAR AND HEED TRUTH!

RISK EXPOSURE

HEADLINE:

“THE SIX TRILLION DOLLAR DEBT ICEBERG: A REVIEW OF THE GOVERNMENT‟S RISK EXPOSURE”

Let’s try again for attention in your economy. In June, 1990, the Backgrounder, published by the Heritage Foundation, gave you the above headline. They point out that in nominal dollars, World War II cost less than the S&L bailout. But this is just a $300 to $500 BILLION problem. The total financial obligations of agencies underwritten by the United States Federal Government is now some $5.8 TRILLION, and much of that obligation is in bad shape. Backgrounder added that “the government’s total risk exposure of nearly $6 TRILLION is more than twice the national debt held by the public and five times the annual Federal budget.”

$6 TRILLION WORTH OF RISK EXPOSURE:

1. Deposit Insurance. The FDIC now insures $1.8 trillion of deposits at commercial banks and the national Credit Union Administration backs $161 billion in credit union deposits. Add to this nearly $960 billion in Savings and Loan deposits and total guarantees amounting to $2.9 trillion in 1989.

2. Loans and Guarantees. If you add up the Veterans Administration (VA) and Federal Housing Administration (FHA) mortgages, the government is guaranteeing an additional $48 billion--bringing the total of the government’s liability in loan and deposit guarantees to nearly $3.5 trillion by the end of fiscal 1988.

3. Pension Programs. It is estimated that the Government’s liability in this area runs over $819 billion for 1989.

4. Direct Loan Programs. These include Export-Import Bank, the Small Business Administration, College Housing, and the Rural Telephone Bank. This outstanding portfolio adds up to $207 billion at the end of the fiscal year 1989.

5. Government Sponsored Enterprises. GSEs are technically private organizations, but in practice, they are treated as extensions of the Federal Government. GSE stands for Government Sponsored Enterprise. An example would be the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) which has $110 billion in mortgage loans and has guaranteed another $208 billion in outstanding mortgage-backed securities by the end of 1989. Collectively, the top five government-sponsored enterprises had an outstanding debt obligation of $763 billion at the end of 1989 and are the fastest-growing source of all Federal credit exposure.

Regardless of that which you are told--these will be bailed out by you the public as they fall--for as long as there are assets. As of June, “The total financial obligations of agencies, such as above, underwritten by the United States Federal Government was some $5.8 trillion, and much of that obligation IS IN BAD, BAD SHAPE!”

I was asked to include the above in the Express for your confirmation as we have recently written about these items. Ones, as they read the Journals and the Expresses are beginning to share public documentation of our statements--for your confirmation. I make no conclusion as to quality or accuracy of the published data other than from self, for which statements I stand fully responsible. However, there continues to be controversy regarding Hatonn’s validity and therefore, it might help for you ones to see your own Earth projections.

Another: People’s Daily World. Wed., Feb. 7, 1990, Vol. 4, No. 117: CIA DIVERTED S&L MILLIONS TO AID CONTRAS.

WASHINGTON--Evidence has surfaced that the CIA bilked 22 savings and loan banks of millions of dollars and diverted the profits to the anti-Nicaraguan contras during a ban on such aid.

The banks, 16 of them in Texas, are now bankrupt, part of the S&L crisis that will cost U.S. taxpayers as much as $300 billion (and more) in bailouts. Just covering the federally-insured deposits of the 22 CIA-connected banks will cost an estimated minimum $13.1 billion.

Those are findings of an expose‟ on the S&L crisis last SUN. by Houston Post staffwriter Pete Brewton, who reported “numerous links between organized crime figures and CIA operatives, including some involved in gun running, drug smuggling, money laundering and covert aid to the Nicaraguan contras.”

The Post cited court documents, sworn testimony, law enforcement records and interviews with key government investigators gathered during an eight-month investigation. It concludes that the CIA “used part of the funds from S&L fraud to help pay for covert operations. . .that Congress was unwilling to support publicly.”

PLEASE NOTE THE DATELINE: FEBRUARY 7, 1990--THAT WAS BEFORE THE PUBLIC HEARINGS, ETC., ON ONES SUCH AS NEIL BUSH--I HOPE THIS SHOCKS YOU APPROPRIATELY!

President Bush’s son, Neil, was a director of one of the CIA-connected banks, Silverado Savings of Denver, that will cost taxpayers $1 billion in bailouts, alone.

The article charged that the CIA “has intervened in criminal investigations involving agency operatives accused of S&L fraud and may be at least partly responsible for the fact that a substantial amount of suspected fraud has gone unprosecuted.”

U.S. Justice Department prosecutor Lloyd Monroe told the Post that federal agencies assigned to investigate the S&L crisis “are being precluded from investigating wrongdoing that is possibly being conducted in the name of national security.” It seems clear that President Bush has a strong motive for suppressing a scandal that could link his son to S&L-CIA aid to the contras.

In 1988 Monroe prosecuted reputed underworld figure Mario Renda, who later pleaded guilty to bank fraud. At the time, Monroe told the Post he was convinced that “the CIA either masterminded or condoned a certain amount of S&L fraud.”

SUN.‟s article pinpoints the case of Robert L. Corson, chief of the now-defunct Vision Banc Savings in Kingsville, Texas, who helped St. Joe Paper sell 21,000 acres of prime Gulf Coast property for $200 million to a consortium of investors “that included several organized crime figures and CIA operatives.” But only $58 million of the profits went to St. Joe while $7 million was channeled to a company “tied to narcotics smugglers and drug money launderers in the Isle of Jersey” off the coast of England.

Corson received $3 million in kickbacks in the sale. That same year Corson rolled up $150,000 in gambling debts, spent $250,000 for a speed boat and $100,000 for thoroughbred horses. After Vision Banc Savings went bankrupt Corson fled to San Diego, where he is living in a luxurious beachfront house.

Other insolvent S&Ls linked to the CIA include Sunbelt Savings, $2 billion in taxpayer bailouts. 1st Financial Savings of Pennsylvania, $1.9 billion, and Lamar Savings of Austin, Tex., $1 billion in bailouts.

Central America solidarity groups reacted with anger. “We uncovered many similar illegal activities in our investigation of the Iran-contra scandal”, said Rick Emrick, spokesperson for the Christie Institute. “If the public was not incensed by the Iran-contra hearings, perhaps they will be incensed to learn how much these covert operations are costing them in their pocketbooks.”

Bob Green, a spokesperson for Nicaragua Network said, “This is just one more example of how low the Reagan-Bush Administration would stoop in their genocidal war against the Nicaraguan people. The evidence linking the White House and Oliver North to drug trafficking, gun-running and money laundering is overwhelming. In a nation that really cared about fighting the drug plague, people would be up in arms about these disclosures. It would be on the front page of the New York Times.”

How can it happen in America? Dear ones, let us take one hard-to-believe and incredible situation at a time. When I tell you HOW this can be with the individuals, I MUST HAVE YOUR TRUST! You cannot know how deep the subterfuge and lies go within the very physical, human fiber of ones involved, nor would you be able to read without accusing Hatonn of lies. If I write it herein--we will await the time of trusting and then it shall all be revealed. At this point, however, you must stand and face that which is upon you and further distractors are not helpful. You can change these things if you will work together within your Constitution--that is where it must begin and then, and only then, can you come into understanding of the other that will be given unto you.

FIRST: You must understand the terms Zionists and Khazars. STOP pulling anti-Semitic nonsense on speakers. I ask that my “INTRODUCTION” in THE MOSSAD CONNECTION, now in press, be appended hereto. If you cannot understand history and the lies; you cannot change of the direction planned for you of Earth. May God allow of your understanding for you are in grave, grave circumstance!

Dharma, allow us a rest please and we can check as to how much further space we have for writing. Thank you, chela, for your service. I withdraw to stand-by in salute unto that which you ones are doing in this time of danger and threat. God shall be thine shields if you will but ask. Salu--Hatonn to stand-by.

CHAPTER 2

REC #1 SOLTEC/HATONN

WED., OCT. 24, 1990 8:37 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 69

WED., OCT. 24, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

Hatonn present in service unto God and Man--within the Light of Truth. So be it. I ask, Dharma, that you avail yourself and service, briefly, to Commander Ceres Anthonious Soltec for, before we write this day, I must call urgent attention to you ones. There has been a rather small earthquake within the past 12 hours in northern California which bears great importance. It is a sign to you ones who will “see” and “hear”. The quake itself is not of great importance; it is the fact that it is in the area of Lee Vining (close to Yosemite) but that is not the point. It epicenters in the area where the radioactive “bulge” of molten matter made radioactive by your Nevada testing is “coming to a head”. This quake has two points of interest--it tells you where first the toxic material might surface and also relieves a bit of pressure from the “cone” itself. I move to stand-by, thank you.

* * * * *

Soltec present to speak of general information regarding the type of quake just experienced in this most important area. I am responsible for the command following most closely your earth changes in a “geophysical” attitude and, hopefully, allow you ones to have knowledge regarding these changes and “possibilities” involved. I can also tell you what to look for relative to a given action as follow-on. Please do not ask me to define explicitly in “Earth-timeframe”. We calculate possibilities and probabilities by “sequence of events”. I shall also make it as simple for general understanding as I can find words to fit descriptions.

The relatively small quake in point was experienced in California to the coastal area near and around San Francisco as well as throughout portions of Nevada (most important indeed). To allow understanding to the “lay” public, I must first speak of vulcanism in general. Therefore, I ask ones who know all this information to please be patient, for we find that 99.9% of the human masses do not have the foggiest idea of that which we outlay unto you.

VULCANISM

The term “vulcanism” implies volcanos--and they are, to be sure, a spectacular product of it. But vulcanism involves much more than mere volcanos. Any invasion of the earth’s crustal zone by magma from below is properly called vulcanism. If the magma pushes its way far up into the crustal strata but does not reach the surface, it is termed intrusive vulcanism, but if the magma flows out onto the surface via volcanic or other vents, it is called extrusive vulcanism. (These, of course, are Earth/English words and will need translation for other language groups.)

The question may well be asked, “Why does molten material from the earth’s interior force its way into and through the hard rock of the crust?” This is one of the questions that has vexed your geologists for many years--not only, “Why does magma invade the crust?” but, “Where precisely does the magma originate?” It is obvious to you “close” observers that release of pressure on the interior of the earth by deformation and fracturing of the crust triggers the outward movement of magma, but whether it originates initially at the earth’s core, the mantle, or even the crust itself is difficult for you to determine for you have not enough knowledge or ability to research those pressures and temperatures to reach valid, provable conclusions.

It depends on the TYPE of volcanic activity. Most volcanos tap only relatively shallow source regions; however, this does not obviate the deep-seated sources for certain types of volcanic activity.

Nearly all major mountain masses are underlain by intrusive masses and frequently there is some sort of extrusive vulcanism in evidence as well--simply through visual observation. Mountain-building mechanisms such as folding and faulting cause vulcanism but vulcanism, once set in motion can be a potent mountain-building mechanism in its own right. Massive intrusions may lift and warp the surface layers and extrusive magma finding its way to the surface through faults can build huge piles of volcanic rock. Also, intrusions may be exposed by the wearing away of the softer overlying strata by erosion and the hard igneous mass will stand up as highlands. The Adirondacks and mountains of New England, for instance, are of this type.

Please understand that I am speaking of the United States in this instance for this is where the scribe can have association and this is where the subject in point has and is occurring. The information is valid for all Earth locations geographically.

Other examples are the smooth lava flows in Alaska’s Valley of the Ten Thousand Smokes which poured out of a volcanic vent just a few of your decades past and still have the appearance of motion as observed. Today the area, Katmai National Monument, as you have named it, has only about 100 smokes active. It is, however, an area only in the ‘sleeping”.

Another great example of a landscape filled with volcanic plugs, the Kapsiki Mountains in Cameroon, is far different in visualization. Where each great “protrusion (plug of rock lava) was once a live volcano, its vent filled with molten lava. As the volcano expired and eventually eroded away, only the solidified igneous rock, relatively harder and more resistant, has survived for your modern-day viewing.

INTRUSIVE VULCANISM

BATHOLITHS AND STOCKS:

The largest of the intrusive masses is the batholith, found to underlie every major mountain system and frequently exposed at the surface as the roots or cores of ancient mountains that have eroded away. But the batholith is not merely the upper margin of the monolithic Sima volcanics. It is a lobe that has forced its way well beyond that into the sedimentary (or altered rock) layers that form the continental epidermis, because of lessened pressure as a result of diastrophism. As for size, a stock is simply indication of “size”. There is not “reason” of two terms other than somebody felt it helpful to describe the “bulging” or “hat” under the surface as a batholith if over 40 miles in area and a stock if smaller. Both will be found in the same “bulge”.

The batholith and stock are coarse-grained igneous or plutonic rock that has obviously cooled slowly deep underground. At their point of contact with the stratum above is a metamorphosed aureole or baked zone where the combination of heat, pressure, magmatic fluids and gases have commonly given rise to concentration of useful minerals.

For practical Earth purposes you may as well regard as essentially “bottomless” structures and intrusive rock has not been “seen” to actually crystalize as extrusive lavas have. You are, as usual, dealing again with conjecture on your placement and it serves well enough in concept.

LACCOLITHS:

On a much smaller scale than the batholith are several other kinds of magmatic intrusions. One of these, the laccolith, has some of the character of a small batholith or stock except that it is fed from below by a tube cutting across the overlying strata like the conduit of a volcano. However, where the volcanic bore gets into the surface rocks, magma rising up the laccolith feedpipe loses some of its impetus and spreads out between two flat-lying rock layers, eventually forming a lens-shaped mass that lifts and bows the surface into a dome and this is indeed most important to the subject in point.

SILLS:

Similar to the laccolith but much more common is the sill. In this case the invading magma spreads out as a flat sheet often for many miles but does not throw up the overlying layers. Sills come to your attention when erosion exposes an edge as a sheer wall often darker and harder than the surrounding rock. The down-cutting Hudson River, as example, has revealed a sill in the Palisades that is particularly striking because of the columnar jointing of the cooling magma. Another major feature standing out in a moderately subdued landscape is the Great Whin sill of Northumberland, England. The black escarpment describes a 100-mile crescent from the Pennines to the sea and since its steep side faces northward, it was seized on by the Romans as the foundation for Hadrian’s wall. Again, within the U.S., you will have a good example in the Black Canyon of the Gunnison.

DIKES:

If the invasion of the surface layers is in the form of a thin sheet cutting sharply across all horizontal strata but falling short of intersecting the surface, then you have a dike. Visualize a sill turned on edge, except in the case of a dike it draws magma from its entire lower edge rather than from a bore or conduit. Dikes often occur in swarms, most frequently radiating from a volcanic vent. If the resulting igneous rock is harder than that which surrounds it, erosion may lay bare the solidified magma in the volcano conduit as a neck or plug and the radiating dikes as long narrow ridges. Ship Rock, New Mexico, is an outstanding example. One can see the radiating dikes exposed at the surface and Ship Rock itself is a volcanic plug.

PEGMATITES:

Note that although the originally molten rocks involved in intrusives are properly classified as plutonics and should therefore display a coarse granularity, only the batholith or thick sill is highly typical. Generally, the smaller intrusives isolate the magmatic melt into such thin or limited quantities that cooling is quite rapid and crystal formation is impaired. However, it is possible that a long intrusive finger may keep its contact with the molten mass below and selected gases and fluids will find their way into this backwater (pegmatite). Occasionally, crystals will grow to huge size under these unusual conditions. In South Africa mica crystals have been encountered measuring 10 to 15 feet in width.

EXTRUSIVE VULCANISM

VOLCANOS:

Volcanos are, of course, of particular interest not only because of their unpredictable explosive habits but because of their impressive structure. They tend to follow fault lines and thus the world’s great seismic zones. Faulting, earthquakes and volcanos go together and faulting is the basic cause for the other two. The Pacific’s unstable margin is often popularly referred to as the “Pacific Ring of Fire” because of its extensive volcanic activity. Everywhere, cones of all sizes, both active and dormant, are evidence of continuing vulcanism.

It is foolish indeed to ever refer to any volcano as “dead”. Dormant is your word most suitable for use and should be used if there has been no eruptive activity in historical time. Even historic time is not sufficient. For instance in 79 A.D., your labeled “Vesuvius”, was not even a very imposing landform which was half hidden inside the broken remnant of the older Monte Somma and had never erupted in the memory of human inhabitation. There were not even any fanciful legends of vulcanism, so long ago had been its most recent activity. Yet in that fateful year Pompeii was buried in a great blast of fiery ash and Herculaneum was overrun by repeated flows of hot mud. Then for sixteen centuries there were only ten additional major eruptions. But in 1631, after 130 years of quiescence, Vesuvius began its modern, more frequent eruptive cycle marked by increased lava flows that had been of little consequence earlier. So today Vesuvius is by any measurement active, its personality changed considerably from its former self; and if Somma is any evidence, there have been many times in the distant past when Vesuvius and its precursors have surprised the sleepy folks along the Bay of Naples.

The United States’ own Cascade Mountains pimpled with 600 miles of snowcapped cones, must be regarded as merely dormant. Lassen Peak, the least spectacular of the lot, was active in 1914-15 but there has been a tendency to think of the others as ‘scenery”. All are very new, geologically speaking, scarcely mutilated by erosion, and this, of course, is why they make such outstanding scenery. But by the same token, dear friends, they are more likely to be alive than dead after such a short time span. Evidences pointing to just such a likelihood are very modern cinder cones all around the base of Mt. Shasta, another in Crater Lake, recently discovered by your own geologists, hot spots high on the slope of Mt. Rainier and Mt. Baker and Mt. Lassen itself.

VARIATIONS IN ERUPTION

No two volcanos are alike in their eruptive habits and as you have seen from the Vesuvian example, an individual volcano is often capricious. Some are spewers of ash, like Irazu in Costa Rica, which erupted continuously for almost two years (1966-1968), subjecting the residents of the capital city, San Jose, to a seemingly endless rain of thick dust. Others eject lava but with variation: Vesuvius goes off violently with loud explosions and gushes of lava streaming down its flanks; Kilauea, the Hawaiian crater, quietly spills lava over its lip with a minimum of fireworks; Strombolian lava, cooling and crusting over lightly in the crater, traps gases beneath it, which explode every half-hour throwing incandescent clots high into the air. Then there are the spasmodic eruptors whose conduit becomes clogged with hardened igneous rock between eruptions. With a cork in the bottle, so to speak, it is not uncommon for the increasing pressures to blow out suddenly through a weak spot on the side of the mountain. This is what happened to Mt. Pele on Martinique in 1902. Internal pressure started the cork, pushing it out of the vent in the form of a high spire but before it could wholly clear the passage the side blew out. A dense cloud of intensely hot gases and self-exploding lava mist swept down the slope to the sea, completely wiping out the town of St. Pierre in an instant.

CALDERAS

There is yet another kind of happening that involves the reverse of eruption, that is, a sudden emptying of the magma chamber. When this occurs, the entire top of the mountain, lacking support, collapses and is engulfed into itself. The end result is a huge crater-like pit called a caldera. Crater Lake, Oregon, is one of these. It is not a true crater because glacial evidences on the contemporary slopes indicate that a peak of over 12,000 feet must have existed to support full-blown glaciers. This reconstructed volcano, dating back probably some 8000 years, has been named posthumously Mt. Mazama. But volcanos can blow their tops--how do you know that it collapsed rather than blew up? You can know because the entire surrounding countryside would have to be covered with debris from the old peak and there simply is none. So now you are faced with the question, what causes the abrupt evacuation of a magma chamber? And you have no certain finite answer.

Of more recent origin than Crater Lake is the caldera of Krakatoa, an island just off western Java. On August 27, 1883 there were four tremendous explosions, the last of which was heard 3000 miles away in Australia. A towering dust cloud was thrown up, noticeable around the world for two years and a great tidal wave drowned 36,000 people. Subsequent investigation revealed that a deep pit had replaced two-thirds of the island but that despite the dust and ash ejected, the bulk of the island had collapsed and the sea had rushed into the resultant caldera. The area is still indeed active. A new volcanic island is building called by you, Anak Krakotoa (child of Krakatoa). But even the original Krakatoa was merely a remnant of an earlier, much larger island. Like Vesuvius, standing in the breached caldera of Somma, generations of crustal ulcers appear on occasion to be healing but the infection distressingly reasserts itself again and again when least expected.

LOSS OF LIFE

On recounting the loss of human life from volcanic disaster through the centuries, one might be inclined to wonder why anyone would choose to live with volcanos as neighbors. But if a given cone can be classified conveniently as “extinct”, local residents come to love it, are inspired by its majesty or even regard it as divine--that “the mountain” could be venomous and turn on its friends is unthinkable, until, of course, it does so. Agricultural people are drawn to the frequently fertile lava soils, willing to take an unknown risk to derive a known livelihood. And if the giant should cough up rejuvenating showers of ash periodically, so much the better. Anyway, absolute security is not a guarantee of living anywhere. Why would anyone choose to live in earthquake country, tornado alley or along hurricane coasts? The law calls these “acts of God” and God seems, in the short run, less lethal than midtown or freeway traffic which threatens you all on a daily basis.

CLASSIFICATION BY CONE SHAPE

The simplest classification of volcanos is on the basis of the shape of the cone. Most of them fall generally into one of three types that are easily recognizable and the cone shape also gives some indication of the type of ejecta and the eruptive habits of the volcano.

First, there is the cinder cone. This is the product of a violently explosive volcano where the lava has solidified in the vent, forming a plug. The accumulation of steam and magmatic gases gradually develops sufficient pressure to blow the plug with such force as to shatter it into tiny fragments (called cinders and ash), and these are deposited in a symmetrical pile around the vent, the larger particles nearest the vent and the finer ones farther away. The resulting cinder cone is steep sided (around 37 degrees, the maximum angle of repose of unconsolidated material) and usually symmetrical (Mt. Asmara in Ethiopia). Although evident in many parts of the world, the cinder cone seldom achieves any great size as erosion rapidly wears away what is essentially merely a pile of loose material. The disappearing islands of the Pacific are often mere cinder cones where an eruption may throw up a pile of solid ejecta above the ocean level to be visible for a few days or months until wave action removes it.

The second type of volcanic cone is called a shield or dome. Here a quiet flow of fairly fluid lava issues from the vent, forming a vast low-angle cone as it cools. Mauna Loa-Mauna Kea whose 13,000-foot tips form the island of Hawaii is an excellent example of this type of cone and if the low angle of the island’s slope is traced to the sea bottom some five miles deep, the true size of this twin cone becomes apparent.

As often as not, however, a volcano passes through several stages in its history alternating between explosive eruptions and lava flows. The resulting cone develops a combination of the low-angle shield and the high-angle cinder cone. These are composite or strata cones and display concave slopes with a sharp peak. Imagine first a cinder cone, but before it can erode away, it is overlain by lava flows. Then built on top of this another cinder cone followed again by lava. The end product looks like Fujiyama, Shasta, Ranier, or Egmont, the world-famous volcanos that inspire poets and legends. The most tell-tale concave slope development, however, is shown by Mt. Shishaldin in the Aleutians which is smoking and active today. Its classic shape is totally unscarred by any type of erosion as it continues to build. Currently, Shishaldin towers well over 9000 feet above sea level and almost 40,000 feet above the ocean floor and growing.

The four formerly mentioned volcanos are considered dormant but El Misti in Peru is equally as impressive and still active as is Mayon in the Philippines. Mayon, despite its generally low elevation and lack of picturesque snowcap, is reputed to be the most perfectly shaped of the world’s composite volcanos. I URGE YOU TO NOT BE FOOLISH IN YOUR ATTITUDE THAT THESE “DORMANT” GIANTS ARE CONTINUING IN DORMANCY. THE ENTIRE OF THE CASCADE CHAIN IS AWAKENING.

Now, let us turn to a most important link-up with information regarding the current quake in point:

FISSURE FLOWS

Lava, in pouring out onto the earth’s surface, does not always issue from volcanic vents; it may well out of faults or fissures many miles in length. If the lava is highly liquid and the terrain fairly subdued, such fissure flows have been known to cover thousands of square miles and build up extensive plateaus as in eastern Washington, eastern Oregon, southern Idaho and northern California, U.S.A. The bulk of peninsular India is also of this origin. In Washington the Columbia River Gorge and the Grand Coulee reveal along their sides a banded layering of differing colors and textures, each of which represents a separate flow. On occasion, the hot lava will be heavily charged with gases and as the lava cools, the escaping gases leave holes in the rock, making it extremely porous. Water will occasionally flow through the permeable (scoriaceous) rock as though it were a pipe. It is also possible that in a moderately viscous flow, with the surface cooling and congealing through contact with the atmosphere, the hot, still liquid lava underneath will run on and out leaving an igneous cave.

SO WHAT, SOLTEC?

If you reason carefully regarding the quake in point, you can determine the situation and watch for further example or increased activity--in any and all directions. This can allow you to begin to determine likelihood of damage and extent of passage of radioactive material from the Nevada testing site. Because of underlying strata, the flow will be toward the Pacific Sea and will obviously, affect the immediate areas around the site of the “caldera” container and the direct fissure network radiating to the sea.

It would be expected then, that material flowing from the nuclear testing center in Yucca Flats outside of and north of Las Vegas would flow along fissure lines into Death Valley and thus and so, however, this is a false premise. A brief and general outlay of descriptive flow from Yucca Flats test grounds would be between the Spring Mountains to the west and the Spotted Range and Sheep Range to the east, moving through and into “Devil’s Hole” which I believe is one of your National Monuments north of the town of Pahrump, Nevada, on the south edge of the Amargosa desert east of the Amargosa Mountain Range and scattering in all directions. The most open and active fissure, however, runs on through (under) Sarcobatus Flat, between the Inyo and Toyabe National Forests and pools in the major underground-to-surface cauldrons beneath Mono Lake. Mono Lake is not formed for no reason, dear friends, and it is quite a toxic lake in its already pristine state. Lee Vining is at Mono Lake!

Does this mean the only danger from radioactive material problems would be along that route, then scattering out from the Mono Lake Bulge (which by the way, is under water for the most part)? No, it means that it is where the weakest surface portion of the landscape lies. The fissures running into southern California are much more extensive but are deeper and less likely to show surface bulging. The flow, however, is much easier with much less interference from strata mass. THE MAJOR FISSURES ALL END UP AT THE SAN ANDREAS FAULT!

When you hear of the prophecies expecting death from open fissures exuding death-causing vapors--it will be from toxic substances, yes, but deadly because of radiation from foolish man-made experiments of nuclear materials.

How much will surface, if it surfaces? I cannot answer for it depends upon pressure buildup, pressure slippage vs. man-caused slippage and extent of flow. You can expect deadly gasses to spring from what you call Lake Elsinore and on down to the Salton Sea. These gasses may or not be, radioactive. Watch the type of tremors for you can know if a quake is felt over a large area, it is a bit deeper than a little surface jolt. It means a lot of deep churning and activity in radiating fissures.

Since you do not yet show surface fissures to any great extent and very little surfacing material at this point, you can surmise it is still in the “intrusive” stage and moved into the “sill” stage from and forming additional “laccoliths”. The area at Mono Lake represents a batholithic/stock in a location not noticed easily through visualization. The lake is not “just getting lower from depletion of water” but is also more shallow from the “rising” of the lake floor.

I am not here, Dharma, to argue points of physical geology or geography. We have great difficulty with your new names for everything--the entire area described was once at the bottom of the sea and my vision and instrumentations recognize no difference except for isolating the identification of markers for you ones.

The quake in point is of little notice except for the massive information it should be telling you. More important substance is coming forth along the New Madrid fault but the toxic quality of the California tremor bears more destructive potential from that aspect.

The widespread activity is indeed important but I have not the facility nor you the understanding, to outlay it all. I just ask that you be at alert. If you can understand the functioning of your “Mother’s” circulatory system, you can better know where safety can be found in order to continue service in this time of transition and upheaval. You in contact and counsel with the higher energies will be given to know if you but listen--you who just desire to save your assets (of all types) will likely not hear and discount much of this information--so be it for it is most certainly up to your own acceptance.

Thank you, Dharma, for scribing this information. I realize you have neither the time nor the interest in these matters but your service is greatly appreciated for I have no receiver regarding these matters in this location. Much, much focus is given to this area geographically and I am greatly appreciative of your willingness to entertain my input. I ask the blessings of understanding in behalf of you ones awakening from the confusion of the sleep and I am most grateful to be of whatever service I might project.

I take leave in salute unto you of our “land-locked” fellow-man. Saalome’ and Salu!

Soltec to clear.

CHAPTER 3

REC #1 HATONN

SUN., OCT. 28, 1990 10.59 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 73

SUN., OCT. 28, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

Hatonn present in service unto God and Man--within the Light of Truth. So be it.

We are always pressed and crushed into the time limitations of Earth limitations, therefore, I must ask patience from ones who correspond and/or ask input for you have not enough hours in your days to accomplish all our work and allow the Journals to flow, also. I do have some inquiries which need response to the general group of readers. I shall be brief for the material in the Journals and Expresses is too urgent and timely to allow distractions but I shall refer to queries regarding information within the books to clarify some points for all readers.

Dharma, as time consuming as it is, I must ask for expressions presented by the letter from M.A. Ramadan of the UN. He has given phone contact information but all need to have this information, not only the one.

We will please reprint the letter portions and I shall respond to segments. The letter was not to Hatonn but rather to George (Green) at America West but I have asked to respond for perceptions and opinions cloud the issues.

Dear George,

Although it is extremely difficult to read the mind of God, it seems He does not put all the eggs in one basket. For some reason, He gives different people different pieces of the cosmic puzzle. This is all the more likely at those transitional times where the ultimate unity of mankind will be preceded by vast decentralization and fragmentation to facilitate the dismantling of the present outdated world system and create a far more enlightened one.

Yet, in order to go higher, man has to use his mind less in high tech and more in understanding cosmic design. Your publications are a great challenge in this respect: They force us to use discernment. Fortunately, they caution us, from the very beginning in the first book (I AM SANANDA, p.128), that “man shall never force Truth onto another. For it would be worthless.” We, therefore, have to use all the understanding and self-discipline upon entering the minefield that God has planted to test us. The different messages given to us by the more recent “masters” are no exception. Let me explain.

In a letter entitled “Red Alert” and circulated in January this year or shortly before, you mentioned that your Journals are “transmitted directly from Fourth Dimensional Extraterrestrials who call themselves ‘space Brothers.’” As you know, anyone who comes from less than the Fifth Dimension is terrestrial or human. And to err is human. In other words, those brothers, like us, are not infallible.

In fact, the transmitters or the messengers imply that. For example, in the August Journal Express issue entitled “Psychic Guru” (Vol. III, No. 4), you quote Hatonn as saying that “My computer system rarely reflects errors,” which means that he does make mistakes sometimes. This is in sharp contrast with your recurrent statement that “the materials are 100 percent correct”.

Adding the conflicting statements of the several Rainbow Masters, inter alia, the major pitfalls of the Journals include the following:

I shall ask interruption before going further to make comment about the preceding statements:

I ask that you all be gracious and patient with our contacts and publishers. Brave, indeed, are the ones who stand forth against Earth forces to bring Truth. Please know that in January (ref. above), George and Desiree‟ (who wrote “Red Alert”) had met the receiver and had access to any of our writings for less than three months. Please note that much of the above observation is correct in concept where man, fourth dimensional downward in the counting if you like, is subject to err. Moreso, however, it is differing in “perception” and/or “opinion” and “interpretation” of intent. Just as M.A.R. has erred typographically in the printing of his letter--so too, are errors committed in non-intent. I use this as example only in that all can relate to the subject in point through this example. The “CONCEPT” of the letter is 100% (whatever); the errors impact not the “concept”. Further, you must understand that we speak a “Universal Language” or no language at all. Language (audible) is a very primitive mode of communication and transfers errors in perception--especially through a “written” page.

I, Hatonn, can clarify further the reference to fourth dimension, etc. I personally come from an etheric dimension much higher than fourth. I function in the capacity of a fourth dimensional being in “command” expression. Many, many of the crew-members aboard craft are only a bit higher frequency than are you Earth persons and function mostly in the third dimension with only relative higher frequency and greater insight into time/space perspective.

As communications vary from language to language there will be errors in the chosen “word” of use and/or typographical errors. Short of God is not PERFECTION either in expression or reception.

Everything must be taken most carefully indeed, with great discernment for each reader will read with differing perspective according to experience, geographic tradition, etc. It is with humble gratitude when a student will carefully study the contents as closely as has M.A.R. and take time to express these inquiries and observations so respectfully and comparatively and with obvious effort at total discernment.

I, further, ask that all readers keep in mind that we write through this scribe--in the U.S.A., her only reference point as she is not a student of any literature, religious history, language, etc. She cannot tamper with input for she has no background to either contradict or confirm. To find only ten points to ponder and question after penning 21 Books within the past year, is getting pretty close to accuracy by any standards. Furthermore, the subject under discussion is the most controversial of all information of all time inclusive--religious information and disinformation. I am most grateful to have opportunity to respond to questions or observations so well studied and compared and presented in such clarified format. Thank you.

We are in the commission of “awakening” a sleeping people who are, in fact, at great crossroads on human cycles. We must present Truth in a manner which can be received and best understood and we must ask that the more advanced student of “one” subject be patient while we deal with the myriad subjects in order to touch “all”. If we can cause mankind to ‘see”, we shall have touched on some type of miracle in itself.

We each--you and I--come from varying dimensions in experience and expression, to express as we are experiencing at the current perceived “time” sequence--for specific purposes, yet elusive to most individuals. We of the higher dimensional plane of experience recognize our purpose as do “some” of Earth compression--but yet “few” in relative numbers. But on to the subjects as presented:

I. The Nature of Sananda

1. In the Red Alert letter, you mention that from the aforementioned Fourth-Dimensional Masters who call themselves Space Brothers like “Hatonn, Ashtar and Sananda, comes the shocking Truth...” Are we talking about the same Sananda who will be our Messiah?

Yes and no. It is incorrect to place Sananda into the category of a “Space” man as referenced in the above “assumption”. This entity, Sananda, is a Christed being having served Earth man in several capacities and identities. He (if you will) is “overall” “Commander” of this project. There is no way to limit His intent, stature or abilities. There is such misunderstanding of factual Truth regarding God and life, perception, illusion and reality that it would take ten journals to outlay it all. But, the greatest misperception of mankind is to categorize the “Masters”, “Teachers”, “God” and thus and so. This entity known as Sananda, is a “designation” of identification (as I gather you already recognize from your intelligent factual information). It is now time for the readying of the planet for the perfection of Truth to return--first “WITHIN” man. Just as the myth goes that He “went forth to prepare a place for you...”, so we now ready a reception for Him in God “growth”. The English language simply has not the proper definitive words for total clarity to express my full intent.

I, Hatonn, am expressing in the capacity of “Commander”--I, however, come from a dimension of totality of expression and/or manifestation: Aton. We do not “rank” in the higher dimensions and yet, it is the only measure I perceive you recognize.

Yes, to respond to your last question: it is the return of God, by whatever name you have called Him. Actually, it is a return to consciousness. The awareness of God in that manifestation of “God-ness” can be returned into that consciousness. God dwells within His creations so--without contradiction--God is already with you! Keep in mind the question which bore no misunderstanding on your part but might very well among the lay reader--“Messiah” meaning a professed “teacher”, “messenger”, marked by mystical idealism in behalf of a cherished cause or sense of historic mission devoted to perfection in belief in the absolute rightness of Truth. To attach this entity to any one “religious” doctrine is to err indeed.

2. Ashtar himself distinguished in the letter between Space People and the spiritual people, who start from the Fifth Dimension. If your Sananda is only a 4th-dimension being, fine. But in this case He cannot put “The seal of Truth” after almost every other transmission in the Journals by equally-ranking brothers.

True! We have efforted to define categories as clearly as possible while knowing that man cannot conceive of that which we proffer. Allow me to note that Sananda is from the highest dimension and has all qualifications to place His seal upon the WORD! It was not our intent to indicate equality as such, although we allow some ignorance on the part of mankind into the higher Truth of “unlimited” existence. We have ability to “manifest the expression of our thoughts” and it is very hard, indeed, to describe this quality unto ones who have nothing against which to relate in any manner, in consciousness. The reason for any such reference as to “seal” is to allow knowledge that statements are carefully considered as to content by council of higher energies that none overstep the boundaries of command of another in purpose and direction.

3. But let’s assume that your Sananda is higher than the 4th dimension. If this is the case, why does He hardly refer, if at all, to other high-ranking Masters like His assistant Kuthumi or to Sai Baba, when several books were written about them and their miracles?

This is going to be harder for you to understand for I am not sure I can answer without confusion. You have simply not had access to all the materials presented and that which has not yet been given into print. There are thousands of hours of audio tapes wherein this subject is covered most carefully in detail. Babajee has come forth on many occasions--to witness thereof through this scribe, as has Lord Kuthumi.

This scribe has no recollection of any “contact” prior to mid-September of 1987. SIPAPU ODYSSEY was written as a “fantasy” in 1986. She was not exposed in any manner to Space Command nor to higher energies prior to that time--in fact, she had very negative opinions of the entire operation of same. Dear ones, it is a time “of remembering”, now. I further urge you ones to not err in perception of assuming, for instance, Sai Baba to be an identical energy form of Babajee. You must be most careful for it has been told to you of physical format to beware of bringers of great miracles in the closing cycle for they will most often be of evil. All will not be of evil and I certainly infer no such thing--I JUST WARN YOU TO BE DISCERNING AND KNOW THAT THAT WHICH CAN BE DONE BY THESE “MIRACLE DOERS” CAN BE DONE BY YOU IF YOU BUT ACCEPT YOUR CREATIVE GODNESS WITHIN. HE OF LIGHT WILL ALWAYS TELL YOU SUCH AND THE “TEACHERS” COME FORTH TO PREPARE THE WAY--YOU WILL BE THE DISCERNER FOR GOD HAS CREATED YOU WITH FREE-WILL CHOICE AND YOU WILL STAND RESPONSIBLE FOR DISCERNMENT--i.e., the “minefield”.

I apologize to the sender of this letter for the document has been separated in the faxing thereof, and we may have these numbered queries out of order. I will, however, effort to respond properly.

II. The Nature of Jesus

4. In the green book I AM SANANDA [First edition] we are told by Judas Iscarioth (another Master) that Thomas complained to Jesus Christ that “Your disciples have falsified your teachings. They say you are the Son of God...and have pronounced that you are equal to the Creation” (page 131). Yet, in the RAINBOW MASTERS [First edition] (p.58), Serapis Bey, who claims he is often referred to as the Commander Hatonn, equally claims “I Am That I Am: Christ, the only begotten Son.”

Semantics can be the downfall if we are not indeed careful. Firstly, allow me to be in the reminding of something: Judas Iscarioth was “translating” his own scribing from Arabic and into English for understanding and revealing of truth from the erroneous documents of mistranslation by the German scholars who chose the Gospels. Judas Iscarioth was erroneously blamed with the betrayal of the one known as Immanuel (Emmanuel) (Jmmanuel) (Jesus) (etc.). (For clarification, “Jesus” came through Paul the Apostle much later as a label as Paul traveled in ancient Greece. The facts are that to be the “Son of God” and “equal to Creation” are mutually exclusive and contradictory statements. The “man” as such, whether by manifested extension of God’s thought (begotten) would need travel the path of life into the perfection of God to be as God fulfilled. This becomes the status of a “Sananda” as relative to the term “Christ”--a level of acquired knowledge and perfection. Intent is that this entity could only be “begotten” of God-ness and not the “ONLY” one. The seed, if you will, was brought forth by the Archangelic energy, Gabriel. The book AND THEY CALLED HIS NAME IMMANUEL, I AM SANANDA is a transcription basically unchanged from the original scribing of Iscarioth and might very well bear some misperceptions in choice of vocabulary. I urge you all to read with conceptual Truth of the whole, lest you not only miss of the lifeboat sent to save you from the floods but the helicopter as well!

5. In many other locations, Judas refers to God as the Father of Christ, who still claims “I am Esu Jesus Sananda, I am the Lord Thy God, Manifest and Incarnate. One with God and The Creation. I Am and ye can be as I Am.” (p.7). However, how can I be like Him if I cannot be even the second son of God?

Firstly, why think ye that ye cannot be the second son of God--OR, THE FIRST, FOR THAT MATTER? Do you not refer to God as “Father”? Most Earth men do so. The Indians of the native tribes go further--Tunkonshila (Grandfather)/Creator. You are each and every one a manifestation directly from God which causes you to be the child, son/daughter, of God just as you might call your own idea or thought manifested, your “child”, “brainchild”, etc. How, sir, would you get this concept across to 6-7 billion Earth humans?

I suggest you do not get “hung-up” on names. If you be speaking unto God, it matters not what you call Him, even unto Satan--for He hears thine intent of heart and hears not the sounds from the opening on thine lower face! The Christ came forth to tell you that all (each) can be exactly as He, and more! No more and no lesser.

6. ..but, let’s suppose for argument’s sake that spiritual entities are “interchangeable” and could become anything, from God to Jesus and Sananda. To make it easier, let’s also accept Jesus’ claim in the Bible that God is “My Father and yours”, implying that He is not God, or better, He is not the only son. In this case, why should Thomas complain to Jesus that His disciples had falsified His teaching, for merely saying that He was the Son of God? The question here, therefore, is not one of interchangeability but of falsehood.”

Yes, exactly, and so it is a lie. Further, that was not the only false teaching projected by the disciples. Moreover, in the retelling and selective translations, more was lost from the truth and intent for power and control placed within the covers of the Bible. Immanuel (Jesus, to you ones), never claimed to be The Creation but only “OF” and/or one with/within The Creation. The PURPOSE of a visit from the “Great Teacher Masters” has always been to bring Truth of the need for living within the Laws of God Creator and within the Laws of The Creation. God Creator might well be the creator of The Creation but “He” is WITHIN THE CREATION, becoming the “whole”. Remember--in all things, it comes back always--to ONE, (1), UNO!

III. The Nature of Mohammad

7. Although Hatonn and most of the Rainbow Masters are against the Church or organized religion, they staunchly, but subtly, side with Jesus at the expense of the other two monotheistic religions, i.e., Judaism and Islam. There is hardly any mention of Moses, the only prophet who spoke to God, and of Mohammad, who was “the only man in history who was supremely successful on both the religious and secular level,” according to Michael Hart, in his book The 100: a Ranking of the Most Influential Persons in History. Nevertheless, “none of the great figures of history is so poorly appreciated in the West as Mohammad”, to quote British professor W. Montgomery. For that reason his case needs more detail.

Quite frankly, my thrust is to awaken mankind to his plight in his physical state--right now. You will note through the continuing series of books (Journals) we deal with that which is! I have not now, nor ever, had intent to relate all the world’s religions or their leaders, as such. There is great misperception regarding Esu, Issa, Immanuel, Jesus, Mohammad, Buddha, Pale Prophet, Quetzal Coatl, Wakan Tanka etc. etc., etc. YOU OF EARTH TRY TO SEPARATE THESE GREAT CHRISTED ENERGIES AND THEREIN LIES YOUR MOST HEINOUS ERRORS--“DIVIDE AND CONQUER”. The Satanic energies never miss a trick, dearly beloved ones, and they haven’t missed this one! Further, to quote from “experts” on your placement bears little influence for if their projections be in Truth they are valid--if not, they are not valid. No more and no less. If man already was apprised of Truth there would be no need for the enlightenment of Journals or other forthcoming documents of higher understanding. I hope we can reach a point wherein we find “time” to further detail many of the “great” teachers; Mohammad is only one such.

As you will note from my current Journals, we are deeply into the subject of Judaism. This world has stumbled a long way into the abyss. You ones now equate the Khazar Zionists with Jews/Judaism. NOT SO!! Herein lies the key to the Truth of the fall of the kingdoms. JEWS AND ZIONISTS are no more factual than is BLACK AND AFRICAN. It is through these incorrect and habitual “assumptions” that man loses his path.

8. While the nature of Jesus and Sananda is perplexing, this is not the case with Mohammad. He made it clear that “I am only human like you.” The Quran also mentions that this prophet is only a mortal messenger. It seems that the very simplicity of Muslim teachings was behind its quick spread from the Himalayas to the Pyrenees and, naturally, behind the strong counter-attack by the threatened Church with “the legend of fanatical Muslims sweeping through the world and forcing Islam at the point of the sword”, which De Lacy O’Leary describes in his book Islam at the Crossroads as “the most fantastically absurd myths that historians have ever repeated.”

Correction, friend: Jesus, by any name, did not claim to be other than human “like you”. Those ridiculous teachings were projected after his passing. Just as this man’s teachings were corrupted, may I suggest that Mohammad did not espouse murder, Holy wars, killing or maiming of brothers and thus and so. These are the things projected by man “IN THE NAME OF THE TEACHERS”. Let us be most careful in our projections or quotations from writers who suggest otherwise. The truly divinely sent great teachers and Christed energies always espoused and taught the LAWS and the need for man to live within and according to those LAWS (OF GOD WITHIN CREATION). You must look carefully at the birthing of “ISLAM” for few, indeed, realize that it is an “interbreeding” of two, and yet, being all one in Truth--are they not one in the same? Can we not function as brothers in the service of God and put the separations behind and away from us, for „tis the Truth of the ONENESS with and within God and those absolute Truths in action which shall prevail if man is to survive as a species.

I shall leave this input at this point for I shall finish my response to the above after outlaying the 9th statement from M.A.R.:

9. Naturally, while Mohammad held Jesus in very high esteem, and the Koran (Quran) mentions the name of Mohammad only four times against 28 favourable times for Jesus (Essa) and 38 times in favour of Mary, Hatonn’s computer was poorer than that of the Church he detested. In the green book AND THEY CALLED HIS NAME IMMANUEL, MY NAME IS SANANDA, Judas Iscarioth quotes Sananda as warning his killers: “Verily, verily I say to you, his name will be written with blood and his hatred against your kind will be endless. But since he will be a false prophet,” (referring to Mohammad) “and bring you a false doctrine, so will his cult eventually be finished, when your kind and his kind will put down the foundation for a bloody ending for this world” (p. 118). It is interesting that this statement is not confirmed by the seal of Sananda at the end of the reading, yet still bears His name in the title (REC.#3 ISCARIOTH/JMANNUEL SANANDA, THU., August 10, 1989).

Last, first, please. The portion above (in parentheses) is identification for the ones handling the writings. Dharma sits to the keyboard and identifies the speakers--nothing more or less and labels the writings for further reference. “REC. # 3 means the third writing on that date. “ISCARIOTH/JMANNUEL SANANDA” means the “subject”, “speakers” and reference for placement. Sometimes there are three or four separate documents in receiving at a given date. There will always be reflected a “time” which you have not noted, which may indicate that Dharma forgot to note the time or perhaps you omitted it. This is for information when documentation is required in “time sequence” of instructions and/or happenings upon your placement to allow actual reference “timing”. Then, of course, the remainder indicates the day, date and year. The other indication of Yr: 2 day: 359, indicates the sequence of days since the onset of the new calendar of counting from August 17, 1987 at which time you entered the new calendar of sequence.

I have no wish to pick problems with the Quran as such. Please understand that I care not one whit what it says. Islam, for instance, is a cross between the teachings of Jesus and Mohammad, etc. It is incorrectly translated at the very best for as I have stated, Jesus as a label was incorrect, therefore, the translation is incorrect. The overzealous nature of using “Mary” as a Holy Deity is incorrect in all instances and was begun and expounded by the Holy Church of Rome. I, Hatonn, detest no “church club” above that of another--I detest any group that projects lies upon believing people--I care not where they are or who they are. If a lie be a lie, the telling of it by great numbers of liars does not make it Truth!

Regarding the quotation of ‘sananda’ by Iscarioth regarding the warning: please realize you have left out the circumstances under which the statement was made. Also, you must realize several different facts herein which I will attempt to delineate. Sananda (the one you call Jesus) was before the council and Pilaste at His condemnation. He warned the crowd and people present that one would come forth (Mohammad) who would write his name in blood and the hatred would last endlessly. Brothers, that is truth enough--the hatred of the Arabs and the Jews under whatever religious doctrine prevalent, is endless and bloody at best. The term: “prophet” must be considered very carefully to discern the meaning of “false prophet”. There were ones who were proclaimed “prophets”, i.e., Moses, Daniel, Eziekel, etc. Mohammad came forth as a leader and teacher; (and I do not even speak herein of credibility or incredibility) I simply speak of his status as man/teacher. He was “falsely” called “prophet” although his projections have come to pass in a most remarkable manner. The measure of the proof of a prophet is total coming into being ALL PROJECTIONS. Therefore, it is not until after the fact that a man can be labeled a “true” or “false” prophet. Before the fact, the prophet would have to be referred to as “false” or “projected” prophet. In this instance the entity Jmannuel has just proved His worth in that one instance as a true prophet by projecting the above prediction regarding Mohammad.

Now, as to credibility. About the Quran, just as the Holy Bible of the so-called Christians and/or Jews: I make no statement at all. I am not come to compare the books of instructions for they are all tampered and mistranslated--however--there is also truth abounding in each and all. It is for the individual to isolate the Truth of God according to the Laws of God and The Creation. If the instructions are according to the laws it is of God, if not, it is augmented by man and thusly, altered in form, i.e. “Thou shall not kill”--meaning “thou shall not murder”. Therefore, murder is murder is murder and likewise are the other commandments Truth is Truth is Truth. I speak of the true laws of God and Creation--I care not for the “voted in” rules of man to gain power and control over his brother.

Now if you believe that ultimately the bloody end of your world will come other than through the hands of these hating rivals, look again--you are already on your way for the Zionists have infiltrated all of the nations and the bloodshed shall be violent and terrible indeed.

CHAPTER 4

REC #1 HATONN

MON., OCT. 29, 1990 8:06 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 74

MON., OCT. 29, 1990

Hatonn present to continue with yesterday’s rewrite. Dharma, it is hard to realize that your equipment is adjusted but, chela, you must check frequently and when we write of the DIS-connection of Zionists/Jews/Israelis in definition one from another--your computer is set to destruct the program data acceptance. It is hard to lose hours of work when we are so pressed but ones must realize the impact of our work and the desire to quiet our message. So be it. I hold you in protection while we again sort it out. Salu.

Continuation of letter response to M.A. Ramadan at the United Nations:

I believe we have a completed “#9” intact, therefore, we shall pick up at #10, please.

10. But let’s go to the argument itself. It is very likely that Jews and Muslims will finish each other in the coming years the way the Church finished the Jews in Spain (the Inquisition) after a glorious era for Jews under the Muslim Moorish rule in the Dark Ages. Yet, what have corrupt Muslims and Christians to do with Mohammad and Jesus? Besides the fact that both Muslims and Jews will be at each other’s throat does not mean that Mohammad and Moses were false prophets. Further, false doctrines die or shrink after the death of their leaders. However, Christianity, Judaism and Islam spread only after the death of Jesus, Moses and Mohammad respectively. Of course Mohammad was a fighter, but so was Krishna, who is admired by the Journals. Like Krishna, Mohammad’s “forbearance in victory, his ambition, which was entirely devoted to one idea and in no manner striving for an empire, his endless prayers, his mystic conversations with God, his death and his triumph after death, all these attest not to any impostor but to a firm conviction which gave him the power to restore a dogma. This dogma was twofold, the unity of God and the immortality of God...overthrowing false gods with the sword, and the other starting an idea with the words.” Those are not my words but those of the French poet laureate Lamartine in 1854. This, hopefully, will explain why he was “far from being an anti-Christ” and that “he must be called the Savior of Humanity,” in the view of the famous English playwright G.B. Shaw in his book The Genuine Islam.

Again, you have stated your own point, my friend. “It is very likely that Jews and Muslims will finish each other in the coming years the way the Church finished the Jews in Spain (the Inquisition) after a glorious era for Jews under the Muslim Moorish rule in the Dark Ages.” A “Church” of God would “finish no-one” and, further, there was not a glorious time for anyone during the Dark Ages. You allow projection of “the Church Hatonn detests” in the preceding inquiry but you will find that Hatonn detests nothing save evil. If the Church in point in any discussion is presenting lies unto the people--Hatonn detests it, no more and no less. I care not for the speaker or the listener in such instance--I detest the lie for lies are enslaving to the creations of God.

One of the biggest lies thrust upon you unsuspecting citizens is the projection that “...false doctrines die or shrink after the death of their leaders,...” Oh no, the scenario and teachings are changed to suit the wishes of the power elite and the doctrine thrives in the lie without the presence of the originator to counter it. In these instances of the spreading of the lies, they come forth from the very ones who are the teachers of darkness and ignorance to empower themselves and rule the multitudes by insuring ignorance of Truth. Krishna is an excellent example--Krishna is one thing--fighting another. Just as with Mohammad or any other great teacher--you will find at the foundation of Truth, they did NOT teach fighting or war. Therefore, those doctrines are false teachings, come forth after the entity walked your placement. Fighting and warring are the toys and activities of human mankind, not God.

What do I think of Mohammad? If his words be in Truth I bend my knee unto his wisdom; if the projections as brought forth “IN THE NAME OF MOHAMMAD”--OR JESUS--OR BUDDHA, ETC., IS OF EVIL INTENT, AGAINST THE LAWS OF GOD OR CREATION, I ABHOR THEM WITH ALL MY BEING.

What do I think of the observations of Lamartine and/or G.B. Shaw? I need not their opinions as to Truth or stature for I have some carefully laid forth LAWS from God and The Creation upon which to base my discernment. These ones intellectualize response--not against the LAWS of God and The Creation but according to the input of “the times”. Some of the conclusions are in truth and others fantasized according to conclusions of “opinion”. It is neither good nor bad--the opinions simply “are”. I remind you of something most important when you ones refer to “triumph after death”--THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS “DEATH” EXCEPT TO A MECHANICAL HOUSING DEVICE, THEREFORE, ALL TRIUMPH AFTER “DEATH”. Where you attend “life after perceived death” is far more important than any “triumph after death”. Your placement will be according to your level of discernment, learning and growth. As you can now see clearly, on Earth placement and other planets serving as schoolrooms of Universal Truth--the third dimensional compression is a hard but exceptionally grand place of learning and sorting God-ness from the Un-God-ness! Ah yes, God is great indeed for He allows, without force or coercion, His creations to learn the Path of Light and experience the alternative experiences in full measure. This learning progression can go on for many eons beyond thine counting and always into infinity. As mankind as a manifestation comes into knowledge of the technical ability to create death unto the soul essence--the game is always brought to a close, for the causing of death to another created manifestation into the eternal realms, is a very large NO NO! Tampering and destruction of the very base essence of existence of life form is not acceptable and man of Earth place has achieved that dubious ability and prepared to utilize it for global control. I suggest all of you ponder this input most carefully. I proclaim only to bring unto you Truth as according to my mission in this time of bringing the destruction unto a close.

When you place your unlimited trust and faith into the hands of another being--you had better think again. You must know that all “men” function with no greater capacity than do YOU. If you act simply on another’s Truth, you err indeed. Come within thine reasoning discerning self and weigh most carefully the input against the LAWS OF GOD AND THE CREATION and all that moves AWAY from those laws are not going to see you home to the Lighted God. Further, God will always allow you to have your own choice of direction. He has promised unto you the Word of Truth and there will be no argument nor force--THE DECISION WILL ALWAYS BE LEFT INTO THE HANDS OF SELF TO MEASURE THINE GROWTH IN TRUTH OF KNOWLEDGE--NOTHING MORE AND NOTHING LESSER. GOD “IS” AND YOU WILL FIND THE PATH AND WALK IN THE LIGHT OR YOU WILL NOT! THE EXPERIENCE OF SOUL SHALL CONTINUE AT ANY RATE--IT IS ONLY AS TO “WHERE” WHICH COMES UP FOR CONCLUSION. THAT POINT IS NOT MINE TO CONSIDER FOR ANOTHER BUT ONLY FOR HATONN, FOR EXAMPLE. RAMADAN, MOHAMMAD A., SHALL DECIDE FOR RAMADAN, MOHAMMAD A., AND ON THROUGH EACH AND ALL OF HUMANITY--ONE ON ONE FOR ANOTHER CAN DO NOTHING SAVE FOR SELF.

In conclusion, if I were you (George), I would be very reluctant to assert that the information received are “100% true”, even if the transmitters of the Journals claim they are. Naturally, any space brothers, being imperfect, love to claim otherwise. But you are invited more than anybody else to use discernment and discretion if you want to maintain what you have. I am talking from my long experience with the UN Parapsychology Society, which has hosted dozens of distinguished speakers, some of whom lost their sources when they abused them.

I trust that you will take this letter as one of caution and love. Please say hello to Desiree, your wife, and to Dharma and the other channels who, still, provide valuable information but, most importantly, challenge us to discern. After all, as you know, only those who use discernment will be eligible to survival in the coming years of Truth and, therefore, move up to the next sublime cycle.

Ah so, brother, in conclusion I would second your motion to pay attention. I urge my own speakers to never state an emphatic 100% projection for anything coming from individual discernment--accurately or inaccurately--is OPINION! I always urge my speakers in behalf of any information from these resources to state “in my opinion ....” This emphatic “I say” thus and so is the very downfall of Truth for man upon Earth is not given to the knowledge of the whole and ALL is relative to the WHOLE!

How your letter is “taken” by the receivers of same is again, opinion. However, I, Hatonn, take it with great understanding and appreciation for much thoughtful intelligence went into the preparation of a most important perspective and caution from a caring brother. Our only intent is to bring forth Truth in allowance and Peace as to be seen as the Light it is, that man may see the Truth of the Path afore him for it is the promise of Creator that it be so. Our mission is to bring as many into Truth as will walk with God in that the movement into the next wondrous cycle can bear many in wholeness. I salute you for your time and efforts in understanding and perception.

I am Hatonn. Saalome’

CHAPTER 5

REC #1 HATONN

TUE., OCT. 30, 1990 7:24 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 75

TUE., OCT. 30, 1990

TODAY’S URGENT WATCH

Most critical times are upon you and I, Hatonn, come in Light and service unto you, plead with you to hear me! I petition you to put aside your wonderment and witness the Truth as it is unfolding--with confirmation from valid Earth sources--and come to attention. May God walk in our footsteps through these coming days ahead that we might put aside the evil afoot. YOU OF THE UNITED STATES MUST COME TO REALIZE THAT YOUR NATION IS THE AGGRESSOR--ALONG WITH ISRAEL IN THIS STATE OF WAR IN THE MIDDLE EAST! ‘TIS NOT ONES OF TRUTH-BRINGING WHO ARE TREASONISTS--IT IS THE ONES WHO PROCLAIM THEMSELVES YOUR “LEADERS”. IF THIS MOVE INTO WAR IS NOT STOPPED, IT SHALL BE A BLOODBATH WITH THE BLOOD SPILLING FROM THE LIVES OF YOUR OWN SONS, FATHERS AND HUSBANDS AS WELL AS THE WOMEN YOU HAVE ALLOWED TO MOVE INTO THE PLACES OF DANGER!

I TELL YOU AGAIN, ISRAEL PLANS AN OFFENSIVE AGAINST IRAQ TO BEGIN TENTATIVELY ON OR ABOUT NOVEMBER 4TH, TWO DAYS PRIOR TO YOUR U.S. ELECTIONS. THIS OFFENSIVE WILL BE FOLLOWED--PLANS ALREADY IN PLACE--FOR THE U.S. TO MOVE OFFENSIVELY AGAINST IRAQ TO BEGIN THE WEEK FOLLOWING THE ELECTIONS. THIS INFORMATION IS VALID AND CONFIRMED RIGHT FROM THE ISRAELI MOSSAD. THE INFORMATION IS VALID AND THE U.S. IS SECRETLY TRANSFERRING PATIENTS IN VETERANS HOSPITALS TO OTHER SITES IN ORDER TO HAVE AVAILABLE SPACE FOR CASUALTIES. THIS TRANSFER WILL BEGIN TO TAKE INTENSIVE INTENT ON NOV. 1ST! ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRANSFER LOCATIONS ARE ALREADY STAFFED AND PREPARED. I FURTHER INFORM YOU THAT THE GLOBAL CARTEL INTENDS TO CONTROL THE NEW SAUDI ARABIAN UNTAPPED OIL FIELD WHICH IS THE LARGEST OF ALL KNOWN FIELDS IN SAUDI ARABIA.

YOU IN THE U.S. WILL BE BROUGHT TO BELIEVE ALL SORTS OF LIES REGARDING ISRAEL’S INVASION--WHICH WILL END, BY THE WAY--ON THE DAY OF YOUR ELECTIONS. THE U.S. WILL PICK UP THE INVASION AFTER THAT DATE--*****WHILE CONGRESS IS IN RECESS!****--!!

If you cannot bring yourself to believe me--LISTEN TO WHAT BUSH AND BAKER ARE SAYING! Get your confirmation; get a copy of the upcoming current issue of SPOTLIGHT and other daring publications, read it and SPREAD THE WORD AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE--NOW!

Just as with the attack planned for October 3rd, it is the ONLY WAY you can stop this thing--through public demand and information brought public! YOU CAN STOP THIS THING IF YOU SPEAK OUT--NOW! I have naught else to offer unto you save the truth of it, brothers. There are many other things planned for you during the next weeks but I know not how to cause you to listen to me. You become completely distracted by my status as to credibility of existence. Put it aside, I plead with you for it matters not if you survive not!

I have also spoken within these recent weeks of “Devil’s Night”--tonight! October 30 has become the nightmare date of your nation for the celebration of evil. The police in your cities are increasing forces but it will not be enough to control it in total. Please, citizens, be aware.

You say, “Ah, but Hatonn, this reaches us too late!” No, I have already written of these things--in detail. However, this will be sent by fax to multitudes of radio and television news and “talk” shows. What your news brokers give unto you is out of my control but you had better begin to demand Truth and facts or you are lost.

CONFIRMATION

The most I can offer you is the following, for it is a reprint confirming the input I have already given unto you ones. For the doubting ones as to my projections, perhaps you will hear confirmation from your own underground intelligence sources. I shall protect the writer for his life is in grave danger. Just please accept that it is valid and comes forth in a major printed format.

The Israeli government is planning to go to war against Iraq one week before the United States launches its own offensive against Baghdad.

Based on valid information which the Mossad, Israel’s secret service, acquired from the United States, Israel expects the American offensive against Iraq to begin the week after the November 6 elections.

This date has been accepted as accurate by Israeli intelligence which learned of top secret U.S. orders issued to military and veterans hospitals to transfer gradually, beginning on November 1, 1990, hospitalized veterans and military personnel to nearby civilian hospitals to make room for war casualties arriving sometime after November 11, 1990.

Acquiring this vital secret information, the Israeli government decided tentatively that it would launch its own war--largely air strikes against Iraq—on November 4, two days before the American congressional elections and ending on November 6, as the elections close.

ISRAELI RATIONALE

Israel’s decision to disregard American goals in the Middle East and to go to war unilaterally is based on its own strategic concepts of its present political and military needs. These are the destruction both of the Iraqi military potential for a 1992 war and the breakup of the present “fragile” U.S.-Arab political/military coalition, whose continued existence Israel regards as even a greater danger to its security than Iraq.

The principal factor leading to that conclusion is that the Israeli government recognizes that for its own security, Israel will be compelled at some date in the next year or two, to expel Palestinians now in the West Bank and Gaza Strip, leading to a war with Jordan and Iraq.

Only thus, in the Israeli government’s view, will it achieve the Zionists‟ dream of a secure, wholly Jewish state in all the territories of Eretz Israel (Greater Israel).

Israel has concluded that Saddam Hussein’s invasion of Kuwait was essentially a first move to acquire funds and resources in preparation for a war which both Iraq and Jordan expect to have to wage against Israel when the Palestinians are expelled, presumably sometime in 1992 after the wave of Soviet Jewish immigration to Israel is absorbed.

Israel, therefore, was already poised prior to Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait to disrupt Iraqi preparations for the anticipated 1992 war by destroying as much of the Iraqi munitions and armaments capacity as possible. Israel planned to do this on the model of its successful June 6, 1981 air attack on Iraq’s Osirak nuclear plant, which Israel feared would be used to produce nuclear warheads.

PROXY FIGHT

Because the United States reacted so rapidly to the August 2, 1990, Iraqi invasion of Kuwait, the Israeli government knew (and co-planned) that the United States would accomplish this purpose for without Israel itself having to go to war until it could be shielded by the United States. For this reason, the Israeli government agreed to remain quiet after it received assurances from the Bush Administration that the U.S. Air Force would launch an attack on Baghdad and the Iraqi military installations in the last week of August.

When this had to be postponed and thus did not occur, the Israeli government put alternative plans into operation to precipitate incidents which would precipitate action. Further apprehension grew over reports that the Bush

Administration was intent on obtaining a virtual monopoly over oil energy resources and had decided to create a coalition with so-called Arab “moderate” and oil producing states which would stay in existence even after the destruction of Hussein.

The Mossad report that Secretary of State James Baker had reached a secret agreement with Syrian President Hafez al-Assad to destroy Lebanese Christian Gen. Michel Aoun--in whose survival Israel was interested--was the next profound shock to increase the facade which registered soundly through the Israeli Cabinet--just as pre-planned. Aoun was overwhelmed in Beirut by Syrian forces on October 13, 1990--also, just as pre-planned. (Therefore, I suggest you start to understand that step by unfaltering step, the entire plan has been played to perfection thus far in the scenario!)

This shock was intensified by the “haste” with which the U.S., seeking to preserve its fragile Arab coalition, launched the UN initiative to condemn Israel for the Temple Mount incident in Jerusalem resulting in the killing of 21 Palestinians. The UN resolution was passed just before midnight on Friday October 12, 1990 (and you all know what has become of it. I suggest you also go back and see that this “distancing” is always an immediate precursor to action!).

The Israel government has now concluded that if successful against Iraq, this U.S.-Arab coalition, basing itself on past UN resolutions critical of Israel, would seek to compel a settlement of the Palestinian issue in terms unacceptable to Israel. The resulting impasse could lead to a UN resolution imposing a boycott on Israel similar to the one now in force against Iraq. (Therefore, the need to move rapidly and emphatically-- now!)

Given these fears, the Israeli government has decided that while the destruction of Saddam Hussein is in its interest, his defeat at the hands of the present U.S.-Arab coalition is not. Israel has to act soon despite U.S. public opposition by launching its own unilateral attack on Iraq. (Or by causing such a massive incident that the war will be precipitated at any rate.)

I implore you to listen carefully to the interview with Saddam Hussein which was aired last evening on CNN. My scribe and group missed it but I assure you ones, it contains valid Truth and you ones had better be in the hearing. Further, note that Mr. Gorbachev is strongly pronouncing the need to avert the “impending” invasion of Iraq at all costs. He should know, dear ones, for Russia still holds the trump cards!

Now, you ask, “What about the December 3rd incident you project, Hatonn?” I SAID THAT “NUCLEAR WAR” WAS PLANNED FOR DECEMBER 3RD--“IF” SURVEILLANCE EQUIPMENT, ETC., CAN BE LAUNCHED AND PLACED IN ORBIT. ATTENTION-GETTING INCIDENTS ARE STILL RIGHT ON SCHEDULE FOR DECEMBER 3RD AND I SUGGEST YOU DEMAND STOPPAGE OF THOSE AS WELL!

I AGAIN WARN YOU, THE PLANS ARE TO PULL THESE THINGS OFF WHILE CONGRESS IS ON RECESS! THE PRESIDENT HAS ALREADY TOLD YOU AS MUCH--“THERE WILL BE NO “DECLARED” WAR” BY CONGRESS--IT WILL BE DONE BY PRESIDENTIAL ORDER!

WHAT OF THOSE SAUDI OIL FIELDS?

It finally has found its way to the public in spite of all efforts to hide the fact that there is a gigantic new untapped oil field in Saudi Arabia. It will prove to be one of the largest and potentially the most profitable of any supply of crude in the world.

It is the key factor in the current crisis with Iraq in the Middle East.

It is the largest accumulation of oil discovered anywhere on Earth in the past two decades. The new field, in a remote area of the Saudi desert south of the capital of Riyadh, will allow the Saudis to continue pumping oil from the ground--at their present, accelerated rate, well into your 22nd century--if the world lasts that long.

According to your own officials of the Arabian American Oil Company (ARAM-CO), the oil is of a rare super-light consistency that they indicate will burn in an automobile engine without being refined. The oil is almost the consistency of water. It can be burned immediately in only slightly modified engines and motors.

ARAM-CO officials have further confirmed that the oil will, however, be refined before it is marketed but that it will be far cheaper a process than with any other oil from anywhere in the world which will also allow selective use to meet new anti-pollution standards just enacted in the U.S. They don’t miss a trick, do they?

How has your media missed all this good news? They haven’t, it has just been omitted!

OF COURSE BUSH KNOWS!

President Bush’s efforts to “defend” the Saudi oil fields and to build up the Soviet oil industry as quickly as possible are better understood when you remember that Bush’s family has long had very extensive ties to the oil industry. Perhaps I should refresh your memories a bit.

George Bush’s grandfather and father were employed by a New York investment banking firm that financed and directed the rebuilding of the Baku oil fields, which had been destroyed during the Russian Revolution and the civil war that followed.

W.A. Harriman & Company was co-founded in 1919 by W. Averell and E. Roland Harriman. Long-time close friend George Herbert Walker was named president of the firm. Walker brought in his son-in-law, Prescott Bush, father of the future president, as a vice president. By 1929 Bush had taken over full management of Harriman & Co.

Between 1921 and 1931 Harriman provided the considerable financial assistance needed to get the Baku fields back on line. This move proved to be instrumental in the Soviet success in repelling the German invasion more than a decade later during World War II--it has been hand-in-hand cooperation all the way.

International banker W. Averell Harriman remained in close contact with the Kremlin. Widely accused of pro-Soviet sympathies, he often visited the Soviet Union during the 1930s. Democrat Harriman prodded President Franklin D. Roosevelt to supply “lend-lease” aid to Britain and the Soviet Union and to push America into the European war after Britain declared war on Germany in 1939. FDR named him American ambassador to the USSR to protect his oil interests.

As part of the latest effort to revitalize the Soviet economy, a group of American business executives visited Moscow and Leningrad in September under the auspices of Commerce Secretary Robert Mosbacher. Their aim was to supply “Western Know-how and expertise” to jump-start the Soviet oil industry. The mission was fully supported by President George Bush, an action his grandfather and father would, no doubt, have heartily endorsed.

Bush himself also has long been active in the oil business; his uncle George Herbert Walker II financed in 1948 Bush’s opening of his own oil development company (shades of Neil?). The new firm’s legal business was handled by a young attorney by the NAME OF JAMES BAKER!

I believe you will note that James Baker now serves as your Secretary of State! He has just pushed and shoved and given and given your tax plunder to the Soviet Union and every other country, enemy or friend. The family tie goes back even further as Baker’s father and grandfather handled legal work for Bush’s father and grandfather in the Soviet oil development program of the 1920s.

The Bush family oil business is booming meanwhile as U.S. forces now are on hand to protect Saudi Arabia and the Gulf emirates including Bahrain. Perhaps not coincidentally, the potentially lucrative drilling rights in Bahrain are owned by Harken Energy Corporation of Dallas, Texas. PRESIDENT BUSH’S SON GEORGE IS A DIRECTOR AND MAJOR STOCKHOLDER IN THAT COMPANY AS WELL AS ACTING AS A SPECIAL $120,000 A YEAR CONSULTANT. HARKEN MERGED WITH “BUSH’S” SPECTRUM 7 EXPLORATION COMPANY ABOUT FOUR YEARS AGO!

Naturally, Harken’s $1.1 BILLION a year revenues would be endangered if Iraq were to widen the conflict in the region. What is more interesting is how Harken was able to obtain the rights to Bahrain’s oil???? Ah, now you begin to pay attention? It is most interesting to note that such a relatively unknown, small-time outfit based largely in Texas, Louisiana and Oklahoma, as is Harken, only sprouted international soaring wings when it tied in with Bush’s son, George!

This, dear ones, is only one instance of recent American foreign policy decisions to be driven by Bush Family needs. We have already clearly and explicitly given you the tie-in with Bush’s brother, Prescott, and the Japanese company who does extensive business in China and Panama.

Bush moved most abruptly last December to install a new regime in Panama as a Christmas gift to the funeral homes that would be far more conducive to American business interests--especially his own! Remember also, that he refused to enact any sanctions against the government in Peking that could in any way interfere with his business trade.

Do you not question Bush’s buildup of U.S. military forces in the Persian Gulf region? It is said to be for the alleged purpose of restoring the despised Kuwaiti royal family to its throne. But the administration refers to it as “protecting freedom and democracy”! The Kuwaiti royal family is hardly a democratic form of government for the people, of the people and by the people, dear blind ones.

NO, IT IS CLEARLY OBVIOUS TO EVEN THE SLEEPY ONES, THAT THE HUNDREDS OF THOUSANDS OF TROOPS ARE MAKING VERY SURE THAT BAHRAIN’S OIL SUPPLIES REMAIN SAFE FOR EXPLOITATION AND TO ALLOW OPENING THE NEW SAUDI FIELDS UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE ELITE CARTEL.

At the same time, U.S. taxpayers will enable the Soviet oil industry to reap huge profits as a result of the sharply higher crude prices that have resulted from Bush’s actions in the Middle East. Mr. Bush an unpretentious wimp? Oh my, I should most certainly suggest not!

JEB BUSH

I have spoken often, recently, regarding another Bush son--Jeb. I have received quite nasty rebuttals as to my “inaccuracy”. I lay it here, once again: Neil Bush is not the only son of the President involved with a failed savings and loan. The Federal government has already repaid a $4 MILLION loan owed by Jeb Bush and several partners to the Broward Federal Savings and Loan in southern Florida. Bush held a 20 percent share of the 1985 loan. When the Federal government assumed control of the failed S&L, its assets were sold to a Los Angeles S&L which was guaranteed against any losses. The loan was thus repaid by YOU, the U.S. taxpayers. Oh, by the way--the top honcho of Broward Federal Savings and Loan is in Tel Aviv, Israel, living happily ever afterwards!

ANOTHER CONFIRMATION

The Bush Administration is so worried about an upsurge of terrorist attacks against U.S. targets worldwide in response to the American military presence in the Persian Gulf that it is offering rewards of up to $4 MILLION (TAXPAYER DOLLARS) for information on major terrorist operations. The word is being spread internationally by videotaped messages starring none other than your good old American showmen, Charlton Heston, Charles Bronson and Charlie Sheen. The reward program is called Heroes. Further, this does not include the great sums allocated for obtaining information from such leaks in the Mossad, etc., as are coming forth to both confuse and confirm. It is so nice that you taxpayers in the U.S. have endless supplies of money to pay for all this fun and games. Don’t you realize that this is a blatant move to completely clear the U.S.A. of middle class American citizens? You will be the ones necessary to be brought under total control for the rich are on “their” side and the poor are your responsibility to “afford” already--the middle-class will be drained and removed for you are too dangerous if and when you awaken to the Truth. It is planned to bring you to helplessness before you awaken and the time is at hand!

Dharma, close this portion for I realize we are not finished with an Express but I request that George have this document in order to fax it to his contacts post-haste; by early afternoon, please. Thank you and I salute all of you for your tireless service to your brothers. Salu. Hatonn to clear to stand-by.

Commander Gyeorgos Ceres Hatonn

United Federation Command

CHAPTER 6

REC #1 HATONN

WED., OCT. 31, 1990 12:51 P.M. YEAR 4 DAY 76

WED., OCT. 31, 1990

In the radiance of Truth and the encircling Sacred Circle of Infinity, by and through the Grace of God and in the purpose and intent of service unto God and Man, I am here; Hatonn.

INFORMATION SORTING

As ones who are joined with you ones in intent and purpose and labor in these vineyards of Truth, I see the impatience and overwhelming “overload” of, “How do we get ALL the information to print and also get the remainder of our tasks into manifestation?” Dharma, I see and feel the pull from the other tasks you perceive to rest upon you--nay, nay--one step at a time, for you and me, it is first the WORD.

Ah, but there “are so many words”, you rebut--’so many subjects!” Yes, precious, and they all must be touched upon so that man can then go and know that for which he seeks. It does not mean that we need write of it all again and again; however, we must continue longer in the myriad subjects to our best ability that each might find the key which unlocks the FIRST door so that man will continue past the other doors of knowledge. It is the very least that we can offer unto our brothers who have become people of the lies. So be it.

First we deal with that “which is”. Man must confront that which IS so that he can change of it into a path to glory instead of a path into slavery and destruction. He must see a glimpse into the distant past, correlate it to the not so distant past and see, again, the correlation with that which is thrust upon him NOW! Day to day the scenario changes but the plot is ever the recycling of similarities.

Remember that which I gave unto you a few days past: “All macroscopic objects have discernible differences but if you enter the microscopic world of molecules and atoms you find absolute identities.” To round out perception, we must allow you to see inside this world of quantum physics so that you can look within the Cosmic Code and into the language of nature.

Further, we must be able to cross the bridge which moves from the finite into the infinite. Oh, I see, Dharma; you “can’t do that because you know not that?” Chela--I DO! IT IS BETTER THAT YOU DO NOT! In this way, you come as the innocent child awaiting knowledge--not efforting to correct mine. So be it and selah!

First, however, MUST come understanding of your current circumstances so that you can understand that which must be done to remain in ability to function properly to come into the additional knowledge of universal language and Truth.

Be not too impatient, chela, as we write of the heinous for you must look squarely into the Truth of that which has been thrust upon you by the foes of God-ness and THEN, ONLY THEN, can you understand the process of transition and higher manifestation in tapping of the Cosmic and Universal particles from which all is made manifest. Let us only ask that we can keep it simple and beautiful enough for our brothers to understand without mysticism and magic nonsense. It is the very SIMPLICITY of the universe which astounds and confounds--not the complications, dear ones.

Then you ask of me, “Why must we bring controversy into the picture which gets me killed or maimed?” Because you must know who the players are, my dear. If the wolf is dressed as the sheep and hides his Truth from you--how do you protect the sheep? You must learn the historical data regarding the wolf and then watch for the clues which always give the trickster away in the Light of Truth and confrontation. A sheep will continue to be a sheep; the wolf will “blow” his cover!

Relative to the above statement, the ancient Khazar Zionists did all the right things to deceive to this very point in time to fulfill the prophecies as put forth against this turn of the cycles. The question has always been, “Who will see the clues and recognize the ‘wolf’”? The Zionists USE THE JEWS (sheep) as the cover and it is not realized, until too late, that the wolf has possession of the entire flock. Truth will stand, chela, against all rebuttals and stone-casting, firing squads and election ballots--Truth does not come from majority rule. TRUTH IS!

So that you can continue to balance what is occurring this day in your world, we must continue with relative scenarios cast side by side with that which is put forth this day--right now--in Global intent for One World Order and Global control. Dear ones, the scene was essentially the same even, let us say, at the fall of Babylon. Let us herein do a bit of comparison peeking regarding that very topic--Babylon.

REVISITING THE FALL OF BABYLON

You live in a world that grows more complex and more confusing with each passing day--week by week, month by month, year by year, decade by decade and so on. I like to work within the years past in about 10 to 15 years because you can remember those incidents first hand. Then we can compare instances of ancient myths which relate so closely that if we changed a few terms here and there, the story could be the identical play format for this day.

Even though little actually changes, let us consider you so-called “Americans”. You are typical and fairly new as a nationality so it is easy to be observant. I do not play favorites herein, it is just “simple” as example.

You Americans are very fond of praising yourselves for the great man-made wonders of your age and you don’t even know the tenth of it. Whenever the obvious dangers to your continued existence as a nation prey on your minds, you are always reminded that you, the great United States, have already survived for the two centuries since your Republic was founded. Scarcely a day passes that you are not reassured by your rulers, elected and otherwise, that you are the mightiest nation on Earth. Your technology, you are told, day in and day out, is so wonderful that it is impossible that any other nation on Earth, especially the poor, backward Soviet Union, for instance, might surpass you in any important way. In other words, you believe you are technologically impregnable. Unless you become prematurely concerned over the impact of the recent radical changes in your weather, certain news reports tell incredible lies to the effect that the United States has a two-year, minimum, store of grains in your storage bins--all the while they are empty. In all this, the behavior of the U.S. today is like that of countless civilizations before you--JUST BEFORE THEY PERISHED! IN MANY RESPECTS THE GREATEST SIMILARITY OF ALL IS WITH THAT OF ANCIENT BABYLON JUST BEFORE ITS ABRUPT FALL FROM POWER! The origins of the U.S., unlike Babylon, were strongly moral and spiritual in content and the system of government set forth in the U.S. Constitution, which freed men in a way unparalleled in human history, was conceived by men who understood man’s place within God’s creation. This heritage still lives today in the hearts of many Americans but it’s rapidly being snuffed out under the bondage of rulers who are superimposing the pattern of ancient Babylon on your beloved land.

The Babylonian pattern is totally evil and those who choose to bow down to such Satanic rule thereby make themselves part of it. The origins of ancient Babylon are lost in the midst of time, perhaps 5,000 or so years ago but it reached its peak around 600 B.C. at which time it was undisputed as the most powerful empire the world had ever seen. The City of Babylon was the Rome of its day, the most important trading center, the most powerful military force, the greatest cultural influence and even a center of tourism because of its remarkable hanging gardens (one of the seven great wonders of the world!) and other man-made wonders. The huge city of Babylon was surrounded by city walls so high and so thick that they were impregnable by any military technology of that day, and inside the city there was a two-year supply of food, making any attempted siege against Babylon unattractive. And there was no lack of water either because no less than the mighty river Euphrates ran through the city. Yes, Babylon was powerful, wealthy and so secure in material terms that potential adversaries were hardly ever taken seriously. Even when it became clear that the increasingly powerful joint empire of the Medes and the Persians had designs on Babylon, there was no real concern. With all their means of protection against invasion and their unrivaled prosperity, the Babylonian attitude was simply, “It couldn’t happen here.” And so when the Medo-Persian army of Cyrus and Darius laid siege to Babylon, the only response of the ruler of Babylon was debauchery, feasting, drunkenness and mocking any real power greater than himself.

At this point you are told that the Babylonian feast was interrupted by the appearance of a hand in mid-air writing words on the wall that said Babylon’s rule was at an end, that its ruler had been weighed in the balances and found wanting and that the kingdom would be divided and given to the Medes and Persians. The handwriting on the wall said the impossible was about to happen--Babylon, the impregnable city, was about to fall--How could this be? No one in Babylon had ever had experience with invasion and so could not imagine such a thing; and yet, within a few short hours, before the drunken feast even ended, the impossible simply happened!

First, the water level in the mighty Euphrates River, flowing through the middle of Babylon, started dropping rapidly. (Knowing that the Euphrates is all but dry below the man-made dams of today should be about to give you a bad case of hives/rash.) The water dwindled to a trickle and soon stopped altogether. Cyrus, the Persian, had worked out of sight of Babylon and had diverted the Euphrates out of its normal channel. Now the great impregnable walls of Babylon were left with huge openings--namely the river bed no longer filled with water and in marched the Medo-Persian army, conquering Babylon without resistance. And a decade ago, the United States was under total siege by the Soviet Union with the cooperation from within of Quislings. You were threatened by the joint Rockefeller/Soviet Empire just as Babylon was besieged by the joint Medo-Persian Empire.

The message was still one of “no worry”--“It couldn’t happen here!” Today, it is never said to you that you will have your troops in the Middle East wiped off the map and worse, you will never know--unless you begin to listen hereto--that it was fully planned and orchestrated by those who would CONTROL YOUR GLOBE.

Dear ones, just as it happened in ancient Babylon, the handwriting is all over the walls for America and the free nations of your planet. The America you know today is a perversion of the pattern originally laid down for your beloved land and America as you know it, is coming to an end--actually, that wondrous America you knew is already to an end, some years past.

It appears that the similarity may be missed for you might say, “Ah yes, but the Achilles‟ heel of Babylon was “water”. WATER IS AGAIN “YOUR” ACHILLES’ HEEL and you simply have no perception of such.

HOW SO WATER?

Without going into great detail, I can tell you that there is the ability to rupture every dam in your nation of America and cause earth upheavals. Weather changing devices are prevalent to destroy normal sequence of rainfall. Further, there is already contamination of your water supplies with all manner of toxic substances and radioactivity.

Your nation has been trained to use abundant water and waste water to the point that you don’t know how to function without it in abundant supply. You have elaborate viaduct systems for taking water from one place to another. You have depleted your ground-water reserves and still, in the West it rains not! Four years of drought in southern California has all but devastated the ground-water. Now, add to that broken viaduct systems of contaminated water. Your farm crops and orchards are completely dependent upon irrigation--Do you begin to see? If any of these things are introduced, you will be in deep yogurt!

But what has that to do with the Middle East and Oil? Everything! The Israeli Zionists want war, Russia and the U.S. made a pact to not allow a “nuclear” war until 1992, in the Middle East. Russia has the technology and cosmospheres in place whereby, if you push and nuclear war erupts--GOODBYE VIADUCT SYSTEMS, EARTH FAULT STABILITY AND THERE GOES LOTS OF DAMS INTO ETERNITY! YOU SEE, THE KHAZAR ZIONISTS DO NOT PLAY BY THE RULES NOR DO THEY KEEP THEIR COMMITMENTS! ONCE UNDER WAY, THE PLANS CAN GO AWRY IF FANATICAL PLAYERS COME INTO THE EQUATION. HOW WILL IT GO, HATONN? I can only look at probabilities and possibilities and pray just like you! I can tell you what “their” plans are and relay them to you but they change as the information goes forth. By informing and other players stopping some sequential necessities, you are still in one piece BUT, GLOBAL PLAN 2000 IS RIGHT ON SCHEDULE!

HOW DOES A NATION SURVIVE SUCH THINGS?

Now we come full cycle into the importance of spiritual Truth--or spiritual guidance, even if not totally in Truth but Godly in “intent”, although marred by incorrect information.

Of all the things that determine whether a nation will survive or succumb in time of crisis, the human spirit is still the most important. A strong spirit and deep resolve can overcome seemingly insurmountable obstacles and it can make a people impossible to conquer; but a weak spirit, without convictions or values, leaves a people defenseless--defenseless no matter how much armour they may wear or what weapons they may command. This is why the human spirit has been the most consistent target of all, both of the “One World” group and of the rulers of your adversaries.

DIVORCE MORAL AND SPIRITUAL LESSON OF TRUTH

The first step is to divorce the moral and spiritual lessons of religions from daily decisions and actions, as if the two have no relationship to one another except for lip service. Then the spiritual teachings for which churches originally existed are diluted and the laws of God replaced by suitable “modernizing” “to fit the need of today”. Then the spiritual Truths are replaced with preaching about economic, political and social issues. Next, to top it all off, the word goes forth about something “invented” called the “rapture” (dear ones, not even your Holy Bible speaks of such a thing as “a rapture”). The latter is to reap destruction upon the masses and the former is to play with the fires “of hell”. But this is exactly what the National Council of Churches and its sister organization, the World Council of Churches, have been doing for decades.

Prior to the end of November 1950, the National Council was known as the Federal Council of Churches. For many years the Federal Council had been dominated at the national level by the Rockefellers and their agent John Foster Dulles and was the recipient of several grants from the Rockefeller Foundation. But the Federal Council became so totally identified with political activism in support of socialist causes, it became an object of increasing distrust. Accordingly, the name was changed to the National Council of Churches and its tarnished halo was polished up with public assurances that this was a NEW organization which would devote itself to the real business of the church. There were many influential laymen in the churches under the umbrella of the National Council who wanted to help insure that the supposedly new organization would truly devote itself to proper areas of church concern. As a result, a National Lay Committee was brought into being under the chairmanship of the late J. Howard Pugh, a truly great American, who was a director and president of the Sun Oil Co. when it was still free of the grasping clutches of the Rockefellers. The National Lay Committee existed from March 28, 1951 until June 30, 1955 for you who want to look it up.

WHAT HAPPENED?

The whole story of what happened to the National Lay Committee of the National Council of Churches is told in the Chairman’s Final Report by Pugh. Unfortunately that important report has long been suppressed and buried very, very deep. However, I know that you can’t rest until you have the tid-bits so let us consider a few passages which will be taken from The Chairman’s Explanatory Letter. This letter served as a Foreword to the Report as a whole:

“The failure of this most important effort to bring about an enduring partnership between the clergy and laity, I feel a very real responsibility to provide a comprehensive and factual account of those steps which led to the Board’s action--discontinuing lay participation.

“We lay people found ourselves not only deeply in the minority but often poles apart from the clergy who invariably out-voted us 10 to 1 in these sessions.

“The members of the Lay Committee were often misunderstood in their urgency to keep the churches out of politics and their insistence on the promised evangelism. Our premise was that instead of appealing to the government, the church should devote its energies to the work of promoting the attributes of Christianity--Truth, honesty, fairness, generosity, justice, and charity in the hearts and minds of men. We attempted to emphasize that Christ stressed not the expanded State, but the dignity and responsibility of the individual.

“Their philosophy, it seemed to the Lay Committee, looked to an ever-expanding government.

“With few exceptions, the members of the Lay Committee had agreed to serve only because they had been assured that the new National Council would avoid the political involvements and controversies of the old Federal Council of Churches, which was now superseded.

“Most of the members of the Lay Committee came finally to the realization that a wide chasm existed between the thinking of the laity and the clergy and executives of the denominational bodies which comprised the National Council.

“Now since June 30, 1955, the Committee ceased to exist as a committee of the General Board.

“The members of the Lay Committee believed, and so stated, that the political adventures of the National Council in the field of economic and political controversy would seriously hinder and not further Christian leadership in the pressing fields of evangelism, fellowship, and education.

“It appears from the record that the National Council could find no room for opposition to the philosophies and practices carried over from the old Federal Council. Lacking the patience to resolve the basic problem, it has sought to bury it.”

And thus, dear ones, more than 30 years ago ended the last major effort to deflect the Rockefeller-dominated National Council of Churches away from its political programs and toward concern for spiritual matters. After more than four years of frustrating and fruitless effort, the national Lay Committee was dissolved and the prize forfeited. How many of you will roll-over as you are thwarted in this, our work? We shall see. That dissolution signalled the end of any influence of the general church population of America on the policies in the National Council of Churches. The National Council proceeded on its way, proclaiming to the public that it represented 34,000,000 Protestants, while using this power base to help undermine your free Republic--and the churches themselves to the very fiber and core of the truth itself.

THE NATIONAL COUNCIL

has done irreversible damage. It has weakened and dulled the spirit of millions of Americans and foreigners who seek Truth through the lies. It has softened and made “legal” in the eyes of the churches and the laity all manner of activities totally against the laws of God and The Creation. It has weakened and wiped out your ability to discern and judge actions. You refuse to speak out against evil for fear of being labeled bigot or “square”. You now bless that which is evil and taunt those who practice things of moral rightness.

Will you see the way? CAN you again see the way? I can only give unto you Truth and you must make the choices. Let us hope and pray unto our Creator/Creation that we can regain balance, Truth and understanding and that God shall grant Grace unto the petitioners in Truth. You can regain the wondrous spirit instead of continuing the destruction if you will but turn again unto the Lighted Path.

Do you see, chelas, that if you do not turn about and change these things of error--the rest is of no consequence? What good would it do to know quantum physics and cosmic codes if you are enslaved by your own doing? What good does is do for you to know that “visibility of manifestation” is attained at a harmonic of 169443 relative to the latitude/longitude and dependent upon the minutes of arc and degrees in direct relationship to the speed of light harmonic? Now, suppose that you know that at a harmonic frequency of 169443 you have “visibility” of unified structure (or, could it be 16.9443 or 1.69443 or 169.443?) It doesn’t matter for all are a direct derivative of the “keystone” of mathematical infinity. Let us suppose now that you know this “magic” number and at a certain “grid” location all mass becomes visible at this finite frequency--What have you learned? If you know not how to achieve that frequency--you have learned nothing!

“Well”, comes the next thrust--“why don’t we invent the wheel with this wondrous mathematical equation?” Because it is already invented! YOU just don’t have it! Further, if you don’t turn your mass of chaos around and about--you will neither have it nor have need of it. I repeat--YOU CAN MOVE TO GLORY OR BE SWALLOWED BY THE CHAOS! THE CHOICE IS YOURS!

Allow us to close, chela, as the day is at twilight and other things are in need of tending. Thank you for your service and may we all ponder upon our relationship with God for I prefer to move us into GLORY! AHO! AND SAALOME’

Hatonn to clear, please.

CHAPTER 7

REC #1 HATONN

THU., NOV. 1, 1990 6:48 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 77

THU., NOV. 1, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

Hatonn present in the service of Holy God, the One, The Many--ALL! I AM and because I AM, SO SHALL YE BE!

Rather than note the myriad of fragments which impact you this day, I shall note only a few and move on. I am besieged with requests to integrate the “whole” picture in the Persian Gulf for I am told it is too hard to keep all the “fragments” of information confined to a single thought pattern. I have outlaid it so many times that I hesitate to utilize the precious time in so-doing, but I will effort at giving you an overview of the Persian Gulf power play for it is so vital to the Global Agenda of the New World Order.

You ones cannot seem to understand the close power ties with the Soviet Union to solidify the “new partnership”, which by the way, has been binding for decades. As we move along with this scenario, however, hold uppermost in mind that the Zionists of the Khazars want the Russian territory of their “heritage” most urgently indeed.

THE GLOBAL AGENDA

The U.S. “imperialists” have seized upon Iraq’s so-called invasion of Kuwait to strengthen their global power under the banner of creating a “new world order”. It is the same overall plan as the “GLOBAL 2000 PLAN”. Russia has not changed her plans for world domination nor has the Zionist brotherhood nor has the Global Elite Cartel--the bankers! The action in the Middle East has several dimensions to it. The U.S. has been working closely with the ‘state capitalists” in the Soviet Union throughout the Gulf crisis to solidify their emerging “new partnership”. This new partnership is not about bringing peace and justice to the world, as U.S. and Soviet leaders hypocritically contend. It is largely about jointly exploiting the Third World and collaborating to suppress revolution and unruly Third World regimes (even as they continue to compete for advantage within that collaboration).

Let us see what is being touted, first of all. The Soviet leadership (and their apologists) claim they are trying to block U.S. “adventurism” and prevent war. The reality is just the opposite. The Soviets do have their own agenda in the Gulf and their own concerns about war breaking out on their doorstep. But for now they are more concerned with strengthening their new “partnership” with the West. Actions like backing the U.N. embargo against Iraq and issuing a joint condemnation of Iraq at the recent U.S.-Soviet Helsinki Summit constitute important political cover and support for U.S. bullying and war preparations. Soviet leaders have even stated that they would join a U.S.-led military attack on Iraq IF the U.N. sanctioned it--as if U.N. sanction would make such a crime any less murderous or less imperialist. Further, on the other side of the mouth it is emphatically stated that, “Russia considers herself no longer a „Super‟-power and would not send any troops into the fray!” The high level meetings are mainly to lay options out clearly. At Malta, Gorbachev and Bush AGREED there would be no nuclear war in the Middle East until about 1992. Russia means it and will take measures in hidden ways to insure it is delayed as long as possible. WATCH THAT COLUMBIA SHUTTLE! As the December 3rd nuclear plan nears, there will be some very interesting incidents to make some serious points to you ones regarding POWER!

The U.S., after encouraging Saddam to do exactly that which he did (you see Satan always tricks and deceives), the U.S. has seized on the crisis to shore up its leadership control of the Western alliance. In the post-WW2 era, that leadership has been based, in part, on America’s role first as the direct supplier of Gulf oil to Europe and Japan and more recently as the power insuring its uninterrupted flow at low cost. Remember that Japan gets 70 percent of its oil from the Gulf, Western Europe 50 percent.

U.S. supremacy slipped as there has been rising German and Japanese economic strength, American economic weakness, and the easing, in temporary measure, of East-West tensions. Today the U.S. sees the Gulf crisis as a golden opportunity to restore American authority by defeating Iraq and demonstrating that only the U.S. military umbrella can “guarantee” Europe and Japan their oil lifeline and economic survival and thus bring the nations under control.

Meanwhile the actions of the Bush Administration and Global Cartel show the American people that you are under total imperial control--regardless of what the “polls” proclaim.

VOTING FRAUD

By the way, chelas, don’t fool yourselves into believing you function in a Democratic/Free Election nation. The Congressional candidates are carefully chosen and the mold formed and ready for you to produce just the proper elected officials to further the Bush doctrines. He is telling you exactly what to do and you will do it--vote him in a Republican Congress! After all, look what Congress has done to you--given you a worse tax burden than you have ever known!

THE BALLOTS ARE “FIXED”. BALLOTS WITH PROPOSITIONS ARE PRINTED BY AT LEAST TWO OR MORE PRINTING HOUSES IN EACH AREA. ON ONE BALLOT THE ITEMS WILL BE WORDED IN SUCH MANNER AS TO REQUIRE AN IMPROPER VOTE, THUS IN THE COUNTING OF FINAL TALLY THERE WILL BE ABSOLUTE CONTROL OF OUTCOME. THE PUBLIC WILL APPEAR TO WIN ON SOME MEASURES WHILE YOU ARE HAD COMPLETELY ON THE IMPORTANT ISSUES. BALLOTS AND COMPUTER VOTING APPARATUS ARE FIXED IN WORSE MANNER THAN THE GAMBLING MACHINES IN NEVADA AND ATLANTIC CITY! FUNNY THING ABOUT THAT--THEY DON’T EVEN NEED IT FOR YOU ONES DO EXACTLY THAT WHICH YOU ARE PROGRAMMED TO DO WHILE YOU “THINK” YOU ARE ‘SHOWING THEM”. I would most carefully consider these things if I were some of the ‘self-thinking elite” who are re-running for office for they are expendable and Bush wants them out!!!! They have erred in greed and pay-offs and are now blackmailed into silence either way it goes. Let us see if any one of them will speak out before they are “hanged” by their own team.

INTIMIDATE THIRD WORLD CHALLENGERS

America’s massive intervention in the Gulf aims to intimidate any Third World challenges to imperialist domination. The “new world order” the Bush Administration is crowing about is really just the same old lopsided global order that already exists but is ready to pull your Constitutional Rights through a new Constitution and new rules which you cannot oppose--openly! With America as the one and only superpower cop, imposing its agenda at the point of a gun from Panama to the Persian Gulf, under this “order” 40,000, at least, children of the oppressed die every day from starvation and preventable disease just as planned and orchestrated. In oil-rich Saudi Arabia this status quo means that a mere 12 percent of the women are literate and over one in ten children dies before their first birthday--long live the royal elite oil-lords!

These frigid calculations of empire, not a desire to prevent aggression or bring peace to the world, have led the U.S. to massively intervene in the Gulf and spurn repeated Iraqi offers to negotiate. Bush comes forth and “is tired” of the treatment of a few men who refused to leave the Embassy in Kuwait--and on that premised lie will slaughter your own countrymen in Iraq and Kuwait and thousands upon thousands of your “kids”, he calls them. Even ones with loved-ones in custody in Iraq urge him on as if crazed by the desire for a good old “Marine” bloodbath.

Some argue that it is irrational, even outright crazy, for the U.S. to go to war in the Gulf because war could destroy many oil fields, spark a global depression and/or throw the Middle East into turmoil. All this and more could happen and such possibilities gravely concern imperialist strategists. Yet they are even more concerned about losing control of the Persian Gulf and the erosion of their global power and if they feel they have to go to war to protect them, they will. This too, is the “big B-word”! One of many points of “timing” is to pull this war off prior to full operation of the NEW OIL FIELDS in Saudi Arabia which could easily be destroyed later in all-out conflict. I referred to these fields within the past two days.

NEW TYPE OF WAR?

Good gracious, no. In 1502 the Portuguese mercenary and explorer Vasco de Gama sailed to the southwest coast of India with a fleet of 21 warships. His goal--to seize control of the lucrative trade routes between Europe and the Far East from Arab merchants. The ensuing combat was terrible with no atrocities too horrible to commit against the infidel competitors. Cities were devastated, ships burned at their docks, prisoners butchered and their dismembered hands, noses and ears sent back as derisive trophies. A bit, I interject, like that which will happen in the relatively near future by your government while claiming it is done by the aliens from the Cosmos. It has already been in preparation and training of you ones to expect that action from your space brothers.

What commodity inspired those 1502 atrocities? Oil was not a point--it was over “spices”--you know, important things like pepper, cinnamon, cloves, ginger and nutmeg!

These “spice wars” were some of the world’s first wars over commerce and marked the “rosy dawn” of capitalism as erroneously and heinously projected by the criminal elements. You see, this is the kind of “capitalism” that Marx and Lenin wanted to suppress. However, they suppressed it by destroying the people caught in their own clutches of dictatorial state power. Yes, your world has ever been thus--does it begin to fit with that which I have been outlaying unto you for consideration concerning the purpose of Earth compression experience?

Today, you ones look at the olden times as absurd; absurd that cities were ravaged and leveled and thousands massacred over pepper and nutmeg and cinnamon for your pumpkin pies. But in the future, the fact that tens of thousands of troops squared off and hundreds of thousands, even millions of lives were risked and sacrificed over oil will seem even more ridiculous. There is already abundant technology available IN YOUR CURRENT DAY, to have already obsoleted all use for carbon fuels of any kind!

It is sad to note that at least in 1502 there were no alternatives to spices. Today there are many, many alternatives to oil. Secondly, oil has distorted the world’s economies and fouled the environment in ways nothing else could do. Strange outlook; if you survive a century from now you will still be using spices--you won’t be using very much oil!

MID-EAST OIL--BIG POWERS FUEL

Let us look at statistics which might tell you a great deal about that which is at hand.

Middle East oil has been essential to the functioning of the Western capitalist economies for over four decades in two major ways: as a source of superprofits and as a cheap source of energy and raw material for industry.

Between 1948 and 1960 Western capital earned $12.8 billion in “after everything” “reported” profits so you know it was far more and that was just Middle East oil. This was on “fixed investments” totalling a mere $1.3 billion--a rate of return far beyond any available in the industrialized countries. Now, don’t get confused, we are not speaking of banking, criminal robbery via the law or anything else--just oil. This was just spending change to the elite, dear ones, and that was a long time ago!

Today, despite the larger role played by the producing countries, oil remains extremely profitable for imperialist capital. In 1989, 52 of the of the world’s 500 largest corporations were oil companies, with sales of a staggering $758 billion. Seven of the 14 largest U.S. corporations are oil companies: in 1989 their $248 billion in sales and $14 billion in profits accounted for 37 percent of the total sales and profits of the top 14. Don’t err in calculation of these figures. This does not even begin to scratch the surface of either profits or numbers of corporations--you cannot even imagine how much money and how many corporations are unknown--hidden away in places off-shore and in Nevada, for instance. I am going to use your own published data, however, for I do not wish quarrels on distractor points.

Globally, 22 percent of all U.S. profits from direct investment in the Third World and an estimated 60 percent of total Third World profits accumulated by U.S. capital come from oil. Much of this income is derived from refining and reselling oil from the Gulf. For example, on average, 30 percent of the oil imported into the U.S. is by the 10 largest oil companies from the Persian Gulf. After all, every barrel imported brings a ‘subsidy from you taxpayers” of a minimum of $.75/per barrel.

These superprofits have boosted the profitability of Western capital as a whole. But that is not the only way the system has benefited from Middle East oil. Oil is far cheaper to produce in the Persian Gulf than anywhere else in the world--particularly in the developed countries. One reason is that oil workers are paid a mere pittance. Indian contract workers in Bahrain’s oil fields, for instance, make a poorly $75 a month.

Another is the staggering productivity of Gulf wells. The average well in the U.S. produces some 12.5 barrels of oil a day, while the average well in Saudi Arabia produces 5,668 barrels a day. In other words, the U.S. has to use 700 times as many wells as Saudi Arabia to produce the same amount of oil.

Cheap oil from the Persian Gulf has lowered production costs and raised the overall efficiency and profitability of imperialists capital. Oil has become the primary source of energy for the capitalist economies of the West which have been structured around it in a thousand ways. Today the Western powers are the world’s biggest oil gluttons with the seven largest consuming nearly one-half of the world’s output. The U.S. alone, with 5 percent of the world’s population, consumes 26 percent.

The importance of Persian Gulf oil has grown since the 1970s and the onset of the pervasive economic crisis that has gripped the Western imperialist-dominated world economy. This has occurred for two related reasons: high volume and low price. Because the Gulf contains two-thirds of the world’s known oil reserves with more on the tapping board and produces 30 percent of the world’s oil (excluding, of course, the Soviet bloc). Gulf producers are the most able to boost output to meet rising world demand and prevent price explosions.

With oil reserves of 255 billion barrels--fully one quarter of the known world’s total--and a small population, Saudi Arabia in particular has played a critical role as a ‘swing producer”, able to raise and lower production according to the demands of the global capitalist cartel economy. Saudi production went from 10 million barrels a day in 1981, for instance, when oil prices were high, to 3.3 million barrels a day in 1985 when demand was down, to 7.4 million barrels a day now. It is expected the Saudis will further increase production to seemingly make up for any current loss of oil from Iraq and Kuwait--which is ridiculous in itself.

CAPITALISM

A beautiful concept, fully reliable and wondrously conceived has been destroyed in practice. This is because of the greed of man and the desire to control and suppress his fellow-man. It is sad, indeed, that ones of great suppression of the masses would so clearly point out the inconsistency of “capitalism” as practiced--not conceptually. “The more capitalism is developed, the more strongly the shortage of raw materials is felt, the more intense the competition and hunt for sources of raw materials throughout the whole world, the more desperate the struggle for the acquisition of colonies.”

Now it might seem that I would suggest Communism? Oh, dear me, have we gotten nowhere? The Communism as practiced, say, in East Germany, will destroy West Germany and in turn, will be the downfall of Germany if not stemmed in some manner. In the mingling of the suppressed, all desire for production at one’s own labors has been negated--looting of West German businesses is completely out of control--ones just “take” that which they want and cart it away. If the police or shop owner attempts to stop the thieves, others come and take their portion while the owner is occupied. The influx of people willing to take jobs at lower labor rates has flooded the employment market and increased the unemployment rolls. Further, the production has dropped drastically due to non-interest in “work ethics”. It is far more critical than you can imagine. This was well planned in order to bring down the German economy and thus, the nation as a whole. Methodically, the nations of Europe are being brought to their knees and become helpless on the ends of the Cartel’s strings.

The growing importance of Middle East oil for the imperialist economies has made the struggle to control it all the more fierce, Saddam’s takeover of Kuwait all the more threatening and the U.S. reaction all the more belligerent. The U.S. supported Hussein’s “invasion” to precipitate exactly what has occurred in the Middle East this day. Does this mean Saddam is a Godly saint? My, my--no! He was just duped! In the world of Satanic greed, you cannot trust your brother! It is a mark of Satan--remember the “clues”.

U.S. power in the Middle East is exercised through a complex web of economic, political and military relations with most states in the region, along with various forms of direct intervention. This network is designed to block challenges from rival imperialist powers, keep regional clients in line and most importantly, crush mass rebellion, which has repeatedly broken out in the region against imperialism and its local enforcers.

(Dharma, close this segment--NOW! They have changed your computer to eat your work from here on in this document!)

EXAMPLES

Two examples illustrate some of their means of control. One, even though the oil-producing states now own their production facilities and earn billions in oil revenues, they remain economically subordinated to imperialist capital. To begin with, they are overwhelmingly dependent on oil income, mainly from the West and Western capital still controls refining and distribution. In 1981 Western multinationals controlled over 82 percent of the world oil sales along with over 56 percent of world production with the 7 biggest controlling over 40 percent and some 37 percent respectively.

These countries also remain dependent on the West for investment capital, industrial goods, in many cases even food. Iraq is a prime example of this economic dependence: 95 percent of its revenues were generated by oil sales and 70 percent of its food is imported. In working against this day however, food reserves were carefully put aside with of course the U.S.‟s undercover agreement to supply needed survival commodities in case the plan should break down. Don’t believe for one minute that the plan has broken down--you just don’t know what the plan IS! Where do you think a major portion of that grain the Russian’s obtained from your silos is now residing? What about the supply of dairy products such as dried milk and surplus butter has gone? You disappoint me, chelas!

Second, the U.S. has built up an extensive military network in the region. Israel, Egypt, Turkey and Pakistan, key enforcers of U.S. interests, receive $6.5 billion in U.S. military and economic aid a year--half of the U.S. world total. The U.S. also sells billions worth of arms to its regional clients. From 1977 to 1987 the U.S. delivered $34 billion worth of arms to the region; this was more than it sold all other Third World countries put together. In addition, over 15 percent of the U.S. military budget or roughly $40 billion a year is spent on U.S. Forces whose mission is to intervene and wage war in the Middle East. I want you to separate the above figures from what it NOW IS. This was just a minimum of ongoing and constant input from you nice U.S. citizens setting up your children for gun-fodder.

DID SADDAM STEP ON U.S. TOES?

No--even if it appears so. The Iraqi government of Saddam Hussein is a comprador regime tied to both Western and Soviet imperialism. The U.S. helped Iraq prevail in the Iran-Iraq War and over the course of the war Iraq moved closer to the West. Yet the war also sowed the seeds for Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait and the current crisis.

The destruction of eight years of war and deepening economic crisis, coupled with Hussein’s ambition to become the Gulf’s dominant regional power, along with a seeming green light from the U.S., propelled Iraq into Kuwait. Kuwait was, after all, a part and parcel portion of Iraq and oil was being stolen even from the Iraq oil fields by the British--Saddam was actually between the very hardest place and a very large rock. In particular, Kuwait had been producing nearly double its OPEC oil output quota, helping drive down world prices according to the Cartel plans. This benefited the imperialists but cost Iraq billions of dollars in lost revenues. Iraq also accused Kuwait of pumping over $1.4 billion worth of pure Iraqi oil from wells that straddle the Iraq-Kuwait border--run by those nice British companies through the U.S. corporations.

This invasion however, somewhat threatened--or at least gave good public “reasons” for immediate U.S. action--to tear America’s web of regional power and control. What it did was set the stage and lighting for the play’s act allowing the troop set-up for later purpose of conquest. Through direct control of Iraq and Kuwait’s 20 percent of world reserves--a mere pittance--and indirect control of another 30 to untold amounts in percentage points through military intimidation of Saudi Arabia and the Gulf oil sheikdoms, Iraq could gain considerable leverage over world oil output and prices--or it would have appeared so. Even if Hussein left Kuwait but still had his army intact, the U.S. has good reason to fear Iraq would intimidate Saudi Arabia for years to come and pose a real, valid threat to little Israel!

For the powers in the U.S., this not only trespassed on what they consider their sacred right to dominate the world oil market, but threatened their global standing and the world economy as well. Hussein is now an “unreliable” client that would be dealt with accordingly. Now, we won’t talk of who was unreliable to whom.

SO LET US LOOK BACKWARD

In the Light of Truth and facts you can see that the U.S. dispatched over 200,000-300,000 personnel (minimum, for you have no way to imagine how many are in the desert), at least 600 (known) planes and over 50 warships to the Persian Gulf, not for freedom but for greed and world control by the elite. It further set the stage for action by Israeli Zionists without directly pointing the finger at their unilateral actions. No one would notice the destruction of the Palestinians while all hell was breaking loose in Iraq.

Let’s not play games, good people. You know that the U.S. government is straight-out lying when it talks about storming into the Gulf to uphold noble-sounding principles like “stopping „naked‟ aggression”, “protecting the people” and “defending international law”. This is the same government that has been trampling over the Middle East--not to mention the rest of the world--for the last 40 years.

The U.S. directly helped start the Iran-Iraq War in 1980 by giving Iraq the green light to invade Iran and then helped drag the war out for some eight years--a million people were killed in the war--by your aiding and manipulating both sides.

In 1982 your military and government backed Israel’s murderous invasion of Lebanon in which over 30,000 Palestinians and Lebanese were butchered and it today supports Israel as it guns down Palestinians fighting for self-determination. The U.S. has installed and/or propped up dozens of tyrants throughout the region--from the Saudi royal family to the late Shah of Iran, from King Hussein of Jordan to Saddam himself.

Most of you know that America’s rulers wouldn’t be bothered by one country invading another unless their interests were somehow threatened and that in the Persian Gulf those interests center around oil. Sometimes they’re right up front about it. One Bush adviser put it very well: “Even a dolt understands the principle, we need and want the oil.”

But you need to get clear as to just what the oil connection is. For instance, the U.S. didn’t dispatch troops to the Gulf just to create an oil price panic so a few oil companies could make a killing--that would come in due course of events. The oil giants will jump at any opportunity to skin you people but if that were the deal, why not let Hussein have Kuwait and do the price hiking himself? In reality the Western governments and big capitalists are afraid that skyrocketing oil prices will throw their economies into a premature tailspin before they are totally prepared to control it.

Further, the Persian Gulf is not on the edge of war because America’s own oil supply is immediately threatened. Iraq and Kuwait only account for 5 percent of U.S. oil consumption--remember? This could easily be made up from any number of other sources. Besides, Hussein jumped into Kuwait so Iraq could sell MORE OIL--not cut it off!

Sending your death machine to Saudi Arabia is actually not a government ploy to boost Pentagon spending, cut social programs or divert attention from the S&L crisis, for deploying troops and waging war in the Gulf immediately threatens to make their budget and financial problems much worse and could trigger upheavals throughout the Middle East. Your rulers are actually risking a lot and are not playing publicity games. The games are afoot however, and the stock markets, gold prices--everything in the economy is at present under totally panicked manipulation in hopes of gently walking you through this disaster and into the prison of total control. It is a risk the Global Cartels are willing to take to obtain the prize.

OIL, POWER, PROFITS--IMPERIALISM

In a movie on your placement called “The Little Shop of Horrors” Audrey-2, a people-eating plant with a never-ending appetite, warns Seymour, the naive, near-sighted florist who nurtures it, “You don’t know what you’re dealin’ with, you don’t know who you’re messin’ with.” The rulers of the U.S. are never going to be that honest with you the people. To understand what they are up to in the Gulf today you have to first understand the kind of a system with which you are dealing.

It is forbidden in the mainstream media and polite conversation to call the U.S. an imperialist power--but that is the most important truth to understand about it. Today this power (your administration) is preparing for war because it is an imperialist power with its oil, profits and global power on the line in the Persian Gulf and it is the next step in Global 2000 control.

What is meant by imperialism? Imperialism is not a curse word--although it IS a curse on humanity. Imperialism is capitalism in its highest and most mis-defined and practiced stage of deceit. The economies of the industrialized countries are dominated by interconnected networks of giant banks and multinational corporations. Like real life Audrey-2‟s with a global reach, these giant concerns stretch their tentacles all over the globe, madly chasing maximum returns and strategic advantage through the export of capital, the penetration of new markets and the control of raw materials. In the process they dominate and twist the economies of the oppressed or Third World countries, condemning the vast majority of your planet’s people to lives of degradation and misery for the benefit of a handful in the rich industrialized countries. Today the 23 percent of the world’s population living in a few rich nations consume 82 percent of the world’s output while the 77 percent living in the Third World are left with 17 percent. This gap between rich and poor countries is now over twice as wide as it was 30 years ago.

This dog-eat-dog system is backed up by the military and political arms of the imperialist state, the Pentagon, the State Department, the CIA, etc. This machinery of death and domination is used against rival powers, unruly clients and especially the oppressed masses in order to subordinate whole regions of the earth, secure them for exploitation and use them as strategic pieces in imperialism’s never-ceasing contest for global supremacy.

Overseas operations, especially in the oppressed countries, generate enormous profits for the imperialist countries. For example, between 1984 and 1988, Third World countries transferred $140 billion to the rich countries in the form of loan repayments. Today the U.S. also has some $373 billion in direct investments around the world ($90 billion of which is in the Third World) which generate over $53 billion in profits annually. Operating around the globe and exploiting the oppressed countries is not “icing on the cake” for U.S. capital; the system couldn’t function without it.

The imperialist centers are strategically dependent on the Third World as a source of cheap labor, markets and low-cost strategic minerals. This is not a question of sheer magnitude of investment, the superprofits extracted in the Third World play a critical, stimulating role in the overall process of capitalist reproduction and expansion.

I believe that nowhere has this been more clearly demonstrated than in this current Middle East situation. Since your World War II, domination of this region has been a key pillar of America’s global power and economic functioning--“He who rules the energy resources, rules the world.”

The U.S. is preserving its political and military predominance in the Persian Gulf. For one thing, this is strategically linked directly to protecting Israel and to insuring overall U.S.-controlling influence in the Middle East, a region of critical importance in global military and political affairs.

Second, two-thirds of the world’s oil reserves are located in the Gulf, with more opening up and U.S. predominance in the Gulf is crucial to maintaining effective control of world oil pricing and production. For the U.S., Persian Gulf oil is a vital source of superprofits, a cheap and essential energy source for the West and a lever for U.S. leadership of the other Western imperialist powers.

These U.S. objectives are in turn linked to bigger goals: maintaining, indeed reasserting, America’s role as the world’s number one imperialist power and propping up the very fragile world capitalist economy as practiced by the Elite Cartel. This is why Democrats and Republicans--from Jesse Jackson to Jesse Helms--all support U.S. domination of the Persian Gulf no matter what their “tactical debates” over current policy, not just a few oil monopolies. And this is why they are willing to risk so much--and slaughter so many--to maintain it.

SHIFT LOCATION

By the way of straightening out a few facts regarding the “Jerusalem Massacre”:

Palestinians threw stones over the walls of the compounds and into the Jewish quarter ONLY AFTER THEY WERE ATTACKED BY GUNFIRE FROM THAT DIRECTION. By that time the moving of the “worshipers” had been completed and according to plans, only a very few remained and hardly any were injured in any way. Bloody hand-prints on the wall were a set-up--use your intelligence, you do not get perfect handprints in blood from random injuries unless staged and orchestrated!

The Israeli forces shot tear gas, rubber bullets and live ammunition, including from a large-caliber machine gun and an army helicopter. When the confrontation was over, blood was heavy on the walls of the mosques and on the floor of many near-by hospitals--not on the Jewish Wailing Wall.

HYPOCRISY AND WEAKNESSES

The massacre touched off immediate anger and outrage among the Palestinian people. Protest marches and demonstrations broke out all over the West Bank and the Gaza Strip as well as Palestinian areas inside Israel. The Israeli police and army shot down more Palestinians in clamping down on the protests. Israel enforced strict curfews on Palestinian towns and refugee camps and closed down all schools in the West Bank. The Palestinians were then kept away from their places of worship--at gunpoint.

The action by the U.S. in all previous such uprisings has been to solidly back Israel, openly and defiantly. Now, however, there enters a conflict of interests. The U.S. elite want global one-world-order for one reason and the Zionists want it for another so the alliance becomes a bit shaky, especially with the rise of the intifada and the Palestinian resistance. The U.S. certainly is not going to abandon the Israeli attack dog. But they are using “opposition to Iraqi aggression” as a rallying call to forge a new military bloc around itself in the region--a bloc that includes Israel but also more open alliances with the royal elite rulers of Egypt and Saudi Arabia and now Syria, as well. This has opened the door for PERMANENT MILITARY PRESENCE OF THE U.S. IN THE REGION!

These are the cynical big-power interests and schemes that are behind the U.S. moves of half-hearted spanking of the Israelis by the U.N. following but not immediately so, the massacre. Bush is trying simply to cover his plans and assets by sponsoring a U.N. resolution that “condemns” Israel while at the same time trying to STOP another resolution backed by Yemen and the PLO that uses very harsh language, indeed, against Israel. Whatever comes out of the U.N., one thing is clear: the U.S. is a deadly enemy of the Palestinians and other people in the Middle East. Remember that the U.S. controls the U.N.

The Bush Administration’s maneuvers in the U.N. also point to weak points and possible problems for the U.S. in the Middle East which Bush is shoring up as quickly as possible. Just before a major Israeli-U.S. precipitated planned incident, they always arrange for “distancing” of Israel from the U.S. to appear in conflict and distract “watchers”. Then they strike with deadly accuracy right along according to the pre-planned blueprint.

The imperialists are playing with dynamite however, for if a Holy War is precipitated, there will be massive and terrible slaughter and the rivers will run with blood. The citizens of the nations in point are unarmed for the most part and the massacre shall be unheard of in the annals of time.

There is no guarantee how this will turn out. A Middle East war instigated by the U.S. could end up with the U.S. rushing from “brushfire to brushfire”, trying to prevent a collapse of their position in a most hostile environment for troops accustomed to air-conditioned houses, twice daily baths, beer and girls along with rock music. There even might be massive upsurges of protest and even rebellion right within the U.S.A. if you ones open your eyes to the truth of what is coming-down here. But it will take bold and determined action by people from the Middle East to you in the U.S. within the belly of the beast itself, to turn the imperialists‟ offensive into a defeat for the oppressors.

Does Hatonn advise “revolution”? Not as you interpret the definition. I only advise a “turning about” into the paths of truth and stand strong in that truth. That is the first definition of “revolution” (the turning about). All you would do from active, armed revolution, as in describing “war”, is the losing of your rights into enslavement. USE THE POWERS GIVEN UNTO YOU AS A PEOPLE AND A NATION--RECLAIM YOUR CONSTITUTIONAL POWERS!

WHY TERM “PALESTINIAN ENEMY”?

Let us examine that which is undertaken. Bush and the U.S. rulers are hoping to cover their assets by “criticizing” Israel’s latest massacre in Jerusalem. Actually, bombing raids are being carried out daily now into Lebanon by the Israelis. The U.S. is a proven enemy of the Palestinian and other Arab people. The U.S. has backed the Zionist rulers from the very beginning of the Israeli state in 1948--a state set up through massacres of Palestinian people and forced expulsion of hundreds of thousands of Palestinians from their land--and through Israel’s various wars of expansion in the Middle East. This is a very brief review of how the U.S. has acted as oppressors of the Palestinian people--especially through Israel--in the recent years.

The establishment media says that the U.S. criticism of Israel is the sharpest since Israel’s invasion of Lebanon. In 1982 Israel had launched a full-scale invasion of Lebanon to crush the Palestinian resistance. Some 25,000 people were killed and 400,000 made homeless. The U.S. government supported a U.N. resolution critical of Israel. But that was only a public show of a hard line towards Israel--in an effort to respond to public pressure and also to deflect the pressures from the Arabs--and to use the same opportunity to extricate itself from the image of a participant in the Israeli operation itself.

Your own President Jimmy Carter emerged from a national security briefing and said, “The word I got from very knowledgeable people in Israel is that „we have a green light from Washington‟.”

In October of 1985 Israel flew eight U.S. supplied F-15s 1,500 miles across the Mediterranean Sea to bomb undefended PLO offices in Tunis. The White House called the raid which killed 55 Palestinians and 20 Tunisians, “a legitimate response and an expression of self-defense”. Immediately afterward, Congress approved a supplemental grant of $1.5 BILLION to Israel.

The U.S. gives Israel more economic and military aid than any other country on earth. Just on the record for this year without any special gifts, you have given Israel $3 BILLION in CASH in official government aid and over $3.5 BILLION in investments and other financial transfers. YOU HAVE FINANCED ISRAEL’S ARSENAL OF NUCLEAR WEAPONS ON TOP OF ANY OTHER FINANCING.

The U.S. has backed Israel’s colonization of the West Bank, Gaza Strip and other land seized from Palestinians. The U.S. looks the other way as the Israeli government continues Jewish settlements aimed at encircling Palestinian villages and bolstering Israeli control. Most of the leaders of armed Jewish settler groups like Gush Emunim are Americans. This year the U.S. guaranteed Israel a special aid package of $400 million (from you nice taxpayers) for the settlement of hundreds of thousands of Soviet Jewish immigrants who have been streaming into Israel, the West Bank and East Jerusalem. In April of this year Congress overwhelmingly passed resolutions endorsing Israel’s illegal annexation of East Jerusalem and its declaration of Jerusalem as its capital.

In 1989 a report by U.S. consular officials in Jerusalem critical of Israeli violence against Palestinians was heavily edited by the State Department to portray the abuses as infrequent and unintentional. This March the State Department announced plans to work for repeal of the 1975 U.N. resolution identifying Zionism as a racist movement. (Go back and reread that sentence.) ZIONISM AND JUDAISM ARE NOT ONE AND THE SAME, CHELAS! In June, after the massacre of seven workers from Gaza by an Israeli gunman, the U.S. vetoed a U.N. Security Council resolution calling for a fact-finding mission on violence against Palestinians.

The U.S. government represses Palestinians in your country. Activists like Ziad Abu Ein have been deported TO Israel to face jail and torture. Seven Palestinians living in Los Angeles were rounded up several years ago by the INS and threatened with deportation as “undesirable aliens”. Warning: your government has designated an INS detention camp in Oakdale, Louisiana as a holding area for large numbers of Arab-Americans if needed for reasons of “national security”--all ready and waiting.

Last year U.S. Secretary of State Baker (remember Bush’s old business buddy?) proposed a “peace plan” involving elections in the territories occupied by the Israeli army. Under the plan, elected Palestinians would negotiate with Israel for “local autonomy” under continued Israeli rule. The election ground rules would be set up by a delegation of Israelis and Palestinians hand-picked by the U.S., Egypt and Israel. The plan was widely rejected by the masses of Palestinians as a scheme to have them participate in their own oppression and to give up hopes of genuine liberation. It was so exposed and hated that even the PLO leadership couldn’t stomach it.

After refusing to recognize the PLO for many years, the U.S. government began talks with the Palestinian organization last year. But before starting the talks, the U.S. demanded that PLO agree to Israel’s “right to exist” and “renounce terrorism”. Funny thing about that, the Mossad of Israel is the leading terrorist training machine. This was just one more way for the U.S. to demand that the Palestinians give up all armed resistance to Israel and any hope of real independence. The dialog with the PLO was aimed at finding a way to save the status quo in Israel, cool out the intifada and promote the U.S. role as a broker in the region. Six months later the U.S. suspended the talks--basically because the Palestinian people refuse to abandon their hopes for liberating the land belonging to them.

On and on it goes and has gone while you saw not! May God grant you Grace to undo that which you have allowed for you the people knew not that which you were doing. So be it.

Allow us to bring this to a close. In love and service, I move to stand-by. Saalome’.

Hatonn to clear, please.

CHAPTER 8

REC #1 HATONN

FRI., NOV. 2, 1990 10:39 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 78

FRI., NOV. 2, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

In the Glory of HIS presence, may we serve. I am Hatonn. You ask a heavy load this day, Dharma, in behalf of your fellowman. I feel the fear rise within as you ask of me the truth of the “plans” of the involved parties for the Middle East laid forth for the next short days, in counting. You believe truth can change the actions? Oh, might it be so, but man seems to have need of great disaster to make his attention focus on “fact” and not the “lies”.

I ask that you “write” the document yourself every few lines for as we move into this segment of Truth your computer is programmed to erase the material--your “autosave” mechanism has already been eliminated.

You had to test me, didn’t you? Now that you are paying attention, allow us to continue. So be it, chela, you are most human, also! “I” bear the responsibility--not you, for you must also hold truth in the knowing that you are but a translator and I will give unto you nothing that will further target you more than is already present.

JUST WHAT ARE THE “PLANS” AS OF THIS DAY?

This can also be a great teaching lesson in seeing behind that which the Establishment media gives unto you and the lies projected from the mouths of the “planners”. As we move along with outlay of planned activities, we can relate them to the projections as they are coming forth unto you ones of the world. Actually, the “world” news is far more informative than is that of the U.S. but by taking that which is given (or not given as the case may be) you can learn to observe the probabilities of intent.

BUSH PROJECTIONS

Bush denies “readying” you for war while all the while he is pushing you into total programming for war--immediately! He has told you that the American “hostages” as he calls them, will be sacrificed in full intent! He has told you that a very few people in the Embassy in Kuwait (after having been ordered, by Saddam, out of Kuwait) are to be fought over at the cost of death to over a thousand other Americans in Iraq. He says he will not tolerate this kind of treatment of Americans in Kuwait--but will outright kill, by your own hands, the well cared-for ones in the area--AND YOU AS A NATION CONTINUE TO URGE HIM ON IN HIS CRIMES!

Your “RULERS” know that we have projected the Truth of their plans and also know that the plans have been deliberately leaked by the Mossad to great extent, in order to allow for discrediting of the information and allow consideration of whether or not the deception can work sufficiently to allow a continuation of the plans as laid forth--BUT YOU ONES ARE WORSE OFF THAN YOU KNOW! THE PLANS WERE LAID FORTH BY ME IN GENERAL FORMAT ACCORDING TO THE DATES PUT FORTH BY THE PLANNERS AND MOSSAD--AND SENT TO OVER 80 RADIO STATIONS ALONE. THE RESPONSE WAS, “GIVE US THIS INFORMATION AFTER IT HAPPENS, OLD BUDDY, BECAUSE WE DON’T EVEN WANT TO KNOW ABOUT IT NOW!” Word has been blanketed to all the networks as well as independent radio and T.V. broadcasters to disallow and decline any such information in the interest of “NATIONAL SECURITY”!!!!!!! SO BE IT. What is planned is more massive and destructive than you can imagine for you think that you are greatly bonded with Russia now--YOU HAD BETTER LOOK AGAIN! YOU ARE ONLY BONDED WITH THE ELITE MEMBERS OF THE GLOBAL CARTEL IN RUSSIA--YOUR DEADLY ENEMY!

Every phrase that Bush utters now is full intent toward war and election to Congress, of his choices of representatives--which will push through all necessary Constitutional deletions and changes to insure his dictatorial powers. There MUST be world incidents to insure that the Cartel’s plans are “forced by you the people” into law. They have set up win, win situations for themselves and lose, lose circumstances for you no matter which way you react as a people.

THE WAR PLANS FOR EARLY NOVEMBER

Let me just tell you the plans and then we can point out incidents which can give you proof of my projections. Keep in mind that our intent is to cause them to cease the operations and I expect every “THINKING” human to pray for success in stopping this insanity instead of forcing proof of space command existence. Either way, it will happen in the overall--even if not on the scheduled dates leaked by the Mossad and confirmed by your own security services. The fact that Bush denies the leaks should tell you the story.

As planned: On November 4th Saddam (because he knows the plans and the enemy intended him to know the plans just as on October 3rd) will be in security out of Baghdad even if reports place him there via media. As many American “hostages” will be placed in secure shelters as will go (underground to secure their safety to all possible extent). The Iraq forces will be at ready and the surface stationed air force will remain in the air. Because the threat has come forth yesterday that if Israel strikes, Saddam will take out at least half of Israel, the stage is now set to fulfill exactly that which the Israelis have set-up.

The Israelis will proclaim that Iraq is set forth to drop chemical bombs on her people and are headed to wipe out Israel and attack the Saudi oil fields. Their International projection will be “proof” by the action of the Iraq Air Force moving into the air and missiles moved to defensive stance inside both Iraq and Kuwait.

The facts are that Israel intends to precipitate chemical weapons detonation from Iraqi-marked Israeli aircraft (Russian-made) on her own people--overfly the forces in the Saudi desert in similar planes and bomb at least one, or more, Saudi oil fields.

In immediate response to the chemical “incident”, the Israeli Air Force will attack Iraq and bomb the daylights out of her until the 6th (election day). The U.N. will be in “shock” and immediately (if Russia allows it) the United States in the name of the U.N. will invade by the 11th.

There is a gross “fly in the ointment”, however. Russia demands that there be no nuclear war allowed until 1992, according to the Malta agreement and Gorbachev doesn’t have much say about it!

To do an efficient job of pulling off the entire scenario of intended war (nuclear first-strike on Russia) on the 3rd of December, the U.S. still needs surveillance satellites in space and Russia continues to say “no way”! But, the hope is that with precipitated war in the Middle East and assurances of “just surveillance ability over Iraq”, the Russians will allow launching of the shuttle with that touted pay-load. The Russians however, know that the surveillance equipment is aimed at the Soviet Union and it is doubtful if they will allow such equipment to be placed without destruction of same.

Now we have observation of proof of this which I tell you: Mr. Baker is in serious negotiations THIS DAY with his counter-part Russian. He immediately moves on to the Middle East where it is touted openly and loudly that he will meet with other Arab leaders--NO--the main meeting will be a finalizing of plans, or the re-arrangement of alternative actions with Israel!!

You will note also as this day passes that the military officer in charge in Saudi Arabia of the U.S. forces is hyping the troops for war within the next few days! The media is announcing that he ends his briefing by saying that he is only preparing them, “but doesn’t EXPECT anything to actually happen for another few weeks”. That latter is for your consumption--the troops are on notice and alert from the “big boy” himself. The desert is absolutely alive with so-called training maneuvers and preparations for offensive all-out invasion.

The media and your government will later come to you the public and announce how “LUCKY” that your troops were in the middle of “training maneuvers” and were “already in movement” and could respond immediately!

The hope of course, is to knock out nuclear capability of Iraq right off the starting line. But you can’t stop the air-fuel weapons counter-attack for they are on auto-pilot, so to speak.

This is another portion of the negotiations with Russia--to get the Soviets to utilize their space beam cosmospheres or base systems to knock out the nuclear weaponry to meet the requirements of Russia regarding timing. The intent is to gain control--not yet annihilate your planet.

This is all planned for the U.S. to have to act during Congressional recess for two reasons: to allow the administration full power and to allow the congressional finks to claim inability to stop the action (a Pontius Pilate maneuver) of “look how hard I tried but I wasn’t in session”.

I warn you ones, the plans are well laid and all possible avenues covered. I can do nothing save warn you and stand by the “watch”. Other heinous things are planned by these ones for your attention as the weeks pass but remember in your prayers--we are your brothers and not your Gods. We will honor all Cosmic Laws which prevent our intervention UNLESS there is immediate pending total destruction of the planet! Petition GOD FOR HELP AND INPUT--NOT SPACE COMMAND! We take our orders from the HIGHEST CAUSE, not from Command wishes.

Either way, this is only the beginning of the massive manipulations coming upon you. I too, ask for mercy and grace for you of the planet who have slept so long--ye people of the lie. Your Earth Elite and Puppet Masters have heinous things in store for you, dear ones, and we see not massive efforts in size enough to bring it to a halt without more pain and times of dis-ease and oppression coming upon you “innocent” ones.

I plead on bended knees that you reach out and take of God’s hand that He might hold you in safety, ye of His own. He sends unto you help, would you but reach out and take of it. He sends His own to show you the way but He shall keep of His promise unto mankind and allow of your free-will choices unto the ending and then shall it come to a halt. How will it be, beloved ones, from here on to Armageddon? YOU HAVE BEEN HEINOUSLY “PROGRAMMED” UNTO YOUR DEATH AND YE HAVE SEEN IT NOT!

Dharma, you have done that which you can do--you who weep long for the death of thine pet sparrow--can you not see? Man must act as individuals and he takes his lessons most hard--yours of our workers are to bring Truth, impact that which we can to change of allowances and then release it unto God for we cannot act “for” another!

How shall it be? Will we change of the plans through outlay of the Truth? It is not yours to know, chela, for you, too, must move through the veil in ignorance for „tis the way of the human-ness. I touch you ones and give unto you peace that no matter how the outcome, you do not lose of your way nor of your ability to continue on with your work.

God loves you so greatly that He is again sending unto you His hosts to be in preparation for the reclaiming of His Kingdom again unto His name--so be it and selah (it shall be so for it is the WORD and THE WORD IS GOD!).

Close this portion, Dharma, for the computer is fouled and will write no more at this sitting--this should be your own confirmation, chela. So be it for God shields ye ones of His fore-sent. Saalome’

Hatonn to clear and move to stand-by. You are under constant protection and I again give warning unto the surveillance crews monitoring this information--ye shall touch not one hair of this scribe’s head lest you declare war upon the United Federation Command and I humbly ask that you recognize as much. Salu.

CHAPTER 9

REC #1 HATONN

SAT., NOV. 3, 1990 8:55 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 79

SAT., NOV. 3, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

Hatonn present to honor and share that which is the counsel of our elders. I come in the Light and Service of our most Holy Spirit, Tanka in reverence unto the Wakan.

Why do I come in foreign tongue? I come in thine “native” tongue for it becomes most important to recognize of your source and resource this day in counting.

You have used your calendars for the counting of that which is only correct according to the calculations of the scholars to fit a need. It would be well for all of you to honor the cycles of the 28 days of ancient counting for the important things of life revolve around that number. Just as the sun is representative of Aton, so is the moon representative of Creator and each of the 28 days of the moon’s “life” represents Wakan (sacred importance). Even unto the lodge poles of the native Ceremonial Lodge is there 28--one which “represents” the presence of Wakan Tanka, who sustains the Universe (the lodge as a whole).

Each of these 28 days represents something sacred to your remnants of your ancients of wisdom. Two of the days represent the Great Spirit; two are for Mother Earth; four are for the Four Winds; ONE FOR THE SPOTTED EAGLE (please do not forget this one of great importance indeed!); one for the Sun; and one for the Moon. One is for the Morning Star; and four for the Four ages; seven are for the Seven Great Riches; one is for the Buffalo; one is for the Fire; one for the Water; one for the Rock and finally, one is for the Two-Legged People (YOU OF HUMAN). Any way you add it in any language--there are but 28. All and each of these things is honored in the great lodges and I honor them for the Truth of the life cycles. You ones must come to understand that “names” are but a language form of identification--often stolen and misdefined to mislead you. Be most careful within your soul understanding for it is therein that the Truth is known--not from the name dropping from the opening in your lower face with the moving flaps and the wiggling protrusion. Further--it is the very breath of life that causes the sound--not the movement of the body physical. The mouth and the strings of the voice “box” are but tools upon which the wind of life plays the song--be most careful that yours plays a symphony unto God and life and not unto destruction and that which is evil. So be it.

The buffalo was considered the brother which sustained life in the giving of nourishment, clothing against the elements and shelter and HE was greatly honored--HE had ribs in the counting of 28. The wondrous “war” bonnets used through the centuries usually had 28 representative feathers. Ah, but one who now labels himself “Little Crow” is of the counting of 22--what might that tell you brothers? He is the Spotted Eagle, little ones of the Lie, and he shall bring forth the teachings of the oral Truths of the winged tribes of the Universe.

Why do I speak of these things on this day? Because you are moving into a period of three days which will be most heinous indeed if the intent cannot be transmuted. As of this morn, there is still full intent on the part of Israel to fulfill the blueprint laid forth. God have mercy as the trial by fire begins upon your place. May we be humbly grateful if Creator hears our pleas and gives us longer in which to prepare for the Sacred Journey. We shall accept however, that which is given unto us in the great sequence of the Sacred Cycle.

We will give honor unto our placement wherever each of us might be in the experiencing and remembering and may we honor those great reminders of Lighted intent: Honor unto the North for Purity, to the East in the Light of Wisdom--toward the Morning Star which is so brightly shining these days as to be unmissed by all of you who would look unto the Eastern Heavens and see and then unto the West where is the Thunderbird or Setting Sun of Life. Look ever unto the South in great obedience and humble gratitude for therein is represented the Source of Life. May we ever remember to give thanks for the allowance of experience as manifested by the Great Spirit in the Truth of life. AHO!

WE ARE THE BIRD TRIBES, SENT AGAIN UPON THIS PLACE--MAY WE SERVE WELL AND FOREVER IN TRUTH UNTO ALL OUR RELATIONS. AS THE SONG GOES FORTH UPON THE WINDS OF THE FOUR DIRECTIONS UNTO EACH CORNER AND CREVASSE--NOW THE DANCE BE DANCED INTO THE AWAKENING FOR THE TIME HAS COME!

* * * * *

We must be in the remembering for it is the time of remembering that which has long been forgotten and what happens in the cycles of your perceived “days” in “timing” is but a flicker upon the screens of eternity. To everything there is a season and a time to every purpose under the heaven and “in season”; ALL is good for the tapestry must come into completion. Come unto the source and ask for guidance for if you are reluctant to ask the way, you will most surely be lost.

Ah, so you ask, “What shall we do?”. You shall live in the moment for there is naught else, brothers. You live between two very dense clouds--the forgetting of what was and the uncertainty of what will be. All is balanced on possibilities and probabilities and all is changeable as the winds of passage. Remember that every situation--every moment--is of infinite worth; for it is the representative of a whole eternity; and how will yours be? You must always know that the sole single life which a man can lose is that which he is living at the moment--therefore, if man puts off living that life, he has very little to look forward to in infinite journeys. You ARE in the present moment. You cannot know what tomorrow will bring forth. You can know only what the Truth is for you this day--this moment. And more so--it is this moment upon which you are called to serve so I suggest you serve it in all rationality.

As you ones struggle through these days of increasing deceit and ongoing and increasing deceptions, remember that people always overdo the matter when they attempt deception and give away their intent and purpose to the wary watcher. One deceit needs many others and so the whole house is built in the air and must soon come to the ground. You have however, come to a point in your nations where the elite can fool too many of the people too much of the time but by the same law of the cycles--man shall be given to see the lie albeit sometimes too late indeed. We shall continue the journey “as if” it were already won and so shall it come to be.

Dharma, allow us closure as it is time for the gathering together. I ask peace unto you ones who bear great responsibility and purpose--we shall walk the path together, you and us, for we come forth afore the cycle closing that the closing may be wondrous indeed. Saalome’

I am Hatonn in you service. Salu

CHAPTER 10

REC #2 HATONN

WED., NOV. 7, 1990 8:22 A.M., YEAR 4 DAY 83

WED., NOV. 7, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

SOLTEC/EARTH WATCH

Commander Soltec requests that you ones pay close attention to the Earth changes and rumblings on your planet this day. Whether or not you can find relationships is immaterial. Note the activities in the Mt. St. Helens volcano along with the same day activities again at Mono Lake and the Aleutian Islands. Note the beaching of the sea animal life (Dolphins) along the beaches of Japan and realize that there is deep activity sending out confused pulses unto them from the volcano readying itself to blow or collapse. The “Ring of Fire” is in massive preparation for eruption and rearrangement of surface topography. The quake in Iran of this past 12 hour span is related to deep underground fissure activity rather than surface rumblings as perceived by your geologists. The surface “EVENT” is coincidentally projected by Earth ones to give a lesson regarding the push for a Holy Jihad just as was the last Iranian “quake”. From ‘space” however, the pulse monitors from the Cosmospheres can easily pick up the deep activities within the Earth and pinpoint activities. The actual activities are more easily monitored from space than from anything you have on your placement with which to monitor. Further, it is easier to monitor non-surface “Earth” activity from the depths than to monitor surface trivia. Massive changes are under way which cannot be monitored from your placement--just be aware and pay attention, please.

DEMOCRATS STILL HOLD CONGRESSIONAL MAJORITY

Unfortunately you cannot measure majority of corruption!

Now turn to world human doings. Good children, you kept Mr. Bush from getting a majority in Congress. It is the only balance you have left and now we have a bit of time to convince our brothers to SAVE THE CONSTITUTION! I do not believe however, you will be able to avert a war in the Middle East for it is already moving from Executive capabilities without Congressional consent in any manner what-so-ever.

WAR NOW U.S. ONLY?

Note that the word will be, this day, to the effect that the joint forces may NOT actually join the U.S. in actual war--that the U.S. forces may have to move ALONE! Mr. Baker has met at length with Fahd of Saudi Arabia and plans have been finalized!

ASSASSINATIONS AND ATTEMPTS

Note the assassination of Rabbi Meir Kahane and the threats of retaliation against the Arabs by the Israelis as massive madness is being churned. Also note the attempted assassination of Gorbachev this day! Please note further, that the celebration of the Russian Revolution has the “dates” changed to suit the Gregorian calendar. This is a more important point than you realize and fits in with the “perceived „cycles‟” more appropriately. I cannot urge you ones sufficiently, to pay attention to each projection as we bring it forth lest you miss the most important clues regarding sequence “timing”.

The Russian incident was well planned to signal intent to war with or without Russian consent and hopefully to deal with the cosmospheres. Watch the space shuttle activities most closely indeed. Note further that the secret aircraft around Edwards are being flown these days and you will not be given to know what is what or whose they are! The B-1 and 2 will be flown as distractors, simultaneously, to pull attention from the all but invisible spheres. Further, watch closely if you reside within that area--the cosmospheres are constantly present and visible a great deal of the time. Keep your eyes to the heavens and you will see some wondrous things abounding. We shall also be present for a different type of effort is being made to get the necessary equipment for war and annihilation into space by your military aggression teams.

BRITISH POWER

Pay attention to the British Parliament which would have opened this day in your annual counting. Margaret Thatcher’s government is in deep yogurt as they continue to push unrelenting into Middle Eastern war. Note further the pomp and circumstance of the “Royal Queen” draped in crowns, furs and gems and totally lacking in any power in government what-so-ever. That does not mean that the Queen lacks power in an even more important arena--SHE IS THE WEALTHIEST WOMAN IN THE WORLD TODAY--SHE OWNS MASSIVE AMOUNTS OF BUSINESS IN THE UNITED STATES, AS A FOR INSTANCE! THE BANKS AND BANKERS ARE MORE POWERFUL THAN ANY OF THE SO-CALLED GOVERNMENTS!

ISRAELI WATCH

Do not take your eyes from Jerusalem and/or what the Israelis and Palestinians are doing--neither miss the ongoing and constant bombing flights of the Israelis into Lebanon. World attention is being distracted from the ongoing PLANS while you attend all manner of little brush fires, allowing the forest to be lost to the fire.

WATCH YOUR VITAMIN CUPBOARD! AND REMEMBER CHINA

I suggest you ones who intend to continue to obtain vitamins for your general food supplementation--pay attention to what is coming down in little noted legislation and stock up NOW! You are moving into a period of legal controls!

DO NOT TAKE YOUR EYES OFF CHINA! Note, further, the comments coming forth from China regarding your so-called democratic elections--you see, the entire world knows the farce and your lack of voting participation indicates that the majority of the citizens of the U.S. likewise are coming into Truth and understanding. More progress is being made than is evident on the surface--don’t cease in your work, chelas, lest we become complacent. You MUST hold the Constitution and it will not be easy for laws were passed as Congress went into recess which shall impact you magnificently in a most heinous manner--i.e., awaiting signature of Bush is a law requiring a registered nutritionist to approve “vitamins” for general use. The loopholes of your own physical well-being must be carefully attended for the good health of the nation is under attack. You are a people who live on junk and once your ability for supplementation is removed, you will fall into a nation in terrible sickness unable to defend self against that which will be introduced into your masses. It is all a part of the PLAN and you must not miss of it. Remember that the Plan 2000 only has less than a decade to be totally operational and YOU under total control! Nine years is but the blink of an eye, even in your counting. So be it.

KAHANE

Since most of you in the reading public will not even recognize the name Meir Kahane, I feel it necessary to enlighten you as to his identity and why he held importance.

I will only cover a brief segment for I intend not to write an entire document on this person at this time. Further, to write of his importance, I must speak of others and shall do so; I ask that you pick up the players as we move along in the interest of saving scribing time.

We begin when in Jan., 1976, Roy Godson and Tom Kahn, both then officials of the AFL-CIO, paid a visit to the “Bureau’s” headquarters in Washington, D.C. to deliver their spiel about the “dangerous”, “potential terrorist” and ‘soviet agent” Lyndon LaRouche--(does anyone even remember such a person as LaRouche? Well, he sits in prison for daring to run against the political Democrats and Republicans--but mainly against the Zionists and bringing the Americans TRUTH regarding your jeopardy therefrom!). The Godson-Kahn voluntary information was long on lies and devoid of a single bit of fact as even your own FBI special agents writing the notes at the briefing session admitted under oath.

This is not about LaRouche but we cannot write of these other persons without speaking of this man.

In fact, beyond reporting widely publicized information that Lyndon LaRouche had at the time recently traveled to Baghdad, Iraq to discuss his proposals for a Middle East Peace and Development Plan (which LaRouche also discussed at length with senior Israeli government officials, including Abba Eban), the only “fact” that Godson and Kahn offered up was that they had deployed two infiltrators into the periphery of the National Caucus of Labor Committees (NCLC) in New York City. One of those would-be infiltrators was one Dennis King, who would surface in 1979 as the Anti-Defamation League’s leading paid poison pen against any who would speak out regarding the Zionist’s infiltration and take-over of your government.

The goal of the Godson-Kahn walk-in was to bolster demands already put before the Bureau by British-trained MOSSAD officer Uri Ra’anan namely, that the U.S. Government shut down the above noted political movement--at any cost! Godson’s pilgrimage on behalf of Israeli spy master Ra’anan was not the first experience the Georgetown labor history professor had fronting for Mossad interests.

GODSON AND THE “J4” SCHEME

In 1967 Godson and Robert Brown had served as the university chapter presidents of a short-lived outfit called the July Fourth Movement. J4 was set up by Rabbi Meir Kahane and Joseph Churba as a pro-war countergang to the Students for a Democratic Society. Kahane and Churba had pitched the idea of a pro-Vietnam War student front to Jay Lovestone and Irving Brown, the former leading American communists who had sided with Bukharin against Stalin in the power struggle after Lenin’s death and had fallen from grace in Moscow--only to take refuge in the American Labor movement and later in the CIA!

Lovestone and Brown funnelled AFL seed money into the project, fully aware that Kahane and Churba were already on the Mossad payroll. To secure their interests, they had installed Brown’s son, Robert, and Roy Godson, son of Joseph, another ex-Red turned labor bureaucrat and ersatz CIA agent as the student leaders and the only other members of the J4.

Although the July Fourth scheme flopped, it would serve as the basis later for the Jewish Defense League countergang and the CAUSA front for the Unification Church.

Roy Godson was only a graduate student at Columbia University but he had already been steered into the orbit of dirty intelligence games by the time he put his name to an ad in the New York Herald Tribune seeking members for the J4 in the autumn of 1967. Oh yes, it is as blatant as this! Godson, Jr. really never contemplated the ultimate source of control over his activities henceforth; whether it be KGB headquarters in Moscow, Mossad’s offices in Tel Aviv; some dirty crawl space at the CIA in Langley; or MI-6 in London. And you thought Zionists and lovely Jewish sons of David were one and the same, (sic, sic, chelas). It was simply because he was his father’s son that the mediocre academic failure was a player in the wilderness of mirrors and intrigue.

DAD

Joseph Godson, a German-Polish emigre to the U.S., became an early associate of Jay Lovestone, the founder of the Communist Party USA, who was ostensibly purged from the party with the Bukharinite faction in 1929 but allegedly remained a Soviet Comintern (Communist International) agent in socialist clothing until at least year 1938.

Joe Godson and other Lovestoneites founded a series of front groups including one called the International Rescue Committee and the Jewish Labor Committee as organs of what came to be known as the Trust, the most sophisticated overseas Soviet intelligence apparatus, which operated in league with prominent American and British financier networks seeking collaboration with the Soviet regime. The leading banking houses of Morgan and Mellon put significant funds into those Trust projects including the Lovestoneite efforts.

Beginning in 1950, as an outgrowth of the Lovestone-Irving Brown penetration of the U.S. intelligence community which began during the Second World War with their active involvement in the CIA‟s forerunner of the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), Joe Godson went to work for the U.S. State Department as a labor attache at a number of key foreign embassies including Ottawa (1950-55) and London (1956-59). After serving as the counsul general in Zagreb, Yugoslavia, in the early 1960s and as a senior labor adviser to the state Department’s Bureau of European Affairs, Godson ended his government career as the consul general in Edinburgh, Scotland.

On retirement, Joe Godson remained in London founding an outpost of Georgetown’s Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) and creating a Lovestone international front called the Labour Committee for Transatlantic Understanding (LCTAU).

MOSSAD TIE-IN

Joe Godson’s second wife, Ruth, was an Israeli intelligence official of great standing serving as the personal secretary to the Israeli ambassador in London. Her Mossad ties were a big negative for stepson Roy who flunked his security clearances for a post as CIA congressional liaison during the early Reagan days before the CIA and MOSSAD virtually became the same entity. Although he was eventually cleared to assume a string of posts with the NATIONAL SECURITY COUNCIL and the PRESIDENT’S FOREIGN INTELLIGENCE ADVISORY BOARD, the aura of suspicion still surrounded Godson, Jr. and served to track him into a very specific and very nasty corner of the international intelligence community.

Perhaps one of the earliest indications that Roy was on a career track defined by dad’s own career was his first “grown-up” job, following the July Fourth Movement adventure, as staff functionary for the Mellon family’s Pittsburgh apparatus. In 1967, Godson left Columbia for a teaching post at Carnegie-Mellon University and a second job as program director for Pittsburgh World Affairs Council, a local Mellon family outpost of the New York Council on Foreign Relations and the London Royal Institute of International Affairs.

AND WHAT OF URI RA’ANAN

Godson’s “rabbi” during this weaning period was R. Daniel McMichael, an aide de camp to Richard Mellon Scaife and a member of the board of directors of the Security Studies Program at the Fletcher School in Boston headed by none other than Mossad officer Uri Ra’anan.

Under McMichael’s direction and Mellon Scaife financial largesse, Godson, Jr. was sent around the world doing an oral history of the Lovestoneite movement and gathering “credentials” as a “labor studies” expert. On or about the 15th of Jan. 1976, Godson was plopped onto the faculty of Georgetown University as a labor historian and installed as head of a little-known AFL-CIO “youth” front group called Frontlash. In 1975, he had become a member of the original BRITISH FABIAN SOCIETY front in America, THE LEAGUE FOR INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY (LID)--also known as CHATHAM HOUSE. And to add the MOSSAD’S stamp of approval to Godson’s future mischief, he was simultaneously made a director of the AMERICAN CULTURAL EXCHANGE INSTITUTION.

Kahane was one of the most outspoken racists of your time and worked his evil rabble-rousing in anti-Arab rallies all over the nation and his Jewish Defense League has made and still makes death-threats against ones who speak out in any manner against Israel or Zionist actions in any format, including this scribe!

Now, most importantly--Kahane may be gone but not forgotten--this is a MAJOR INCIDENT (his murder) AND YOU HAVE NOT HEARD THE LAST OF THIS. PAY ATTENTION--ALL THE OTHER PLAYERS ARE STILL AT WORK! ACTUALLY, KAHANE WAS AN EXPENDABLE AND WAS THUSLY EXPENDED! Hold your breath for the next episode for I have just given you names to watch.

KISSINGER

Well, you keep wanting to know the connection with the Middle East war situation and Henry Kissinger? It is his plan! He laid the plans and orchestrated them in 1975.

The U.S., which has already persuaded the Saudis to increase production by 2 million barrels of oil a day, could order or persuade them to handle production any way chosen by that same U.S. and Baker (yesterday?). The Saudi-Emirates production could be raised to 20 million barrels a day within three or four years through an already planned program. You see, you could then write off permanently--or at least for a generation--Iraq, Kuwait and for good measure, Iran. So you can see the merit for Israel for making an “incident” of “a little bombing” of Saudi oil fields and a big “incident” of a nuclear shut-down of the Iraq, Kuwait and Iranian fields (for that same generation).

The oil price would be kept fairly low, ensuring the support of the world’s consumers--say, Japan and you nice unsuspecting Americans...or the price could be set somewhat higher, say about $20 a barrel. Cost of production would be no more than $2 per barrel. The U.S. could take a management fee of say, about $10 per barrel...at 20 million barrels a day, your $10 management fee could reduce the federal deficit by some $70 billion a year after payment of the occupation costs.

Sucking dry Saudi oil fields to bail out the U.S. economy is not a new idea, chelas. In 1975, the “enemy” was the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC). Kissinger manipulated the increase in oil prices at that time by secretly urging the Shah of Iran to steadily boost prices even though it was official U.S. policy to “restrain” them. Today, it is Saddam Hussein against whom President Bush is willing to sacrifice 300,000 American soldiers to “preserve our way of life”. There can be no less than a death sentence against at least a minimum of about 30,000 soldiers--more than 50% of the number that died in your Vietnam sham. This is the figure for “acceptable losses” with “no problem”, should the U.S. engage Iraqi forces in combat. It will be far higher!

COMMENTARY MAGAZINE OBSERVATION

The opening public salvo in the debate regarding intervention by war appeared in the March, 1975 edition of Commentary magazine in an article entitled “Oil, the Issue of American Intervention”, by Robert W. Tucker, then a professor of international relations at Johns Hopkins University:

“Those who insist that armed intervention be ruled out so long as we are confronted only with a distinct possibility of disaster are perfectly at liberty to do so. But candor does at least require them to concede that this is what they mean when they say that intervention is unnecessary. For there is a general consensus, which includes most of the „optimists‟, that if the present situation goes unaltered, a disaster resembling the 1930s is indeed a distinct possibility...This being so, it is irrelevant, though true, to be reminded that the current economic malaise--above all, the global inflation--had its origins in conditions largely unrelated to the price of oil today and would persist even if this price were drastically lowered. A generally sick man who also happens to be hemorrhaging will not be saved from bleeding to death by being reminded of the other and more deeply rooted causes of his ill health.”

Now try this complementation of Tucker’s piece. This was also in 1975, March, Harper’s entitled “Seizing Arab Oil”, written under the pseudonym of Miles Ignotus (Latin for the “Unknown Soldier”). The author outlined the necessary military components of an invasion starting with the deployment of the 82nd Airborne. The author was actually Edwark Luttwak, a pro-Israeli Anglo-American mouthpiece housed at the Washington, D.C. Center for Strategic and International Studies.

“Virtually every industrialized oil importer is in deep recession, with its threat of social instability and, in turn, political disarray”, was the assessment of the author. Therefore, “the only feasible countervailing power to OPEC’s control of oil is power itself--military power...This, then, is the scenario: an Arab embargo or supply cut, an atmosphere of crisis, most probably in the aftermath of a short but bloody war” between Israeli and selected Arab forces.

“The first question is where? The goal is not just to seize some oil, say in accessible Nigeria or Venezuela, but to break OPEC. Thus force must be used selectively to occupy large and concentrated oil reserves...Faced with armed consumers occupying vast oil fields the price down to 50 cents per barrel, most of the producers would see virtue in agreeing to a price four or five times as high, but still six times lower than present prices. This being the ultimate goal, there is only one feasible target: in or around Saudi Arabia.”

KISSINGER HAS “GONE PUBLIC”

Surprise: London and German newspapers are citing “high-ranking” political sources in Washington who say the Gulf crisis will be “ended by December”. Here you have the misinformation “leaks” at work: “...October 20 is the likely date for a U.S. military strike on Iraq.” The Truth is being printed daily in Europe: “...President Bush gave Congressional leaders the clear sense that the administration was „looking more favorably on an EARLY WAR OPTION‟. There are several things pushing to an early war, certainly before the first of the year, and most probably no later than MID-NOVEMBER!”

Finally, Henry Kissinger has been going with the same war scenario in a series of articles. In the Washington Post on October 1, he warned of the “danger” that the Iraqis would actually withdraw from Kuwait. He, too, posed an October-November deadline, by which the U.S. should be prepared to go to war--on its own, with only British support, if necessary.

Dharma, close this document for the computer will destroy any additional information on the subject.

Leave this desk and go elsewhere even as it prints the document as the attention is focused this day. Call to the office and get Oberli. You have been informed again and again; you are left alone and it is not missed. Do not open the door to anyone--lock them all! There are two men approaching your dwelling at this moment--do not respond to the entry-bell. I am giving warning now to shut them down and cease and desist in approachment to this dwelling but I am being ignored. Oberli, you will not be in the leaving of this scribe alone and do not think that on such days as this that “just another person” will suffice for your presence--it is pre-set to know when YOU are absent! How dare you be left isolated without even a phone number to reach the Bear Valley moving site. Are we going to get attention to the seriousness of this matter or do we play at games until someone ends up dead?? Dharma, this is urgent! Hatonn at ready; go now, and lock the dwelling--NOW!

CHAPTER 11

REC #1 HATONN

THU., NOV. 8, 1990 6:55 A.M., YEAR 4 DAY 84

THU., NOV. 8, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

Hatonn present in Light and Service unto God. HE has said that HE shall stand afore thee, beside thee and behind thee--what more might ye ask? The way becomes hard and contradictions come upon you of the physical and ye desire compromise with “just a little bit of evil” that you may remain popular and shall not lose of thine friends? What is a friend who would desert thee for speaking truth? How little faith ye have in HE who would walk with thee in Truth. Play games with thine plight if ye choose but spare me and the brothers of the Command from thine silly whinings. Have ye ones not done enough in the perpetuation of the lies?

Ye run about like clucking chicks and have dramatic swoons in seeking of your direction--still seeking it from another lest ye have to face thine own errors in discernment. Well, I assure you that I weary of the prattlings and tattlings and you among the group who continue in your information divulging shall be soon caught up in the confrontation.

Ones within your own group set up yesterday’s incident. Dharma was left alone when that human enterprise of others could be handled when workers could have been most reasonably obtained--YOU CANNOT REPLACE DHARMA AND AT THIS POINT SHE IS THE ONLY ONE AT RISK! NOT EVEN OBERLI IS VERY MUCH AT RISK AND NONE OTHERS. WHY ARE NOT OTHERS IN THE GROUP AT RISK? BECAUSE THE INTERPRETATIONS OF ACTIONS AS STUDIED BY YOUR “ENEMIES” HAS LED THEM TO BELIEVE, RIGHTFULLY SO, THAT YOU ARE NOT A THREAT TO THEM NOR THEIR CAUSE. YOU ARE STILL SO CENTERED ON SELVES THAT THERE IS LITTLE DANGER UNTO SATAN FOR YOU CONTINUE TO DO OF HIS WORK. TELL YOU WHO? YE KNOW “WHO”!

The ones sent yesterday to this place were sent to enter and work on the computer from physical location and to place pulse beam base to impact Dharma--this must be done physically and not remotely as electronic changes can be made remotely. „Tis far easier however, to simply encounter the target and get the job done instantly and cleanly without trace of electronic components left about to tattle. You are dealing with very professional “hit squads”, dear ones, and you act as if I ruin of your brunch. There will cease to be reason to quarrel over the Book Store, Distribution Company and/or positions and attitudes if we cease to write. The Word of Truth shall go forth regardless and it shall go forth untampered with compromise or that which “you WANT to hear regarding the laws of God and/or The Creation”. It is not the time of YOUR perceptions--it is the TIME OF GOD SETTING THE LIES TO TRUTH! MAN HAS PROVEN THAT WHICH HE CAN DO AND DESTROY IN “HIS PERCEPTION AND VOTING ON THE TRUTH!” IF A THING OR ACTION BE AGAINST THE LAWS OF GOD AND THE COMMANDMENTS, ALL MANNER OF ELECTIONS AND VOTING BY MAJORITY RULE WILL NOT MAKE IT CORRECT IN ONE IOTA. The truth is being put to print--God does not ask that you carry on an Inquisition nor a Crusade. He asks you not to interpret His Truth--simply present the Journals--that is YOUR job, the writing is OURS! If one or another subject gives you indigestion--leave it be in your projected interpretations unto thine fellow-man for your speculation will only pull the man from the Lighted Path if it is other than the Truth of the Laws.

GOD ASKS YOU NOT TO DIE FOR HIS TRUTH--HE DEMANDS THAT YOU EXAMPLE HIS TRUTH; LIVE HIS TRUTH AND THE LIGHT SHALL SHINE AS IF BY MAGIC. DO YOU LIVE THE EXAMPLE OF GOD-NESS? IF NOT, THEN YOU DISCREDIT THE WORD IF YE BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PRESENTING OF IT! DO NOT PICK UPON ONE WHO ERRS--LOOK AT SELF AND SEE IF YOU ARE THE LIGHTED EXAMPLE!!! Do you practice only the “laws” which are compatible with that which you accept as desirable and excuse yourself from practicing the ones which annoy you? I certainly judge not for that is YOUR choice and ye shall handle that with God at confrontation of self. I care not except that you have presented a great disaster upon your placement for your rewriting of the laws of balance and Truth. Ye have 7 billion people overcrowding your planet and now commit murder from the womb forth and still you increase the load to experience your lust and greed.

The nervous system of function is formed first in a creating child--do you think it pains not to have an arm pulled off its little body without anesthesia or the eye put out by a curettage instrument? Do the physicians not see the blood as it spills from the tiny form? Is this a proper remedy for your lack of responsibility in forming that child? I think not!

I cannot require a publisher nor a distributor cease other publications if it be their business venture--for that is their choice--that is their decision to make. I can ask that the publications be in separation from the Journals, no more and no less. I do not “like” UFO books which espouse total lies to be the center of the distribution unit but that is the discernment of the distributor and if one of human intent desires to base the work on non-Truth, it is only my right to utilize another route of distribution. I choose to not do such a thing for in all books lie some truth and can be utilized for those Truths--but if the reasons for continuing the charade of veiled lie projection is in the name of “money” and “resources” it is indeed incorrect for ones have been chosen with assets large enough to carry the burden temporarily without sacrificing or compromising. Ye ones tout your worthiness and willingness and yet demand instant physical and conscious gratification of all worldly manner and then wonder why your distribution is slow in mass growth. So be it for first God allows and awaits choices and decisions to be made and first comes the giving in Truth and willingness unto God and then HIS ABUNDANCE FLOWS AGAIN UNTO THE RECEIVER IN UNLIMITED QUANTITY. To assume the books of lies will support the books of Truth is deceiving in its worst form and proves the lack of trust in God as the focus of being. It is simply not even good business in any sense of the construing. A VERY STRANGE THING HAPPENS IN THE SCENARIO--AS YOU MOVE WITH GOD THE ABUNDANCE IS SPONTANEOUS WITHOUT NEEDING OF THE ASKING. HE WHO GLEANS AND SUCKS WITHIN FOR GREED OR ‘SECURITY” WILL BE THE FIRST TO LOSE OF IT, FOR THAT WHICH MAN FEARS SHALL COME UPON HIM! IT IS THE COSMIC LAW OF CYCLES AND ACTION/REACTION. THE SUBCONSCIOUS MIND KNOWS NO TRUTH OR LIE--IT BELIEVES ANYTHING YOU PROGRAM “IN”: NOT ONE IOTA MORE OR LESS.

It is the “higher consciousness” or the “soul one-ness with God” which is one with God and knows ALL and comes again into immortality and infinite experience within the dimensions of life--IF YOU DWELL ON THE “THINGS” AND “ACTIONS” OF THE PHYSICAL CONSCIOUSNESS AND SUBCONSCIOUS AS PROGRAMMED BY THAT CONSCIOUSNESS--YE SHALL REMAIN FOREVER TRAPPED WITHIN THE SHACKLES OF LIMITATION AND LOSE OF THINE ABUNDANCE TO BOOT! PONDER THIS TRUTH AND SEE IF YOU RISE ABOVE THE TRAPS LAID FOR YOU. SO BE IT FOR THE TIME GROWS SHORT IN YOUR PREDICAMENT FOR THE CHOOSING.

Do not ask God to “bless” thine activities unless they are of God in intent. God automatically blesses all relationships and activities if they be according to HIS laws and all ones know it. Be cautious indeed if intent is to obtain a “blessing” to cover thine assets and actions if they be not of God’s laws. GOD WILL ALWAYS “ALLOW” CHOICES UNTO THE VERY ENDING--WITH HIS BLESSING UPON YOUR FREE-WILL CHOICE (HE WILL NOT SANCTION AS “GOOD” THAT WHICH IS NOT!). THE BLESSINGS OF ANOTHER “MAN”, BE IT PHYSICAL OR DIMENSIONAL, MEANS ABSOLUTELY NOTHING EXCEPT OPINION! IT IS A WISE MAN WHO USES WISDOM IN DISCERNMENT REGARDING THE GIFTS GIVEN FORTH. FURTHER, MAN SHOULD LOOK MOST CLOSELY AT THE GIFTS PERCEIVED TO NOTE THAT OFTEN THE SUPPOSED “GIFT” IS TRULY A “BOMB” IN DISGUISE AND THE PAYMENT FOR THE GIFT SHALL BE COSTLY INDEED! SO BE IT.

* * * * *

NORIEGA?

Ones are “oohing” and “ahhing” over the turn of events in the Noriega situation. Why? I have told you that it is all planned and structured. The “tape” of conversations with counsel as taken from government wiretaps is all part of the plan to meet obligations unto Noriega. The agreement was that he would be incarcerated for no longer than a calendar year and lose no assets if he would play the game laid forth over a year ago with your government and that of Israel.

A tape sent forth to an international network, in this case CNN, is NEVER ACCIDENTAL! This is the ONE thing that can cause the judge to be able to throw the case in all ramifications out of court, release the man and all live “happily” for-ever after! In the first place, the “capture” of Noriega was planned, set-up and covered up. Secondly, it is not the “original” Noriega. Thirdly, the “invasion” had to be structured to cover the fact that your own government DEALS IN DRUGS AND MONEY LAUNDERING AND CONTROL HAD TO BE GARNERED.

WHY DO YOU THINK YOUR DRUG-BUSTER-LEADER, BENNETT, IS LEAVING HIS POST? COULD IT BE THAT HE WANTS OUT FOR THERE IS NO DRUG WAR? THE GOVERNMENT IS IN CHARGE OF THE DRUG OPERATIONS AND THE EMPIRE HAS BECOME SO EVIL THAT EVEN SATAN GETS INDIGESTION? PONDER IT!

These things above were set to happen AFTER THE ELECTION, dear ones--where is your attention?

COUNTDOWN TO WAR

WELL UNDERWAY

You still wish to tinker with Hatonn’s status? I suggest you listen to what is going on in Truth about you. Your government is sending over 30,000 more troops into Saudi Arabia--you are going to soon have over half a million of YOUR people over there. Britain has around 6,000. Now, just who do you think is going to have the most men killed? It is time you started listening to the Iraqi officials for just about EVERYTHING you have been told about the situation is lies from chemical warfare by the Iraqis to almost ALL mistreatment of others by Iraq.

The U.S. is furious over developments with other world leaders in conjunction with Saddam because the rest of the world wants peaceful settlement--only the U.S., Thatcher‟s Britain and Israel plan war! Note that ones invited into Iraq are not of the current government in any instance, except Mitterand. BECAUSE THE CURRENT GOVERNMENTS ARE CONTROLLED BY THE ELITE CARTEL AND THE ZIONISTS AND WAR IS GOING TO HAPPEN!

ANY AND ALL CONGRESSMEN, ETC., FROM THE U.S. HAVE BEEN INVITED TO COME TO IRAQ AND SEE FOR SELVES THE CIRCUMSTANCES AND SEE THE TRUTH. THE ADMINISTRATION IS FURIOUS AND HAS ALL BUT STATED THAT THE STATE DEPARTMENT WILL NOT ALLOW SUCH TRAVEL. WHAT ABOUT YOUR EMBASSY IN KUWAIT? WHAT ABOUT IT? THE PEOPLE IN THE EMBASSY WERE ASKED, THEN TOLD TO LEAVE THE COUNTRY. YOUR GOVERNMENT CAN CLOSE IT THIS DAY AND THE PEOPLE WITHIN WILL BE GENTLY AND LOVINGLY ESCORTED SAFELY TO DEPARTURE FACILITIES. THE PLAY IS TO MAKE IRAQ LOOK EVIL FOR “STARVING” THESE POOR OVERWEIGHT AMERICAN CITIZENS AND/OR CAUSE IRAQ TO CLOSE THE EMBASSY, WHICH AS YOU CAN DEDUCT, WILL BE CALLED “NAKED AGGRESSION” BY THE U.S. AND THERE WILL BE AN IMMEDIATE INVASION. THE IRAQI AMBASSADOR WENT ON PUBLIC INTERNATIONAL T.V. WITH LARRY KING LIVE--LAST EVENING, AND SPOKE TRUTH FROM BEGINNING TO ENDING--WHAT MORE DO YOU ONES WANT? LET ME TELL YOU--YOU WANT WAR!

You also THINK you want cheap gasoline--forget it! You have no prayer of getting anything more than the elite conspirators will allow you to have--just exactly as they desire to set it up and you are fools to the bait!

Oh yes, you will most probably have that war--very, very soon indeed--BECAUSE YOU HAVE TO HAVE THE WAR SOON WHILE THERE IS ANY EXCUSE EXISTING WHAT-SO-EVER. FURTHER, IT WILL BE A U.S. WAR OF AGGRESSION FOR YOU NO LONGER HAVE WORLD SUPPORT EXCEPT FROM THATCHER (NOT THE BRITISH) AND ISRAEL. IN FACT, THE ADMINISTRATION AND THE CARTEL ARE PETRIFIED THAT THE “CAUSE” FOR WAR WILL EVAPORATE AND LEAVE NO PUBLIC “REASON” FOR ATTACK. I CAN TELL YOU NOW, THAT IT IS NOT PLANNED TO ALLOW THAT TO MAKE A DIFFERENCE AND INCIDENTS ARE PLANNED TO BE HEINOUS INDEED, AND SET UP TO APPEAR AS IF THEY ARE INSTIGATED BY IRAQ. MARK THESE WORDS CAREFULLY--IT IS IN COUNTDOWN--RIGHT NOW! THE ONLY ONES IN ANY NATION BEING QUOTED AND STANDING WITH THE “ATTACK MODE” ARE THE VERY ONES WHO BENEFIT THROUGH POWER AND FINANCIALLY FROM THE WAR--THE PEOPLE OF THE WORLD’S NATIONS ONLY WANT PEACE BUT THE PEOPLE CAN NO LONGER HAVE A VOICE--YOU ARE ONLY EXPENDABLE PAWNS IN THE CARTEL‟S GAMES. IRAQ HAS NO HOSTAGES--BUT THE WHOLE WORLD IS HOSTAGE TO THE EVIL CONTROLLERS AND YOU SEE IT NOT! LOOK WHO STANDS BEFORE THE GUNS AND TANKS--IT IS NOT BUSH OR THATCHER, CONGRESSMEN OR BANKERS! SO BE IT AND MAY GOD GRANT GRACE IN YOUR COMING INTO UNDERSTANDING.

This will not “go away through an act of God”, my friends. It requires that mankind come into God-ness and then, only then, shall it go away! If your youngsters have any sense at all, Canada shall get a large influx of population--immediately!

Dharma, you have had enough load for now, I must allow you rest. I know that your heart is heavy and yet we go on with our work and our dearly beloved ones go on with the printing thereof--it is a hard path indeed at times. But, oh you are cherished and honored and even if that seems small--it is the gift of the Universe! God grants wisdom to all who ask in His name and in His service. It can only be through Truth and actions in wisdom which shall grant the freedom. It shall come to pass, these things set forth, in this your generation upon planet Earth--may God have mercy upon those who refuse to see and hear for the way shall be dark indeed. Salu.

CHAPTER 12

REC #1 HATONN

SAT., NOV. 10, 1990 7:55 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 86

SAT., NOV. 10, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

Hatonn present in the name of Truth, life and service, may our work go forth in love and understanding for man stands at the threshold of transposition. Some will move forward into this journey with and within joy--others shall find the road prickly indeed. Ours is to bring the Truth of the laws and then allow man his discerning for few will make up the remnant group and none shall move forward in the remnant group without recognizing and coming within the laws of God and The Creation.

For this reason, beloved ones, I pound upon your ears and eyes that you find understanding and completion within your hearts and souls for lip service shall not give you your ticket unto the transition radiance. Truth is Truth is Truth and until mankind comes into responsibility of his actions and knowledge of that which he has perceived incorrectly, will he be adrift in the thrashing waters of confusion. The purpose is not to offend nor deprive mankind of wondrous experience--it is to allow you to see the lies and help you change of your direction so that transition can be made with sufficient numbers to again inhabit the planet in purity and wondrous intent in ‘soul” honor and integrity and not in the overpopulating, copulating stress within which the Earth human lives and leaves self-unfilled--only more and more stressed with each action and reaction.

You must be able to see that in the transitioning very little changes in a planetary structure. The planet will still have been created for approximately 500 million people and those who move with and guide the new must have truth lest ye pull the new into the bogs of the old and repeat the destruction. I promise you, there is no peace and fulfillment in the lustful thrashing about of fleshly behavior for peace and fulfillment are emotional things of soul development, Truth and responsibility. You of human seek these wondrous commodities in all the wrong places and faces.

Within our own group there are those simply seeking emotional stability but come to find a passage and “retirement” security among a group perceived to “tend” their needs of earthly trauma and “accept without judgment” their misbehaviors and ill-intent. Nay, brothers--this shall be the most strenuous and “narrow” journey of all, filled with constant discernment and judgment of self, others and actions of both. Time is allowed for ones to stumble and regain balance--if balance cannot be timely regained then we must move on and allow ones to journey in their own path even if it be in confusion for the remnant MUST survive and make passage.

If ye pull yourselves into your joyous work you shall find radiant fulfillment, brotherhood and Truth of solid relationships based upon true “love” and communion--a rare experience indeed for ones of human bondage. The new land and experience shall be inhabited with only the lighted souls of God with Truth and knowledge for this is the path of progression and responsible growth. I repeat something unto you ones and allow remembering to those who have experienced the wondrous energy exchange of communion with higher forces--you have not one thing upon human action to match nor even come close to the glory of the simple touch of God. And you are birthed with that glorious hand upon thine being. ARE YOU PROUD TO HAVE GOD EXPERIENCE AND WITNESS ALL THAT YE DO? Well, that is the Truth of it! Where do you drag God and what do ye cause Him to experience in your dark places? Does greed and lust dwell within thine mid-section pushing God from His own temple? Ponder these things for the journey to wholeness shall be made by a sum near one hundred forty-four thousand more or less to allow for the creation and procreation of the new in which to allow for the growth into the 500 million--will YOU be among the travelers or shall ye journey to experience more school rooms of dank learning?

Ye SHALL continue your experiences until the lessons of Truth are learned, little brethren. So be it and the time of decision is at hand for the time of separation is well under way.

Again, you ask in irate rebuttal--“but, but and but...”. No, there are no “buts”--the law is the law is the law and man has broken all the laws. They are not pious nor wimpy--they are practical and totally reasonable, intelligent and foundationed on solid fact. Does this mean you are unforgiven for your errors? Of course not--God is total forgiveness in love and understanding of His gift unto you of free-will choice. It does mean however, that only a few will graduate into the total newness of evolution--no more and no less--WHO WILL WALK WITH US?

No, it is not quite like “either/or”, there are levels of understanding and actions beyond thine knowledge and all short of God-ness is imperfection and there shall be dimensions of placement according to the level of thine perception and growth. Above herein, I am speaking of the remnant who will behold and experience the radiance of the new, for you see the old of Earth was birthed into the lie--the new shall be birthed into Truth and ye who will make THAT journey must come into Truth before the day of separation and accounting for ye shall be the overseers, in conjunction with we of the Hosts of Light, of the transition. May the radiance shine upon ye ones of our extended partners! Communion with God is a wondrous thing indeed and man has proven himself weary and sick of his disease upon the physical plane--may YOUR journey be in Truth and thine actions at all times reflect the glory and joy of the experience that your brother can see and emulate. God is abundance and wondrous experience--you shall find peace, brothers, in the valley of His hands and guidance which surpasses all remembered by your past experiences. It is the time of remembering--how ARE your memories at this time of awakening? So be it!

It is with great honor and wondrous joy that I speak unto my beloved scribe in New Mexico--my cup runs over with fullness in her decision made with wisdom. Ye need not self when ye pen for God--just willing hands and the willingness to set aside your own opinions--yours is an agreement to WRITE--no more and no less--and naught else will do or be allowed if it is to be the Truth which shall be left to the historical records of “time” sequence. The Truth must be left for the new experiencers upon a reclaimed creation so that at journey’s ending and cycle closing--Truth can surface to light the way home for the experiences of sequence dim the memories and new souls must have experience. Do not concern selves with all of the mystery for ye are not given to KNOW! But some of you are sent TO REMEMBER and SHOW OF THE WAY--WILL YE LIGHT THE PATH WELL OR WILL YE PULL DOWN THINE BRETHREN--IT SHALL BE LEFT UNTO YOU. INDEED, IT SHALL BE LEFT UNTO YOU--EACH OF YOU--AND IF YE ACCEPT THAT WHICH IS EVIL ACTION AND ACTIONS AGAINST THE LAWS WITHIN YOUR WORKING CIRCLES--YOU WILL HAVE LEFT THINE TRUTH OPEN FOR THE SLINGS AND ARROWS WHICH SHALL SURELY FOLLOW!

ARE YOU THE EXAMPLE IN TRUTH OR SIMPLY THE BLATHERER OF WORDS OF “DO AS I SAY AND NOT AS I DO?” YOU KNOW THAT SOON THE ERRORS WILL BE CORRECTED OR THE PERPETRATOR ASKED TO WITHDRAW. WE DO NOT SET UP A RETIREMENT VILLAGE TO TEND OF YOUR NEEDS--WE SET UP AN EXAMPLE PLACE TO TEND OF THINE BRETHREN‟S NEEDS! YOU IN THE PHYSICAL FORMAT ARE OF NO CONSEQUENCE WHAT-SO-EVER AND YOU AND GOD SHALL CONFRONT THAT WHICH IS ABOUT YOUR HUMAN ACTIONS--NOT ME AND NOT THE HUMAN BROTHERS. HOWEVER, THE WORK LOAD IS HEAVY AND THE WILLINGNESS TO SHARE THE JOY IS INFINITE--THE REMAINDER IS UP TO YOU AS INDIVIDUALS. ALL ARE GIVEN FREE CHOICES UNTO THE VERY TRANSITION AND BEYOND SO LIVE AS YE WILL. OURS IS NOT TO ENFORCE SOME SET OF LAWS; OURS AT THIS POINT IS TO BUILD AND MEANWHILE, SET THE TRUTH TO PRINT--NO MORE AND NO LESS AND WHAT MAN DOES WITH IT IS HIS CONCERN, NOT MINE NOR YOURS.

Then why does our work bear such return of hate? Because it is a final showdown of what you perceive as “good” and/or “evil”. We make no thrust upon enforcement of anything--we simply set Truth afore the masses. This mandates that ones who come into Truth no longer are enslaved unto the controllers and the controllers do not like of such an event. We remove fear and unveil plans of enslavement and those who would be the puppet masters do not like it for in the ending man shall find his freedom, peace and fulfillment through the Truth we bring upon the senses of consciousness, and he will cease to allow his torture and imprisonment. God shall attend of all your needs in wondrous abundance if you but bear your responsibilities as committed unto Him in wholeness. It shall rarely be as you think it shall come to pass but it shall be wondrous indeed.

The sequence of events is upon you which shall bring massive changes. Keep your hand in the hand of the One who knows the way and ye shall be fine. Take caution for carelessness can grant thee setbacks. God asks not “perfection”, he does ask “efforts toward same within the Truth and guidelines of humanity--as created!” May you know our presence as we make this journey together! I salute you.

Remember another thing--giving that which you have unto God in love intent, shall bring back thine abundance a hundred fold and that is why all contributions are structured within our groupings to allow for return for it is the law, and the laws work upon the physical plane as well in the perceived heavenly realms. The Truth must be exampled so that man can see that which is given in Truth is returned in like manner, only greater for it is the promise.

May we now turn to notations of the current days before we move into the writing of greater and more difficult things in understanding.

* * * * *

ISRAEL IN LEBANON

This has given Dharma a lot of pain for she can find no confirmation for this which I give her. I assure her, and you, that you will find it to be truth.

There have been daily bombings into Lebanon by the Israelis and now they have moved armored heavy war equipment and troops WITHIN Lebanon! Dear ones, a war is on and you are simply continuing to attend the drivel of misinformation and distractors. The full-out war actions began in serious intent by Israel on the 4th/5th of November--RIGHT ON SCHEDULE! The only thing postponed was the air strike on Baghdad as leaked by the Mossad. This allowed full-out offensive while the world watched Iraq and paid little or no attention to Israel or the nations surrounding her borders. So be it, ye shall come into confirmation shortly.

SYRIA

You have now become bed partners with the reflection of the Devil himself in your unholy alliance with Assad of Syria. Ye shall pay dearly for that coalition. I tell you there are more than 25 terrorist training camps (facilities) in Syria wherein the Mossad teachers train world terrorists and ye shall sample the pain and ravages of this most unwise alliance.

NORIEGA INCIDENT

Please pay attention to the facade of legal hoopla regarding the “tapes” involved with Noriega. If you watch closely that which has been said since capture of same, you will note that the “lips” said Noriega will be given “Constitutional” rights. That was not an accident, dear ones, it is the only action of Constitutional nature that will be made by your President.

This was a planned scenario worked through Panamanian government officials (yours), to allow appearance of “NEED BY LAW” to bring the whole sorry episode of death and destruction of a nation to a close while granting everything intended unto the Cartel rulers of your world. Just keep your eye on the ball and that will be hard because as other things heat up you will be given less and less information regarding the matter--in substance of depth.

Why CNN? Because of the relationship of Ted Turner, Jane Fonda, etc., with George Bush. Who else got to sit with elbows touching the great Gorbachev at the White House Banquet honoring same at the time of “Gorby’s” visit a few months past? Learn to “relate” incidents and you shall be given into the ability to see that which is “really” going on. I believe you will further note that Turner and Fonda (who are now formally “engaged” for marriage, although they have lived as partners for some time now) were just received in Russia as great celebrities---and very useful political figures. Freedom of the press doesn’t have much of a chance, does it? Still, you will get the “useful” news and non-news from that resource for now you know wherein the Establishment will project its set-ups. Always there will be enough Truth to remain somewhat credible to the public but watch behind the facade, dear ones.

Don’t worry at it for the Establishment controls ALL of the media and if you know it, you can read Truth from that which is presented and glean value from that which is projected for “different purposes than that of Truth”.

A WORD TO THE WISE--HINT, HINT!

I shall now relate a little story about a delightful young Marine who has the label of Jeff Paterson. I would suggest that if your “religious views” do not include war and killing, that you file necessary paper-work NOW with the military boards if you are of “voluntary” draft age. I do not give unlawful suggestions--just tell you stories of some who disagree with the movement of your government into a bloody war--(using YOUR blood!).

Jeff, as you recall, publicly declared his refusal to “be a pawn in America’s power plays for profit and oil in the Middle East”. Thus began the U.S. Marines‟ stealth attack on Jeff--but it has now been exposed to the light of day and I would share it with you readers.

The military has been forced to admit that their case against this young man is full of holes. At the same time hundreds of thousands of people have heard Jeff speak, have read his communiques and are taking up his defense. The situation is excellent!

When Jeff made his original press statement the military moved swiftly. They immediately confined him to base hoping to silence him. But Jeff’s statement was publicized internationally and word of his action quickly earned him the label of “the vanguard of the antiwar movement”. The Persian Gulf War hype was severely punctured.

Jeff filed his application for Conscientious Objector status but the government interrupted the process on August 29, 1990 by giving him orders to go to Saudi Arabia. In an orchestrated plan, Jeff was “volunteered” by his commanding officer to be the first to board the plane. Jeff sat down on the airstrip and refused to be deployed. A military judge declared him a “risk to the national security of the United States”. He was thrown into the brig and denied any further access to the media. The military enforced an outrageous anti-woman rule that said Jeff could not be visited by single women or married women without their husbands.

Protests and letters of support from all over the U.S. caused a Federal Court judge to order Jeff’s release from the brig. An investigative hearing was held to determine whether there was enough evidence to court-martial Jeff for disobeying his orders to go to Saudi Arabia. During the investigation, witnesses called by the military testified to the effect Jeff’s act had on the troops. One officer said: “You should see the faces on my boys as they think—‘you mean I can just quit?’” Their fears as well as their illegal acts were exposed.

The Marine Corp investigator’s report was released last week. While finding that there is enough evidence to court-martial Jeff, the investigator was also forced to admit that ‘several significant issues are present and will have to be resolved at trial”:

* The legality of the deployment is in question. Jeff had not been allowed to complete the C.O. application process and the investigator admitted that “had the accused complied with the orders and not missed movement, he may have been de facto deprived of certain rights afforded to him under the conscientious objector order.” In other words, the military was trying to hijack Jeff!

* The legality of the Marines‟ orders to Jeff to serve as a supply clerk is in question. “Although not required to draw a weapon, he was to be a supply clerk for his artillery unit in Saudi Arabia, a task which would have, inexorably, required him to support his unIt’s mission in Saudi Arabia, whether peaceful or hostile--an activity that the accused implicitly expressed his exception to in his application.”

* The forcible removal of Jeff’s shirt, the commander’s act of “volunteering” him for duty in Saudi Arabia and other incidents caused the investigator to admit that there were “gratuitous incidents of public humiliation and ridicule”.

The military has suffered a big blow. While they say they will move as fast as possible to court-martial Jeff, the court-martial proceedings will expose them even more. Jeff’s lawyer is insisting that witnesses who are now in Saudi Arabia be brought from Operation Desert Shield.

In the meantime, the military is continuing their attempts to deny Jeff access to the press. He is confined to base. He is allowed no camera or in-person interviews. However, from pay phones on base, he has held interviews with radio stations across the country--including on National Public Radio’s All Things Considered, Larry King Live, and many other syndicated programs. He has written communiques to the people, one of which appeared in the L.A. Times in mid-OCT.. The call for a national “Free Jeff Paterson Day!” on October 16 has been endorsed by many, many people and Jeff has issued a taped statement for the event and future events as they come forth.

Jeff has refused to fight the U.S. war in the Persian Gulf and he has carried on a brave and determined battle against every effort to silence his voice of resistance. Jeff’s actions will directly affect the lives of the world’s people. The GI resistance in Vietnam and the anti-war movement of youth in your country contributed to the difficulties of the U.S. government and their defeat at the hands of the Vietnamese people. You must once again act to stop the U.S. war machine.

WHERE DO YOU GO FROM HERE?

Well, the Establishment “churches” aren’t much help are they? The “elders” of “wisdom” decide the laws of God and decide that war is fine for all the nation’s children! So be it. Yes, I know one or two “religious” organizations who teach a code of non-killing and non-violence and would qualify for C.O. “teaching” status--but you had better be clear in your intent before you go that route for “lip service” will only get you arrested! Act “before the fact”, enter your C.O. petition and practice that which you espouse to defend--your right to object and desist from war. God does not “force” but God shall always stand with any who turn in Truth unto and within His LAWS! May insight and Truth be your guides as you begin of your life journey in this time of horror and manipulation by bloodbath. God shall rest His hand of Truth upon your head if you come in Truth and purpose of intent. So be it.

DO NOT BE INTIMIDATED--IT IS NOT A COWARDLY THING TO STAND AND REFUSE TO FORFEIT THE WONDROUS GIFT OF LIFE GIVEN BY GOD UNTO YOU, NOR TO STAND AGAINST TAKING ANOTHER’S! BY ANY NAME--IT IS CALLED SUICIDE AND MURDER! IF YOU WALK IN THE FOOTPRINTS OF THE MASTER OF TRUTH--YE SHALL FIND PROTECTION WITHIN HIS SHIELD.

My heart is filled with pain as I witness the heinous force of lies fed unto the generation which could SAVE your humanity and witness their placement as forfeiture unto the evil circumstance. May we walk together, you and I, and find peace in the valley of life--not death in the darkness of the lies. Will you of older years not reach out unto these children and youth seeking purpose and Truth and help them? Where have all the leaders gone? Soon ye shall ask, “Where have all the children gone?”, only to find they have been slaughtered and their blood mixed eternally with the sands, perhaps etched into the melted “glass” of the Saudi desert! If you allow of this, how will you face your Creator on that confrontation day? This will be a massacre as never before witnessed upon your Earth! I would want not this mark upon mine record of life!

Dharma, allow us to close this writing. Go forth and continue your preparations this day in the getting of generator equipment, etc. The one thing which must not be gone without, is the ability to bring to print the WORD!

Walk in Light, chelas, for your path may seem hard--but ye shall find of the ability to traverse it! Salu and Saalome’.

Hatonn to clear to stand-by. Good-morning.

CHAPTER 13

REC #1 HATONN

MON., NOV. 12, 1990 8:15 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 88

MON., NOV. 12, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

As we come into communion this morning, I ask that we quietly petition for greater understanding in the Light of Truth. I am Hatonn come in service and brotherhood. Let us honor the glories of Creation and recognize our apprenticeship unto Truth that we might recognize the omnipotent Spirit of Greatness within, yet reaching infinitely beyond self. May that dimension be ever incarnate in us. May your infinite power reveal itself that we might see in our locus as Truth is seen and followed in the higher dimensions beyond the finite.

Give us this day that which fills our needs for service unto YOU and unto our fellow-man and so, let us always recognize our own transgressions and errors of thought and action that we might rightly recognize and act in Truth.

Please lead us not into temptations of the physical temptors to seemingly make our journey easier for that, we must recognize is the temptation of illusion--let us sort carefully in thine presence our actions and our Truth. Let us not “preach” but rather, let us lead by example in love and totality within thine laws and the balance and harmonious order of The Creation.

Let us always be cognizant of the sentient presence within and without of your totality and infinite circle of actuality. Let us recognize that the truth of reality is that which is infinite within soul and let pass that which is the illusion of beingness that we again come into the domain wherein we shall be at “home” again in oneness of being.

Let us understand the LAWS of God and The Creation that we maintain the power and control of divinity as outlayed from the center of wisdom--not force or coercion. Let us realize that force and physical coercion is of limitation and only the soul is of infinity. MAY WE SERVE WELL THAT WE LEAD NO OTHER EXPERIENCING ENTITY UNTO DESTRUCTION NOR INTO THE PATH OF DARKNESS FOR YOURS, GREAT SPIRIT, IS OURS AND MAY WE ALWAYS HONOR AS THE MOST HIGH CAUSE OF ALL ACTIONS AND THOUGHTS! SO BE IT FOR WE HAVE COME TO PREPARE THE WAY FOR THE RETURN OF LIGHTED TRUTH AND THAT WHICH WE DO SHALL MAKE THE DIFFERENCE UNTO A WEARY AND SICKENED PEOPLE AND WORLD. AHO.

THE HIDDEN WAR ALREADY UNDER WAY

Pause a moment in reverence unto the souls being given up in the land of Lebanon. Not just from the Israeli “invasion” which is hidden most carefully from you but also from the invasion and ongoing gift of slaughter given into the hands of Assad of Syria and led by the most heinous terrorist, Aoun and associates. Your Bush Administration gave Lebanon away to Syrian butchers, friends and leave them helpless against Israel as well.

To see that which has been done in the name of alliance with the reflection of the Devil himself, you have denounced the very foundation of what you call “Christian” stance. The numbers of Christians and of political opponents of the Syrians and their puppet Hrawl government who are now being murdered in cold blood in Lebanon continue to grow; yet it is the supposed outrages committed by Iraq’s President Hussein which dominate headlines in the presses of the world and most especially in the United States for deliberate reasons of secrecy.

Since, on October 13 the Syrian armies in Lebanon began to smash the Christian resistance there led by Gen. Michel Aoun, the troops of Syrian dictator Hafez al-Assad have massacred the Christians. They did it with the blessings of President Bush who is the new-found political friend and military bed-mate of anti-Iraq ally, Assad. The fruits of Bush’s friendship with Assad were not long in coming: On October 21st, the Lebanese Christian leader Dany Chamoun, his wife and two small sons, were shot dead in their home in East Beirut, murdered by men in military uniform--a joint effort of the Syrian/Israeli Mossad.

Chamoun, the son of the late Lebanese President, Camille Chamoun, was head of the National Liberation Party and a strong supporter of Aoun’s fight to end Syrian occupation of Lebanon.

In 1958 it was Camille Chamoun who called upon President Eisenhower to send in the U.S. Marines to preserve stability in Lebanon. Now it is another American President who is responsible for giving Syria’s Assad the green light to take over all of Lebanon.

U.S., British and Israeli complicity and active “look the other way while actively participating” in Assad’s butchery is revealed by the fact that for the first time the Syrian Air Force was allowed to bomb Aoun’s headquarters. Previously, the Israelis had demanded the Syrians be prevented from deploying their air power in the area because of the obvious implications for Israel. Could this not be considered by your astute United Nations as even worse than Iraq reclaiming their own child, Kuwait, as indeed worthy of world attention and half a million troops from the U.S.? The circumstance and murder and the subjugation of freedom, human rights and democracy is indeed most heinously shattered by “naked aggression”!

PROTESTS

Americans of Lebanese descent have been pointing angrily to the hypocrisy which allows President Bush on the one hand to pontificate about democracy and sovereignty in Kuwait and on the other, to allow Syria to devour Lebanon. The outrage is buried in Budget debates and deliberately kept from the public masses.

SECRETS!

There is an unpublished transcript of a discussion between Bush and Lebanese-Americans which took place in Washington Sept. 24, 1990--before the Syrian blitz. One questioner asked the President, “Our government has been taking every action against Iraq that we have been urging should be taken against Syria for its similar action in Lebanon. Syria is now apparently allied with our government and others against Iraq. This disturbs us greatly. Unless our government has some plan to use its new-found leverage on Syria to cause Hafez Assad to conform to the norms of civilized behavior that we are attempting to enforce against Saddam Hussein....”

Then there was a letter to President Bush dated October 16--three days AFTER the Syrian onslaught began--and written by one Toufic Nassim, president of the National Alliance of Lebanese Americans.

“SAT., October 13, will be remembered as a black day in Lebanon’s history, as a black day in Lebanese-American relations, and worst of all, a black day in American history...

“Does the world order that you referred to make use of massive air strikes by the Syrian forces against civilian and Lebanese army positions to kill the last hope the Lebanese had for freeing their country from occupying forces?...Does the new world order call for entrusting the terrorist, drug-trafficking police state Syria, to restore democracy, freedom, and human rights in Lebanon?”

FRENCH ROLE

So far the United Nations has shown itself a tool of Anglo-American policy. For example, in the case of repeated Israeli attacks on the Palestinians, the UN response has been little more than waggling fingers and producing nothing--as contrasted to the UN‟s support of the boycott and other military measures already taken against Iraq.

Nonetheless, on the initiative of French Foreign Minister Roland Dumas, the Security Council would meet on October 23rd to review the situation in Lebanon. The French protested the murder of Chamoun and Aoun was taken into safety in the French embassy where the Syrian blitzkrieg forced him to seek refuge.

The embassy was immediately ringed by Syrian troops demanding Aoun’s release to the puppet Lebanese government they installed. In a replay of the U.S. invasion of Panama, Syria would like to place Aoun on trial supposedly for misappropriating Lebanese funds. Doesn’t this at least give you good Americans a headache?

EXPLODING JERUSALEM

The situation in Israel is out of control just as was planned and orchestrated. A number of violent incidents in which Palestinians have responded to Jewish actions have occurred--following the Israeli police massacre of Muslim protesters who were protesting the Jewish fundamentalists (Zionists) to build a third temple where the Muslim mosque, the Dome of the Rock, Haram al Sharif, now stands.

A couple of weeks after the October 8 “Temple Mount” massacre, on October 21 three Jews were stabbed to death in West Jerusalem. The Israeli government banned all Palestinians from Jerusalem for some two days.

Such terrorist incidents were predicted when the Israeli government sanctioned the attack on the Palestinians and the desecration of Haram al Sharif, the third most important holy site in the Muslim world. In addition, just two days prior, Israeli troops had invaded a Palestinian refugee camp in the Gaza Strip and raised an Israeli flag there. The reason given for this obvious provocation was a decision to use the camp as an observation post for the Israeli army. I bet most of you never heard of that incident!

On October 17 the strongman in the present Israeli government, Gen. Ariel Sharon, told the UN to keep its nose out of Israel’s “greater Jerusalem”.

Sharon bragged to the French paper, Liberation, that Israel “will not let anybody direct things in Jerusalem. Jerusalem has been the capital of the Jewish people for 3,000 years and no one has any political status outside Israel to deal with matters there.” He estimated that the Jewish population in what he called “a Greater Jerusalem” would grow threefold over the next few years to a total of one million, primarily because of an influx of Soviet Jewish emigres--that, dear ones, are Zionists--not sons of David.

WHO ARE THE REAL CRIMINALS?

The same nations who were loath to insist that the Israelis allow a UN investigative team to report back on the Temple Mount killings, on October 21 began considering a War Crimes Resolution against Iraq. One reason for that was that Saddam Hussein has indicated his willingness to withdraw from Kuwait if he is given redress for his grievances against the former Kuwaiti government and some assurances about Iraq’s future security.

Well, we all know where it has gone from there--not only is there no security for Iraq allowed but you will now have more than half a million troops in Saudi Arabia, in addition to a planned nuclear first strike against Russia in early December. WHERE DOES THIS LEAVE YOU, AMERICA? SITTING DUCKS WITH ALL YOUR MILITARY DEFENSE IN A DISTANT DESERT--WIDE OPEN FOR INFLUX OF THINE TRUE ENEMIES FROM ALL BORDERS! SO BE IT! YOU HAD BETTER ALL GO BACK AND READ MOST CAREFULLY, SURVIVAL IS ONLY TEN FEET FROM HELL.

No, if things go according to the planned blueprint of your Government and military rulers--you don’t have time for building bomb shelters--BUT YOU WILL KNOW WHY AND WHAT HIT YOU--IF IT MATTERS AT ALL.

WHAT HAPPENED TO YOUR “DRUG WAR”?

Perhaps this scenario will give you an idea as you just didn’t understand the intent of the “real” drug war.

Let us look at that little hot spot of drug war intent, Colombia.

Now that one of Colombia’s narco-terrorist chieftains, the M-19‟s Antonio Navarro Wolf, is sitting in the cabinet of Columbian President Cesar Gaviria Trujillo, can a Narco-Minister be far behind? Of course not. Check this out--not according to former Ambassador Joaquin Vallejo Arbgalaez, who made great and mighty waves when he told the press THAT HE HAD ADVISED THE HEADS OF THE MEDELLIN COCAINE CARTEL TO HIRE HENRY KISSINGER AS THEIR ADVOCATE IN WASHINGTON!

Vallejo argued forcefully for “achieving peace, at the best possible price”. “That price,” he said, “included granting a ministry to the M-19 narco-terrorists”. “Now,” he says, “The citizen is doubtless prepared to pardon sins against law and public order, as the Church does with penitents...Negotiated peace formulas should be broad because the country cannot put up with more violence and terrorism.”

END OF SO-CALLED “WAR”

So, President Gaviria is moving in that direction. He continues to sweeten his Decree number 2047, which offers the drug traffickers reduced penalty sentences and protection from extradition in exchange for surrender, concession and collaboration. With the latest changes, whether or not traffickers confess and collaborate, they are assured of a “fair” trial in Colombia and no extradition to the U.S. at all, under any circumstances.

The criminal ill-gotten properties will no longer be subject to confiscation and they will remain free while awaiting lesser charges of possible criminal conspiracy and/or “illegal arms possession” of military weapons imported from places like the U.S. Now, they will remain “free” during awaiting legal hearing and further, if not sentenced within a year’s time, a confessed trafficker will be released from custody, despite the fact that many traffickers have complicated and multiple charges against them--you know, that even in good old America, it takes longer than a year to even get ready and set to have a hearing on even the slightest charges, much more so--sentencing!

Anti-drug forces in Colombia are angrily denouncing this treason because many honorable people were assassinated and publishers’ offices and presses destroyed by these terrorists as the “war” went forth. Well now, under the presumption that the destablizing forces are invincible, have not been defeated--people are simply learning to reconcile “justice” with “crime” and allow the drug lords placement in the Government and merely dismantle the State of Law.

With the government’s abandonment of any pretense of waging war on drugs, the “citizens above suspicion” who have been acting as the cocaine cartel‟s “catspaws” are emerging all over the place. Exemplary is former ambassador to Spain, Ramiro Sandrade Teran. Andrade sent an open letter to Jorge Luis Ochoa, a leading Cartel partner, urging him to release the kidnaped journalists in repayment of a favor the ambassador did him back in 1985 in blocking Ochoa’s pending extradition to the U.S. Andrade concluded his letter with the promise that should the majioso grant this “personal favor”, he could be assured that “generous, Christian, and noble acts rebound many times in favor of those who do them.”

Legalization lobbyists are also having a complete field day. A new and large publication has come out in Bogota called Palomas, entirely dedicated to achieving cocaine legalization as the path to peace. National University law dean Ricardo Sanchez got a column on the editorial page of the daily La Prensa to argue the “inevitability” of dialogue with the traffickers--culminating, he writes, in “gradual legalization of cocaine as the central point in stopping the acts of violence that are killing us.”

Not a lot different from the teachers of God’s laws, I would observe. If the acts of the masses become unruly and heinous and totally against the LAWS LAID FORTH FROM GOD--SIMPLY REWRITE THE LAWS TO SUIT THE NEED OF SATAN. THAT IS EXACTLY THAT WHICH HAS BEEN DONE AND NOW YOU PAY THE PENALTY OF SUCH “VOTING-IN” OF SUITABLE GREED--AND LUST-BASED “LAWS” OF SOCIETY AND THE CHURCHES TOUTING GOD AS THEIR FOUNDATION. WHEW, IT SMELLS OF DEATH, MY PRECIOUS FRIENDS--ROTTING DEATH OF A CIVILIZATION!

WHY DOESN’T SADDAM JUST “GIVE UP”?

Why should he? You had better pay better attention to facts, dear dreamers! American ground forces in Saudi Arabia are “sitting ducks” on a very dry pond for the artillery designed for Iraq by the lately murdered Gerald V. Bull, the Canadian-American space and ballistics genius whose advanced weapons systems were repeatedly rejected by the Pentagon. I shall insert a little side-story herein just to give your resting peace more infusion of sleeping pills.

LET US TALK “REAL” PLANS

The U.S., dancing madly to Israel’s tune, is preparing to launch a Mideast war, aimed at ushering in that wondrous projection by George Bush to have “new world order”.

Some members of your Congress are stunned by increasing evidence that Bush and Secretary of State James Baker III handed Iraqi President Saddam Hussein At-Takriti what amounted to an open invitation to invade Kuwait. Oh yes, they did exactly that, dear friends.

However, no one on Capitol Hill has yet dared mention evidence of Israel’s behind-the-scenes orchestration of the race toward war that began soon after Iraqi leader Saddam tested an intermediate-range missile capable of delivering nuclear or poison gas warheads right to Tel Aviv.

The opening gun of the Israeli propaganda blitz was literally fired the night of March 22 with the assassination in Brussels of Dr. Gerald Vincent Bull, the Canadian-American space and ballistics genius suspected of helping Iraq develop its missile and long-range artillery capabilities.

Bull, whose proven ballistic breakthroughs were rejected by the Pentagon, was shot some five times in the back and neck by a silenced pistol as he tried to enter his apartment in a fashionable suburb of Brussels.

Belgian police termed Bull’s murder an act of “political terrorism” and the German news revealed that two Israelis had taken apartments in the same building shortly before the murder. One of them was known to be the Mossad chief in Brussels.

Bull’s assassination signaled the start of the world-wide campaign to cast Hussein as another Hitler, capable of touching off World War III. That little ploy and pronouncement continues to be thrust about constantly.

The Israeli-directed propaganda explosion has continued to pronounce the lies regarding such things as Iraq bombing her own people with chemical weapons--OUTRIGHT LIES!

Further, George Bush, just like Ronald Reagan before him, had adamantly refused to call for sanctions against Iraq and bent over backwards to improve relations with Baghdad--right along with the blueprinted plans and obvious collusion with the projected lies. Funny thing though, the instant Hussein acted as encouraged by moving into Kuwait, Bush reacted instantly from prior printed instruction sheets by sending massive U.S. Forces into the Saudi Arabian desert. He all but acted accidentally before the fact even occurred, due to botched up intelligence information.

Actually, Bush was reacting to a lifelong vision of the “New World Order” first proclaimed by your Woodrow Wilson and his alter ego, Edward Mandel House, later advanced by Franklin Roosevelt and Alger Hiss in their design for the creation of the United Nations.

But to get Bush to overcome his deeply ingrained caution, it was necessary to make Saddam a credible “threat to world peace”. Saddam’s native belligerence could be counted on to contribute substantially to this scenario. But who could take Iraq seriously as a major military power? That is where the genius of one Gerald Bull came into play.

The military and scientific world knew Bull as a super brain on a par with Werner Von Braun, the space pioneer who launched the German V-1 and V-2 rockets against Britain in the closing months of World War II. Von Braun later masterminded America’s initial penetration of space and the building of the first intercontinental ballistic missiles--strange bed-fellows, indeed, are made from war.

In his youth, Bull had been known as “the Canadian Von Braun”. He was a full professor of aerospace engineering at McGill University at the age of a mere 23 years.

OUTRAGEOUS THEORIES

If anyone on your place could transform Iraq into a major military threat, it was Bull, whose outrageous theories for launching space probes with oversized cannons had long ago been proved by the U.S. army--not to even mention the research of the Soviet Union.

Moreover, Bull and his Space Research Corp., headquartered in Brussels, had been working with Iraq to improve its weapons systems ever since the prolonged 1981-88 war with Iran.

Bull’s assassination in March was quickly followed by a succession of events that fired the world’s fears of Iraq and its iron-fisted ruler, Saddam Hussein, right or wrong. The evidence is obvious that these events, if not planned well in advance by Iraq’s enemies, were closely monitored with an eye toward their propaganda potential, along with blatantly perpetrated incidents created and committed by the Israelis themselves and then announced to the world as ‘Saddam’s mad-man actions”.

Four days following the gunning down of the scientist, a shipment of 40 nuclear triggers (krytrons) made in California was intercepted at London’s Heathrow Airport. Several news reports drew a connection between Bull’s suspected involvement with Saddam’s missile program and the U.S.-made nuclear devices.

Then, on April 11, came the most frightening news of all. Eight crates containing huge steel tubes--allegedly for a mammoth “nuclear cannon” designed by Bull--were seized at Tees Dock in England as they were reportedly being loaded aboard the Gur Mariner, a freighter bound for Iraq.

Banner headlines and TV newscasts sounded the alarm. Bull’s reported plan was to build a “doomsday gun” for Saddam Hussein. For several weeks the media fed the world’s growing apprehensions about this previously unknown weapons system falling into the hands of the Iraqi dictator. The lies are so obvious that I have great difficulty believing you can be so easily made the fools. It is not even reasonable that any such weaponry (or any materials for Iraq in any manner) would be routed through England! These are simply outrageous disinformation assaults to manipulate you the public.

Actually as the story flagged, the New York Times took up the banner and revived it on the front page of its SUN. edition of April 22. The very next day the Wall Street Journal weighed in with a lead story on Bull accurately depicting him as a space and ballistics genius who rivaled Von Braun.

By the end of May U.S. News and World Report, using Bull’s amazing ballistics accomplishments as evidence, could credibly portray Saddam Hussein as “The Most Dangerous Man in the World” splashed all over the cover of the publication as the cover story of its June 4 issue. We spoke at length about it at the time and told you that this was the most dangerous set-up in the world--not the man, Saddam.

However, if anything galvanized the West’s attention on Iraq, it was the evidence that Gerald Bull, a renegade naturalized American artillery genius, was helping Baghdad build the world’s biggest gun as also reported by these same misinformation journals.

In spite of the escalating media campaign that--sometimes even accurately--painted Saddam and his military forces as a growing threat to peace, Bush and Baker perversely tried to maintain good relations with Iraq. The foreign aid and cut-rate grain kept flowing to Baghdad as did Washington’s avowals of friendship.

This was in large part a hangover from America’s support of Iraq against Iran in the 1981-88 war though as the Iran-Contra Affair proved, the United States had at times helped the other side as well.

When Iraq began massing troops on Kuwait’s borders, with a nudge to “move with the plans”, Bush and Baker still did not warn Saddam to stay his hand which makes obvious the full intent of the collusion.

On July 25 the U.S. ambassador to Iraq, April Glaspie, met with the Iraqi ruler. A transcript of the tape made at that meeting reveals that either Bush and Baker were unbelievably obtuse or they were deliberately inviting Saddam to invade Kuwait as the first step in an elaborate plan to save Israel from a mortal enemy, while at the same time paving the way for the “New World Order” that would follow Iraq’s presumed defeat or back-down.

Ambassador Glaspie, following policy instructions from the State Department and speaking as the president’s representative, informed Hussein on July 25: “We have no opinion on the Arab-Arab conflicts like your border disagreement with Kuwait...Secretary of State, James Baker, has directed our official spokesman to emphasize this instruction.” So be it.

Ambassador Glaspie immediately cabled Washington with her report on the meeting. Incredibly, Bush then sent a personal message to Saddam underlining Ambassador Glaspie’s friendly overtures and, in his best “kinder, gentler” manner (read my lips) mildly reminded the Iraqi strong-man that it was not “nice” to use force against a neighbor.

This message was calculated for the brush-off by a totalitarian leader who didn’t hesitate to make his move right on schedule.

SOVIET SHADOWS

You must look beyond the facade to see the role of the Soviets in the Mideast buildup toward a possible Armageddon. At least it is more difficult to detect than is the Baker-Bush tug-of-war with Saddam. But, dear ones, it is known that a top Soviet general was in Baghdad shortly before the “invasion” of Kuwait and we have already told you about it. Further there were known to be between 4,000 and 5,000 Soviets in Iraq (actually, there were more than 15,000). Most of them were allegedly “oil field workers” but were actually advisers for military purposes.

Don’t show your foolishness; who can actually believe that Saddam would invade Kuwait without a green-light from the very source of four-fifths of his armaments--the Soviet Union? How could he hope to sustain an assault that might involve battle with U.S. Forces without at least assurance of spare parts for the thousands of Soviet-made tanks and aircraft and Scud missiles, not to even mention the air-fuel weapons that make up the military might.

THE 64,000 DOLLAR QUESTION

COME NOW, CHELAS, THE QUESTION MUST BE ASKED: DID ISRAEL’S ORCHESTRATION TOWARD WAR IN THE MIDEAST RESULT IN THE SOVIET UNION PUSHING SADDAM INTO KUWAIT WHILE THE UNITED STATES, THROUGH STUPIDITY OR DESIGN, HELPED PULL HIM IN WITH A SHOW OF FRIENDSHIP? AND IS THE TRILATERAL DREAM OF GLOBAL GOVERNMENT THE OBJECTIVE OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER PROCLAIMED BY PRESIDENT BUSH? AS A WORLD IN PERIL--I SUGGEST YOU PONDER THIS QUESTION MOST CAREFULLY INDEED.

BACK TO BULL’S

(IRAQ’S) SUPER ARTILLERY

In addition to the 2,000-mile-range super cannon which is already assembled outside Baghdad, it was already well known in the world military circles that Bull had masterminded two shorter-range field artillery pieces that can outshoot anything in the American arsenal.

Bull’s 155-mm Howitzer, originally developed for Israel and manufactured in South Africa (oops, didn’t you know that?), is capable of “hitting a fly on the wall of a house 30 miles away”.

Dear ones, that was over a decade past. The more advanced cannon Bull’s Space Research Corp. developed for Saddam’s forces have extended the weapon’s range to over 40 miles with the same accuracy. Moreover, Bull designed a 210-mm Howitzer for Iraq that has a far greater range and mobility than the rather “primitive” toys.

EXTENDED-RANGE AMMUNITION

Part of the secret of Bull’s amazing artillery records lay in the design of the extended-range ammunition he developed. In fact, his 155-mm ammunition are actual “missiles”--equipped with sophisticated homing devices for greater accuracy. Indeed, the U.S. troops are sitting ducklings ready to be fried.

For over 15 years your Pentagon turned down Bull’s strenuous efforts to equip the U.S. Armed Forces with the advanced 155 and the long-range projectiles your Army now faces at the hands of the Iraqi army. Funny thing about arms dealers--they will sell to whoever will buy and/or sell out.

Instead of adopting Bull’s weapons systems, however, the U.S. government during the ill-fated Carter Administration, threw Bull into a federal prison for more than four months on charges of shipping American-made artillery shells and other arms to South Africa. Now that did nothing to endear the blessed U.S. into the heart of one, Mr. Bull. Further, this was fully a decade after Bull had successfully tested his super cannon for the U.S. Army in the 1960s. In fact, the joint Canadian-American High Altitude Research Program (HARP) BROKE ALL RECORDS FOR LONG-RANGE ARTILLERY.

Using two 16-inch Navy guns welded together, HARP set a new high-altitude record for ballistic probes into space of 180 kilometers shattering the previous record of 43 kilometers made by the Germans’ “Paris Kanonen” that shelled the French capital from Crepy, 130 kilometers to the north in 1918. A kilometer, for you who don’t recall, is a bit over 0.62 mile.

SHUDDER NOW—RANGE OVER 5,000 MILES

Bull’s HARP firings were limited to 50 miles from Barbados down-range over the Cape Canaveral missile course. However, he proved that artillery using rocket boosters could sustain accurate fire up to 250 miles and by extrapolation of preliminary tests, extend the range up to 2,000 miles or more.

Since the “nuclear cannon” Bull was building for Iraq was at least three times as big as the HARP guns and could fire 5,000 miles at least, bringing not only all of the Mideast but a large part of Europe within Saddam’s pin-point accuracy range.

Moreover, parts for the “doomsday gun” have gotten through to Baghdad long before the seizures or touting thereof in England and a half-dozen other countries. American forces in the Saudi Arabian desert are facing a more formidable foe than the U.S. government has dared reveal and thus--the Nuclear War One First Strike is very definitely mandatory and still full-on.

Two newer field artillery pieces that Bull developed for Iraq already increase the danger to U.S. Forces substantially. One is the 155--mm Majnoon, an updated version of the deadly Howitzer also designed by Bull that was used by Iraq against Iran.

Bull’s other verified contribution to Iraqi artillery is the 210-mm Al Fao Howitzer unveiled in Baghdad last fall and is known to be the very best in the world today.

DIFFICULT FOR U.S. AIRCRAFT

This big gun, mounted on a self-propelled armored vehicle, provides the Iraqis with several advantages over their opponents in Saudi Arabia. Not only does it have far greater range than any artillery in the allied arsenal, it is more mobile and properly camouflaged would be extremely hard if not impossible for U.S. aircraft to hit.

The range of the 155-mm Majnoon is over 40 miles and the 210-mm Al Fao is even greater. Both can employ the rocket-boosted extended-range ammunition designed by Bull equipped with sophisticated homing devices to increase accuracy.

More ominously, the 155 is known to be the only field artillery piece that can hurl both nuclear and poison-gas as well as fuel-air missile projectiles.

Thus your half-million plus man-and-woman force in the Saudi desert are stuck ducks in the mud for Iraqi artillery--the very same artillery that your good government turned down for use.

Small wonder, dear ones, that the Pentagon gives “conservative projection figures of fatalities of a minimum of 30,000 or more in your forces during only the opening phase of the war.

GOOD AIR POWER?

Oh I see--you think you can take them with air power? Let me tell you about air power--the Soviets can take out a jet plane by pin-point accuracy of firing right into the jet engine itself--FROM SPACE! They further have the ability to scan and “see” all “stealth type” aircraft you can send into their spaces. Further, do you actually believe the Soviets will sit still while you blow up over 10,000 Russian advisers STILL IN IRAQ? Come now, little sleepy-heads, it is time to awaken and hear the bugle blowing.

Allow us to close this portion, Dharma. Thank you for your service and I ask that you and Oberli take leave of this place and spend time in relaxation and refreshment. I further thank you for the gathering yesterday in allowing me to touch with new ones on a personal basis.

I move to stand-by but remain on instant call. Hatonn to clear, please.

CHAPTER 14

REC #1 HATONN

TUE., NOV. 13, 1990 8:12 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 89

TUE., NOV. 13, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

In the service unto Truth and Wisdom of the WORD, which IS, do I speak in wondrous communion with you who will place your eyes and ears upon that which is given unto you in this time of passage. I am Hatonn of God.

Every dawn brings indication of activities for which the coming day is suited. When you see the wondrous eagle or Redtail fly across the face of the rising sun and give out his call to the mate and unto the winds, it is not accidental or without meaning. To the other birds and animals who watch and listen the lessons are learned and thus do they gain their impressions of the new gifted day of experience--the eagle’s flight is a cue, a message wealthy with meaning in each sound and circle.

The direction he flies, the time that was chosen for flight, the place from which he appeared to the life of the forests, meadows and desert who watch--these are all parts of his statement, sentences in the paragraph of expression. But there is other news, equally valid, of more or less importance to various creatures.

Ah yes, the birds and animals take careful note. What kind of day is it going to be? Is it a day that you should look for your meal on the hillside? Or might you be better off going up into the pasture? Could it be a morning to fly to the treetops and sing for a while or might it be better to get busy because your time of gathering might be cut short?

In every moment and movement, in every creature’s actions, the Great Spirit communicates to all creatures everything they need to know. Through thousands and millions, yea billions of agents sent forth--angel, elemental vegetable, animal and mineral--through the vast and subtle network of living design beyond the weather, before the wind, the truth is ever being transmitted into your world of form.

Information percolates through to you from the subtle world of spirit. Your body knows; your senses pick it up. Its relevance goes deep into that place within where YOU determine how YOU can make the most creative use of the perceived allotment of “time”. Do you waste it? Do you appreciate and value each moment? TO UNDERSTAND AND RECOGNIZE THE MESSAGES YOU MUST FIRST COME INTO COMMUNION WITH SELF AND ALLOW THE OPENING OF THE SENSES UNTO THE SUBTLE MESSAGES OF THE UNIVERSE AND UNTO GOD WHO DWELLS WITHIN AND THUSLY SPEAKS MOST SOFTLY INDEED!

You must understand that identifying with the Being of Creation of all Life, you realize that the particular form that you are conscious of projecting through at the moment is not really who you are. As you begin to see your body as an exquisite exploratory instrument, designed for the expression of your spirit, you begin to relax about the whole mysterious circumstance. Your preoccupation with survival begins to fall away and you can more clearly recognize direction of actions with which to insure that very survival.

The body does not, must not, become unimportant, but rather the fundamental identity shift must take place. You are not your body. You are not your thoughts. You are not what you feel, not your role or your experience. You are the Spirit--actually, the Spirit of Life itself, experiencing upon the elements of a manifested creation. You must learn to delight in the glorious opportunity of incarnation in manifested physicalness, exploring the realms of matter, blessing the Earth and all therein and thereupon and beyond. But mostly, you must communicate that which shares your manifested format--that which is beyond shall come soon enough!

RIGHT NOW!

The psychological process that triggers this awareness takes place in the present moment. You must be there, chelas, fully present, to experience it. This is not difficult, it is just that you are taught erroneously to avoid knowledge and instructed to walk your journey in the sleep state of semi-consciousness and blot out that which makes you uneasy from your consciousness. However, the subtle programming of your subconscious mind rebels and then finally functions according to the programming you insist is its function. The higher conscious continues to rebel unto the ending of the experience in the seeking of its own fulfillment--that of soul journey and chosen experience which shall bring you again into oneness with God.

It is not as elusive as it might seem at first--first you must become AWARE! STOP and see and feel that which you are doing--right now. Dharma, leave me for a moment and look about your placement and experience for a moment that which is being shared with you, please. There is the picture of the retarded child seeking better eyesight, a calendar with a wondrous picture of the redwood forest, a script of “A PERFECT PRAYER, a letter from Sister Thedra, a drawing of someone’s perception of Hatonn, a valid picture of Sananda and even a wondrous likeness of a spaceman through whose eyes you see eternity. Look beyond the entropy of the cluttered setting which only Hatonn knows any whereabouts of any document or confirmation and see the things of value. Sniff the air which bears the odor of vanilla and a tropical day--note the glare coming into thine eyes which annoys AND RECTIFY THE CIRCUMSTANCE. REMEMBER: YOU MUST CHANGE THE THINGS OF NEGATIVE IMPACT AS YOU CAN--AND RECOGNIZE AND GROW FROM THE THINGS OVER WHICH YOU SEEM TO HAVE NO CONTROL--AND LEARN TO KNOW THE DIFFERENCE! Then in the higher self know that you can change ALL, impact ALL and know ALL and then YOU MUST BE WILLING TO ACCEPT ALL--ONLY THEN CAN YOU ACCEPT THINE OWN POWER AND CREATE IN TRUTH INSTEAD OF THE LIES AS GIVEN UNTO YOUR SENSES TO DELUDE YOU INTO THE MINEFIELD OF THE FLIGHT-PATH BACK TO GOD AND AMONG THE ORBS OF THE HEAVENS. YOU MUST DO OF IT, FOR ONE CANNOT DO OF IT FOR ANOTHER--NOT YOU, NOT THEM AND NOT ME! I CANNOT EVEN TEACH YOU TO FLY. I CAN SHOW YOU THE WAY BUT YOU MUST TAKE MY HAND AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OR YOU WILL PLUMMET UNTO THE ROCKS AND PERISH. A “BODY” IS NOT MADE TO FLY--USE THE BODY FOR THAT WHICH IT IS, A TOOL THROUGH WHICH TO FUNCTION IN THE PHYSICAL EXPERIENCE--NOT MORE; NOT LESS. THE “WINGS” OF HUMAN COME ATTACHED TO THE SPIRIT AND IF GIVEN THE BREATH OF LIFE, IT SHALL SOAR BEYOND THE EAGLES--IF GIVEN THE IMPRISONMENT OF SATAN’S PROMISES, IT WILL SINK IN THE MIRE OF THE PHYSICAL AND BECOME IMPRISONED IN THAT WHICH IS ILLUSION AND LIE. PONDER THESE THINGS AS WE MOVE ALONG IN THE JOURNEY THROUGH A PHYSICAL TRANSITION FOR YOU WILL NOT BE GIVEN TO AVOID EITHER PORTION OF YOUR “SELF”NESS! AHO!

EARTH “THINGS”

Back to Earth experience that you might see that which is in store for your experience. God lays the path for glory--man lays the path for fulfillment of greed and lust, control and power. You must determine that which is which and be ever discerning and cognizant of that which is laid forth for thine choosing.

Yes, I know that perception of physical pleasures of the fleshly desires are always present--how else can you be captured by your enemy? Your enemy now plays only to the lustful, greedy and power control desire of your beingness for he is given into control of your placement. It is for you to discern the differences and stand strong in Truth--after you again LOCATE AND KNOW the truth.

I am always bombarded with “rights”, “birthrights”, etc. Forget it, brethren, you have but one birthright--to experience and come again into oneness with God.

“Oh, but sexual physical activities are necessary and a birthright,” is continually thrust at me--ad nauseam. Look at your planet--overpopulated by some 6-1/2 billion bodies, murder by abortion, crime rampant, rape, AIDS, starving children, unwanted and abused children, total distraction and competition until the sexual act becomes an obsession blotting out all other wondrous awareness and activity. You always thrust at me the “WHAT IF’S”. Well, what if--say, the sexual act was painful and excruciatingly miserable? Along with that painful experience you must face the care and tending of an unwanted child, give up your comfort and pick up a fatal disease in addition? WHAT IF THIS BE TRUE? Well, you ones make sexual acts painful--excruciatingly so, if deviation is practiced from the intended experience. You have babies conceived which are unwanted, aborted (murdered) and/or are saddled with care for the remainder of your life journey and in the process you face the possibility, if not the actual probability, of fatal disease. IS THIS TRULY OF GOD? SO BE IT.

Further, I can only express the LAWS OF GOD--it is not through force that I shall bring unto you anything! God is not force, God is the WORD, the LIGHT of TRUTH, ABUNDANCE and LOVE. YOU CAN HAVE IT EITHER WAY--YOU CANNOT HAVE IT BOTH WAYS. WHICH YOU CHOOSE IS OF YOUR OWN CHOOSING--MY PURPOSE IS TO REMIND YOU OF THE TRUTH WHICH HAS BEEN PRESENTED TO YOU DISTORTED. YOU HAVE LOCKED YOURSELVES INTO AN IMPRISONMENT WITH THE BEAST HIMSELF AND CALL IT YOUR “BIRTHRIGHT”! SO BE IT!

YOU HEARD THE WORD;

BUT DID YOU HEAR IT?

Last evening one of your government high-ranking spokespersons made a statement on international television from the U.S. CNN studio: “...the Israelis will make a preemptive strike giving the U.S. necessity for invasion for otherwise, cause for invasion is shrinking and dissolving.” By the way--this spokesperson is pushing immediate war with no holds barred. He further says that the Israelis must act NOW because of prevailing circumstances. He further confirmed what I have told you about the spy satellites in the pay-load bays of Columbia and Atlantis. They do not even longer lie to you about Atlantis’ payload. They will try for launch THU. and if successful in orbiting the information base--expect almost immediate war! The window for action will indeed be small if Russia allows any measure of success in the maneuver. At this moment the volcano is only spitting ashes--the plan is for full eruption! THE ENTIRE WORLD KNOWS THAT THE U.S., BRITAIN AND ISRAEL PLAN FOR WAR AND WILL NOT BE THWARTED; WHERE ARE YOUR ATTENTIONS, LITTLE SLEEPY-HEADS?

The set-up is perfection--WITH THE CONGRESS IN RECESS! Do you actually think the Congressmen pushing for a special called session will come in time? If a session is inevitable then the actions will be speeded up accordingly. God have mercy and deter that which is about to come upon you and your world, brothers. Pray for forgiveness for that which you are allowing to come upon your children who will perish never having known Truth of circumstance nor that they were truly set forth to be expended. God please have mercy for that which you do for you CANNOT know that which you do and allow it to be done in His Holy Name by the evil Cartels of Satanic brotherhood. How many will have to make unholy and blighted transition because YOU failed to show the proper way? Even “ignorance” will not save their physical lives, will it? ASK YOUR CHILDREN BIRTHED OF YOUR LIES TO FORGIVE YOU FOR THAT WHICH YOU HAVE BROUGHT UPON THEM FOR IT IS SO! THIS IS A BURDEN WHICH SHALL HAUNT ALL EXPERIENCE IN ALL DIMENSIONS OF YOUR JOURNEY--WHERE WILL YOU RESIDE AFTER THIS BRIEF SCENE IS PLAYED IN FULL AND FINISHED? IT IS PAST TIME TO PONDER THIS SERIOUS QUESTION, DEAR ONES. IS A DELIBERATE, ILLEGITIMATE, ADULTEROUS ROMP IN THE “HAY” WORTH IT, DEAR ONES? SOME OF MY OWN WHO CLAIM DESIRE FOR PARTICIPATION WITH ME, ON YOUR PLACE, CHOOSE THE ILLICIT ROMP! YOUR TIME OF CHOOSING IS ALL BUT AT AN END! SO BE IT.

I do not tell you that which to do or experience--I come only to remind you of the Laws of God--those LAWS which no human can change by any Earth manner what-so-ever!

In the midst of misunderstanding and strained relationships of a group last evening, my beloved Patricia stated the most wondrously insightful dissertation of the evening--of the universe for that matter.

It matters not who this one might be in general information--it is important that this group with whom I experience on a local level, understand and especially that SHE understand her growth and arrival at Truth.

This precious student of life (chela), has walked a very hard journey since moving into my location wishing to work with the Higher Brotherhood during this time of incredible Truth-bringing. She came with knowledge but confused ego projection for all forget that Truth is most discernible and perception is singularly individual. She said, “I have learned my Truth is best expressed in silence for no-one wants to hear my Truth.” Patricia, no one, NO ONE, wishes to hear MY TRUTH, EITHER! When one desires to walk with the Brotherhood of Truth, one either rebels and runs away--or one moves within the “silence” of knowledge and wisdom and continues to work at that which is available to service. The journey to understanding of actions and testing are hard indeed for God spares not rod in the teaching of those who will stand that final hour in Truth--without turning from His presence--and then, dear ones, there SHALL BE NO SILENCE FOR THE SONGS OF THE UNIVERSE BECOME THINE AND THE SENSES ARE FILLED WITH THE DANCE OF LIGHT, LIFE AND HARMONY. THE TESTING IS HARD AND FEW MAKE IT, DEAR HEARTS--FEW MAKE IT! Rejoice as ye ones reach one graduation marker after another, for in this manner shall ye reach the final graduation--there is no other way except through that Red Road of Truth--back home unto God.

INTERPRETATIONS

Interpretations are what stand between you and the clarity of perception that you will need to do the work that lies ahead. You must release them with your thoughts, with your dreams, with your hopes and with your fears. They may seem to be insignificant, ethereal things, floating gently through your mind or heavily upon it, but do not be misled by their apparent lack of substance. They are the stuff that wars are made of, the harbingers of death, the agents of disease and destruction. With the energy that you give them through your attention, they have the strength to cripple a planet and all its civilization.

There is an old myth regarding a tree in the center of the Garden of Eden: Why do you suppose the Lord forbade those first recognized humans to eat of the fruit of the knowledge of good and evil? If, indeed, He did so--it might well have been thine dark brother who set you up! At any rate, only ONE WITH A CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE WHOLE OF CREATION IS IN A POSITION TO DETERMINE THE GOOD AND EVIL AS IT PERTAINS TO THE VARIOUS CREATURES.

In the “other” reality, the first humans shared in the holistic perspective of the Creator but in the form reality, their perspective was decidedly subjective, incapable of accurately assessing the needs of the whole. They could not creatively direct the course of those who had projected forms functioning within Creation. Only the Totality of Consciousness, God the Father, the Creator, was in such a position.

So long as they had trust in Him and were willing to function within the range of their design, within the context of the Creator’s own internal dynamics, they had complete freedom to enjoy the created realms. Now consider WHY the dark brotherhood had to come in the deceiving by pretending to be the Lighted God. He could present himself as a wondrous God and fool the perceiver and cause them to act “as if” his were the LAWS OF THE CREATOR GOD! Well, the old boy is a god--HE IS A GOD, THE GOD OF THE FLESHLY, PHYSICAL EXPERIENCE OF EVIL INTENT. HE CANNOT CREATE AND THEREFORE MUST UTILIZE THAT WHICH IS CONSCIOUSLY AWARE OF PREDICAMENT--YOU, THE HUMAN SPECIES. ALL OTHER CREATURES ACT IN BALANCE AND HARMONY BY INSTINCT!

In the parable of the partaking of the forbidden fruit, these first representatives of deity stepped outside the range of their designated function, consequently outside the range of the creative energy that was available to them according to the nature of their design. This was the beginning of disease, aging and death--the beginning of their pattern of false identity and the beginning of human history so to speak. The pattern of false identity has lasted and increased in intensity unto this very day of perceived experience in your format and while it has not critically affected the gestation period, it has certainly made it far less enjoyable.

Might you now see more clearly why it is absolutely essential in these closing days of the cycle to release your interpretations? They belong to the past. Life exists eternally in the present. You were intended to share in this eternal Life. But to do so, you must release identification with the past lies put upon you for your misinformation and misperceptions. You must release identification with the material garments you wear and accept the creative definition that Life gives to you in this present moment. What do you call Satan? His body is the past, his breath the future. Energized by your past-oriented guilt and your future-oriented fear, he follows you around like some vast cosmic shadow. He casts his nets of fear on the waters of your awareness, then draws them with ropes of “reason”, back into a guilt-ridden past. You can only experience in the moment--ALL is the present and you must re-evaluate that which is fed unto your consciousness lest you end your journey before coming into understanding.

Let me illustrate for the sake of example. Your presence might well be compared to an inflatable balloon--a plasmic membrane of sorts. It is designed to be filled to the full with the energy and power of Life. Like two gigantic tears in the side, guilt and fear allow the precious life-substance to escape, leaving you withered, ineffectual and short-lived, all the while using your own life-substance to energize everything that you fear.

MOVE INTO REVERSE

It is easy to reverse the situation. Let yourself die to the past and wake up in the present moment. Why should you hesitate? Are your past experiences really comprehensive enough to provide a basis for understanding everything you encounter in the present? Do they truly deserve the authority and credibility that you give them? How attentive were you to all the factors that were present in the moment of their occurrence? If you are preoccupied with “experience”, how attentive will you be to what is occurring in this very moment? Where is your attention right this moment?

You MUST be wherever your attention takes you. In fact, you are your attention! If your attention is fragmented, you are fragmented. When your attention is in the past, you are in the past. When your attention is in the present moment, you are in the Presence of God and God is present in you. Let yourself die to all that does not really exist and discover what does. Let go of all you think you know. Be honest; all you know is of the past. It does not exist in the eyes of God. In the eyes of God, your knowledge is but dust in the eye of a child blinding you to the splendor of Creation.

You know in effect, nothing of eternal significance for you have forgotten that which really was and cling unto that which is brief and spoiled by the lies given to trip you up along the path of experience.

I have one bit of clarification unto Patricia, who went too far and equated herself with “being at the bottom”. I know what she meant but the group did not. She does have a nasty habit of discounting self-worth which is insult unto God. However, being at the bottom is actually being at the summit because the circle of life moves from one extreme into the other rather abruptly at times and there is no actual difference in the circumstance in the least. If you ones could but put aside the ego in honesty without giving it perfection nor imperfection you would gain greatly and swiftly. Accept those things which were incorrect in information and give honor unto the Creation which YOU ARE! Be most careful, for as with a Patricia, you hold to the expectations of past and insist that the same abuse and lack of acceptance shall come upon you--making it necessary that in the physical consciousness that is what must occur. In other words, all agreed with the concept as expressed in the group--but you must understand the significance of that which was stated and remove it from individuality in the “holding”. Do not allow the luxury of being a martyr wherein there is not one placement intended. To suffer for the show of suffering is foolish indeed for it detracts from the Truth espoused. YOU ALL MUST BE AT AWARENESS OF INTENT AT ALL TIMES OF THINE EXPERIENCE LEST YOU FALL INTO DEEPER TRAPS THAN THAT WHICH YOU JUST EXTRACTED SELF.

You know in effect, nothing of eternal significance. When you operate on the basis of your so-called knowledge, you are operating without divine foundation. Belief in your own knowledge is not belief in God, dear ones. Trust in your own knowledge is not trust in God. No matter how much you learn within your present framework of finite knowledge, it will never be even one step closer to an understanding of God, the universe or yourself. Knowledge, as you presently understand it, will never bring you “closer to LIFE”.

Do not cling in imagined righteousness for that is where many of you continually reside. Do not cling to this or that segment of your experience as if this or that piece of the past were somehow worth the saving. “Well”, you say, “I will die to everything BUT this or that. This is too sacred. This means too much to me.” LET IT GO! Does it mean more than Life? You don’t need it anymore whatever it might be.

YOU FEAR NOT SURVIVING

You are usually concerned that some aspect of your identity will not somehow survive the psychological process. You might well be correct in the perception of same. But you may just as well be wrong! Let it go. It makes absolutely no difference what-so-ever! There are no guarantees that this or that is going to survive the sight of God. But the only things that are threatened, the only things that will not survive, are things that do not exist apart from your conceptions, things that have no reality apart from the reality that you give them.

The only essential thing to you is being sustained by the creative power of the living God. All that you sustain in existence through the misuse of your creative abilities only serves to involve you in areas where your own life energies become mischanneled and eventually dissipated. Any belief, any concept, any conviction that you might have that truly mirrors what is present in the mind of God, will still be there on the other side of the psychological process. Only that which has sought to cheat you of your destiny will perish. It is really very simple: let it all go. See what God has in store.

Hesitations which you feel are only indicative of a continued trust in fear and reason. These are the false gods of the cycle of the ages in which you find yourself experiencing. They will continue to enslave you until your trust is restored in Love and Life. Trust God implicitly and explicitly and the Truth of His divine design will be revealed in every situation. This design is your own operating manual. Ignore it in favor of your own interpretations and you are ignoring the blueprint for your own identity.

Specific information of each and every situation is being supplied to you continually by the source of infinite knowledge. Why do you not trust it? Your first impulse will always be, as it has always been, the programmatic instruction from your subliminal analysis system, the advice of your Creator. It will be a direct message from your true self, the impulse of Life, the gateway to all that you call heaven. It is the spontaneous spark of divinity as it differentiates through you into your environmental situation. It can assess and evaluate the factors present in any situation at a rate of speed far exceeding a rational thought process. You have all the pertinent information in the universe available simply for the asking--as quickly received as the thought itself, actually prior to the thought itself.

When you are aware of your totality, the Life-impulse will transmit to you everything that you need to know in any given situation. Its message will always come as your first spontaneous impulse so you must be attentive and then do not effort so hard at discounting of it. You will always be given to know instantly that response requested. Until you recognize your own totality, how can ye expect to guide thine brother through the maze for it will be through example that he will learn and see--not from all the lecturing in the universe. So be it.

Dharma, allow us to close this writing. I shall dwell on this subject through the following sequence of penning for it is necessary that man come within balance. We shall simply function as best the human limitations allow us ability.

You ones can know every detail of the plans of the elite brotherhood of darkness for your downfall and still not have the slightest notion of that which you can do about it without coming into understanding of self. We simply must take the time away from the physical aspect and perceptions to speak of the spiritual Truth lest you become distracted into the frivolous as if it were a sacred thing unto Life. It is only pertinent unto “death” of physical perceptions and yet, you are manifested into the dimension of physical experience and thusly, must the experience be confronted and the changes must come through the power and control of the Spiritual knowledge of Truth. God does not move from man--man efforts to move from God! Selah!

I shall move to stand-by that you might take rest. These, Dharma, are the words which will save men’s souls in this blind journey--we must set this document forth in prior order with all possible life perceived necessities set aside in your attention. Man flounders upon the brink of destruction and cannot seem to grasp a handhold on the polished surface of the mountainside. We must build him a stairway if we expect to help him reach the stars. Salu.

Hatonn to clear, please. Thank you, chela. You are my hands of the physical plane and I bow in gratitude for the service rendered by you, of my brood. May we never falter in our work lest our brothers perish in the darkness. Saalome’.

CHAPTER 15

REC #2 HATONN

TUE., NOV. 13, 1990 1:01 P.M. YEAR 4 DAY 89

TUE., NOV. 13, 1990

Am I lower “class” that I would stoop to be of service and wash of the feet of another? Nay--I am great enough! Ponder it! I Am--will ye come and walk with me? So be it. I petition to you to come within the Lighted way and come with me that you can find peace in this valley of shadows of the physicalness of experience. No intent or query in the intent toward God is too small nor too large for my attention be it offered in Truth--and furthermore, I am given to know the difference!

ONENESS

Dharma, we will share of these Truths of life that we will fulfill our accepted mission. I am from the Presence wherein there is not time but only the eternal NOW! I experience in a dimension chosen to be close unto thine own that we may come into communion in again bringing Truth of being upon this wondrous creation.

I retain even in the midst of this very relationship, the awareness of your realm and of the Universal Being which inhabits it as well as the cosmos. I bring a message that is vital to you in these final days of your historical journey.

Do not be astounded nor confounded by my presence for my individual identity comes into being only as I enter the context of my relationship with you. When we are no longer needed in this capacity, I, like you, will merge back into the Being behind all being. There I, as will you, remain in unity and fulfillment until the next impulse comes to send us on another mission. In the interim, there is no distinction between me and the Source. I and others of my kind desire at this time to bring humans to the same level of awareness. It is urgently mandatory that this be accomplished that there be at least a remnant of Truth to extend through the physical and into the birthing and presence of the new.

It would mean nothing to you if I tell you I am a focus of sorts, of collective consciousness for I represent that which is manifested in reality the same as are you--manifested into form as projected by our journey in connection one with the other, each only to perform to the best ability our function and service unto that Source.

You cannot yet suspect what the singularity of collective human consciousness might be. You still draw identity from the present form of your expression. You feel defined and limited by flesh and bones and conscious limitation of perception and understanding. This is the purpose but also comes the purpose of reaching beyond and into the reality of Truth of existence. Ours is a task of leaving Truth into the hands of the multitudes and so shall it be.

Possibly you are beginning to comprehend your oneness with other forms of life. For me to tell you, with limiting definitions that you have of self, that I represent an element or a focus of your collective consciousness, would actually be less accurate than to say that I am simply extraterrestrial. You see, I meet all the criteria of the latter term in that I do come from outside your planetary field of influence. I bring instructions to your race from the directive organ of what would be identified as a “Galactic” Being.

Until you understand the totality of your being you will recognize me as only that which is with-out your beingness. You will only recognize the ONENESS as you come into total perception and Truth of the reality of your true being.

As forerunners, Hosts of the Heavens, our mission is to remove the film which screens your present condition and your true nature. Our mission is to assist you ones in bridging the gap, to awaken you from sleep, to bring you to the fulfillment of your destiny.

Being etheric in my natural state, as one Aton, I have no need for verbalization. It is all but impossible for any to relate what I wish to convey only through the words and concepts with which you are familiar. Your language was designed to facilitate commerce. What we therefore put together with its component parts, can only approximate my meaning but it is that with which we are given to work and therefore we shall work with it until our meanings are made known in reality.

There is another language, more ancient, more conducive to discourse on this level but you have forgotten it. It is the universal language of Light. It is transferred information and is accomplished through the actual projection of living informational units. They are valid impulses of energy frequencies and are without mystical origin and are in fact, totally physical in explanation. However, until the receivers rise into the acceptance of conducting the information as given, it is distorted and often colored tremendously by the apparatus of consciousness in a perceived expression of being--not reality. These units of information are at once more specific and more inclusive than are your words. They have been designed to convey organic information of concise, yet comprehensive, informational content. Simultaneously with this conceptual communication, you are subliminally receiving this same information through this living language of light, though your preoccupation with words leaves you with no awareness of it at this moment.

Our work must always focus on bringing man again in touch with this ancient language. When you have learned to allow the silencing of your thoughts and have begun to focus attention on inner vibrational frequencies, you will become aware of a far more comprehensive picture of all that I will be telling you. Until such time as the life-giving information that comes to you from the source of your being is more readily accessible, I will work within the limitations of your linguistic structure and translate as accurately as I am able. At the same time we must work with that which is perceived by your experience--be it war, lust, greed, joy and/or peace, etc.

Human beings become imprisoned in their concepts and thus can they be imprisoned into a state projected upon their beings and will act accordingly to those perceptions and instructions be they “good” or “bad”, joyful or painful, correct or incorrect. You must be in the remembering that words and concepts can be both fallible and misleading. They are not absolutes. Do not confuse them with the realities they represent. No statement that I make can be taken as an absolute statement for your language gives no absoluteness of definition. This does not mean that I come from a “vague” place. On the contrary, it means that your words are not precise enough to express the levels of awareness that I am attempting to communicate through them.

If we can get the totality of the message through to even a few individual cells of your collective body, these few would be able to translate this information into forms of cultural expression that will bring about your awakening far more effectively than our overt manipulations of the historical process. The message that we reveal is the key that unlocks your own latent informational input systems. We are here to put you in direct contact with the Source of all information for the time is at hand for the remembering--you have slept long enough.

Our mission is to bring an awareness to all human beings who are able to respond to a state of understanding present prior to the veil of “forgetting”. The mission is the bringing forth of the Truth from God regarding Life and uncover the lies as thrust upon your awareness. Ours is to place the information upon the table and then it is up to mankind to choose that which will be his to hold, however different they may be, whatever background they may have come from, using whatever conceptual structures seem appropriate. These individuals will then be instructed to translate (as with this “translator” scribe) this awareness into forms of informational exchange appropriate to their respective cultural situations from which individual mankind springs. But always must come the integration of all perception with all other perceptions. This is why we must dwell in the daily flow of events as they impact your consciousness and experience and cannot dwell only with soul perception. This is because if man is to move to higher understanding it must be from the aspect of the manifestation of dimension in which he is cast. You of the physical shall deal with the physical and so on.

As this new awareness increasingly filters into every-day levels of human function and as more and more individual human cells become aware of what is taking place, the change will accelerate exponentially. Eventually, the psychic pressure exerted by a critical mass of humanity will reach levels that are sufficient to tip the scales. At that moment, the rest of humanity will experience an instantaneous transformation of a proportion you cannot have a way of now conceiving. At that time, the ‘spell” which was cast on your race through the years past, when you plunged into the worlds of good and evil, will be shattered forever. Even now, with the healing influx of new information, the spell is beginning to lift and man is beginning to question that which abounds about him. Even as we write, the materializing force fields of bondage and limitation are loosening as put upon consciousness.

During this period of transformation each of you will have a variety of roles to play. Each of you will translate the Life-impulse into patterns appropriate to your own environment and express the impulse in your daily living. I can now blend my consciousness with the cells of yours in order to provide you with some of the more specific information that I relate but I do this as little as possible for you are gifted with free-will choices upon which I must not tread. My primary function is to show you how to tap these systems of data retention and revelation for self. With tutoring and experiencing with my presence or that of your spiritual teacher OF TRUTH--(dear ones, beware--all spiritual beings do not bring Truth!)--you will learn to release your definitions of who you think you are, open your self up to the experience of a much greater reality than you presently believe possible and return to a level of consciousness whereby you will be enabled to communicate with those such as me, “us”, not through cumbersome words and concepts but directly through communion with all that is.

ANGELS AND EXTRATERRESTRIALS

What do you want? Do you want to know more about extraterrestrials? Do you want a definition of angels? What difference does it make--if we tell you that we are the same as you, until you recognize who YOU are. Then you have a basis upon which to found understanding. If we are but you in the distant past and distant future then you must know who you are! If we be but you as you were, would have been and still are, had you not fallen from your original state of grace then you would recognize of us now or later in the proper sequence of the unfoldment. We exist in a parallel universe of non-form and some in form not unlike your own only differing in vibrational manifestation with higher knowledge. You can know that we who come have higher knowledge in our present manifestation for we are here and you have not yet gleaned that ability. This is also how you can know we come only in peace and love and not to harm for we are higher learning and with higher learning comes the Truth of the falseness of physical actions--WE LIVE BY THE LAWS AND WITHIN THE LAWS OF GOD AND THE CREATION.

We who are in etheric form, non-form, are but a reflection of that which you would be had you not become associated with the materializing processes for whatever reason you might have chosen. Thus we act, at this time, as midwives in the birthing of you. Let us say simply that we are the “angels” as perceived as etheric beings and/or an enlightened brotherhood of more dense forms--come as messengers from the stars--but we are also reflections of your unity before and after matter. I am here to enter your consciousness, here to awaken you unto Truth.

As I blend with you now in this communication that is also communion, I can sense a forthcoming period of union--one which you also sense but cannot comprehend. I sense its strange and awesome realities. I feel much like an explorer in a vast and uncharted land but with knowledge of all the pitfalls and rocks upon which a ship of passage might become grounded. You become my counterpart in the physical and just as you become responsible for that which you push forth so do I accept responsibility for the Truth which is given unto you through me. This requires discipline on the part of both parties that we can become one in intent and purpose without individual “opinions” of ego clouding and churning up the waters of clarity in Truth projection.

Are you aware of the uniqueness of physical reality? I watch as you ones drift hither and yon on a sea of efforting to ascend, meditate into another dimension, experience astral travels in the conscious beingness (mutually exclusive terms and therefore, impossible in your state of experience) and doing all possible to separate from your chosen dimension by moving into another. You must come into understanding why you chose the present dimension and cease your efforting to escape the experience for you miss the point entirely by so-doing.

I am met with anger and joy, pleasure and pain at my entry into your events and consciousness. We are lied about and construed in all manner of erroneous fashions. I recognize pain at the potential I see wasted and at my own commission to verbalize. But I sense pleasure at what I am experiencing through your senses; for though your sensory channels are in your exclusive dependence on them, your great limitation, they are also marvelous instruments of perception. They are truly your crowning virtue as well as your tragic flaw. This is my first exact experience in this exact manner with you ones in this particular sequence of manifestation. I witness time and space reduced to such intricate and beautiful patterns and I rejoice when I see that you, too, can experience this wonderment. I experience in your presence by looking out through your eyes for a while and take in the colors and the room and the plants outside your window; I delight in the curious way you perceive Light--as illumination! I would love to explore your world as a being from mine in a playful and child-like fashion--not childishly--child-like. I can represent my beingness in this higher dimension (yet close to your own) and I can better understand how you are deceived--such a deep realm of awesome forces, the material plane! And yet--it is with rapture that I watch you grow beyond that material limitation--a joyous experience, for you represent that which can be done in and through mankind in his higher physical form--a guideline if you will.

You will however, not be able to continue in this stage much longer and therefore we must get on with the business at hand. Much that I am now seeing will not survive many more years of human ignorance. It is most important that we use this time to supply you with the information necessary. It is important that we restore you, as the central control mechanism of your planet, to a proper state of function for it shall come to pass with or without your presence for that is the gift of Creator unto a living planet. A day will come, after all has been set to right again, when we can spend some time together just enjoying the wonders of Creation. I delight in the expected opportunity to travel about with you, seeing what you would show me out of your eyes, hearing what you hear with your ears, feeling the touch of Earth on that wonderful substance that is at once both Sun and stone. I will rejoice in the sharing of my experience through me that you can have the joyous experience of touching that which is ethereal-- ah, even the silken skin of a ship or the magic of a song played upon naught but the currents of air.

But now, chelas, there is work to be done. You have placed yourselves into bondage and moreover, most of the most heinous bondage comes from that which you have had hidden from your consciousness. We must forge the conceptual tools that will give you freedom before we can show the keys unto the masses that all might be free. So let us not tarry in our work lest a brother be lost to the path and fail to regain his footing.

WHAT OF THE “OTHER” REALITY?

Actually the “other” reality is the only real reality. In your natural state of being, you have no sense of identity distinct from the Creator, except when you are engaged in a relationship. On this level of being, identity comes into focus only in the context of a relationship with some other aspect of being that has become objectified, much as my identity as an “angelic” messenger comes into being through my relationship with you, albeit through this routing utilized at present. When such a relationship is not taking place, that particular expression of you simply does not exist; you float effortlessly in the potential of God. You are not annihilated but all definitions of you are and you are released from their restraining influence, allowed to expand into a state of love and perfection.

By and by, if it would happen that you are needed for a particular function, you will still be there, for your form identity is a specific cell in a specific organ of a larger being. Remember the fact of quantum physics: the macro is different while the micro is sameness in every detail. When the next energizing impulse comes, it also brings your definition and instruction. You come into the necessary degree of focus for whatever is required.

Throughout the course of your existence you continually oscillate like the wave function that you essentially are, in and out of focus, in and out of definition, always moving back and forth, like the pendulum on a clock or the heart of an atom, out of the unity of being with God, into a finite expression of God’s infinite potential and then back into unity once more, back and forth, back and forth. This is the natural rhythm of your existence, just as it is mine. It is the song of God, the rhythm of Life itself.

WHEN SERVICE CALLS

Whenever the divine impulse calls upon your services and brings you into form, you encounter other beings of infinite variety, on errands and excursions in worlds of Love and Light that are impossible to describe. As this happens, you experience for the duration of your contact, both an identity and a linear time world but in the course of your encounter, you are still aware of your unity with the Creator. You do not lose the certainty of your oneness with God. You are aware of your form identity and of the motion of time, yet you oscillate faster than the speed of light back and forth between your pre-manifest state and your species-role form.

This is nothing more or less than what every atom of physical creation is doing all the time. Before the “Fall” if you will, you had the ability to shift the center of your awareness from deity to identity, from form to meta-form at will. You were free, as it were, to come and go as you pleased, free to emphasize whatever aspect of yourself suited the situation. It is of such that all creatures are made.

In a healthy state, you are functioning in two realities at once. Half of the time you are focused on your form identity and the other half on your identity with the Totality of What Is. In the fallen state of consciousness, you find yourself trapped with your awareness on one side only, while the actual substance of your being continues to function on both sides. This is what unconsciousness is all about. You still exist in that other reality but you are asleep. In the reality you now think to be the only reality, you are fragmented; the human race seems to be composed of a multitude of beings. In the other reality, there is only you. We are here to awaken you--therefore there is actually only ONE of you who needs to hear this message.

It is important that you return to a consciousness of your true self. For though you still exist in both realities, unconsciousness of your identity with the Creator is cutting off the flow of Life-giving information to the part of you that exists in form. Your existence in identity with God is the reality from which all Life springs. Focusing your attention exclusively on form greatly restricts and eventually curtails the flow of Life currents.

As I search your symbol storage systems for a word with which to express something of the reality in which you exist as one with your Creator, I come upon an Indian word “nagual”. It is a term which you understand to mean “everything that cannot be named”. You have no such word in the other languages as suitable. This is a good word for the region of being, the region of unity. I will use this word to emphasize a point I wish to make herein.

In the pre-Fall state of awareness, you existed in the nagual, the all, the everything, the nothing, the primal void where all exists in a state of potential. This is the Creator that surrounds Creation like the sea surrounds a fish. Out of this nagual, you are called many times to dwell, for the space of a relationship, in its opposite, the “tonal”. The tonal is everything that can be named. It is the imaginary world of God in which all apparent differences exist. It is the playground of What Is. The tonal draws all of its sustenance from the nagual. It cannot exist apart from the nagual. While the nagual is a dynamic, yet steady state of rest, the tonal, or manifest physical universe is continuously flashing on and off. This oscillation occurs in all things manifest from the smallest subatomic particle to the greatest galaxy.

All of us, angels, humans, anything that can be named, are only in form one half of the time. The other half of the time we exist in the Totality of Being. This Totality of Being that we have been calling the nagual has also been called God the Father among other things. It is the Life of God the Father that animates all Creation. It is this reality that all healthy creatures oscillate back and forth to and exist in, half the time. In this reality, we do not exist in time or space for we can name these; they are both features of the manifest universe. From this spaceless, timeless state we derive all energy, blessing and nourishment. This always holds true, even for you in the fallen condition. The difference is that in the fallen state you are not aware of this process and therefore unable to participate in it consciously.

By forfeiting your ability to oscillate in consciousness between the two realities in which you dwell, you are restricted to an awareness of just the tonal, just the material, conceptual world. You still receive your nourishment from the Light of the nagual but no longer directly, only through animals, plants and minerals. You are unconscious of being and conscious only of form.

How did you lose the ability to shift your awareness from deity to identity, from form to meta-form? How did you lose God-consciousness? How did you “fall” into the illusion of separation? Let’s look at it for a moment and I will effort at explanation.

SHIFTING AWARENESS

It was through a simple lack of faith that you lost the ability to shift awareness.

It was through a loss of confidence in the absolute perfection of the universal design. This was brought about by the entry of a single factor into your existence: fear, the serpent in the Garden so to speak; the Devil in history. Through a subtle process of reasoning, this being encouraged you to move in a pattern of activity that has come to be called “Original Sin”, an absolutely absurd term but suffices for the purpose of explanation. It was a pattern of activity that you were never designed to move in. With a clever and subtle lie, you were convinced to not exactly stop trusting God but to stop trusting exclusively in God.

The moment you did this, your consciousness began to shift from God-centeredness to self-centeredness and for the first time, you became more aware of your identity in form than of your identity in God. This shift in awareness was minimal at first but enough to begin what was to become a long spiral downward through denser and denser levels of energy-bondage and restraint. For Satan, your tempter, is the materializing influence who in its right place is responsible for the bonding of energy in the creation of matter.

As you began to focus more and more upon your identity in form, you began thinking in terms of defending that form with unnecessary and cumbersome ego structures. It became harder for you to avoid identifying with your experience. You began to carry over past patterns of behavioral response into new relationships. This made you less effective in those relationships because you were no longer fully present, no longer using the fullness of your potential. You were beginning to build up around yourself energized thought structures that imprisoned you. You were drawn by simple gravitational attraction, to those realms of space where energy was in the process of being bonded, where matter was being created. Particles of physical substance began to gather along the magnetic lines of your thought structures and you began to identify with denser and denser levels of physical expression.

This process went on for a long while before you actually found yourself in any kind of physical “Garden”. When you did, you had already fallen a long way from your original state of grace but you were still functioning on a level of awareness far enough above and beyond your present condition to give rise to all the myths and legends of a physical paradise. The physical Garden of Eden lasted for many centuries of Earth time before the momentum of the materializing processes caused you to rely so much upon the physical senses that you became cut off from the direct nourishment of Divine Light.

In reality, you have never been cut off from this nourishment but as your sense of identity became almost exclusively wedded to your physical bodies, their growing density began demanding more and more Earth substance for their support. You finally reached a point where you could no longer meet the demands of your physical bodies without “work”. It is at this point that your chronicles state that you were “driven from the Garden”. In Truth, you were never driven from the Garden or anywhere else. The Garden is still there, surrounding you even now--you have simply ceased to be aware of its presence.

Language is only capable of communicating on one level at a time, Yet the Fall was a simultaneous multi-leveled occurrence. While you were clothing yourself with increasing layers of material identification, you were also becoming more and more fragmented within yourself. As you began to bring into your relationships a sense of identity based on previous relationships, you were not only lessening your own presence and effectiveness in current relationships, you were also creating separation within yourself. None of your past experiences were comprehensive enough to fully identify with in the present moment yet you began to rely on them for your understanding of and approach to the present moment. Thus, the whole process of the Fall was accompanied by a corresponding fragmentation of your sense of identity, your very sense of self.

By the time of the physical Garden of Eden, you were already perceiving yourself to be more than one. The sexual process came into play in order to produce physical projections within which these apparently separate entities you had split yourself into could take form. Even to this day, these apparently separate beings are but your own fragmented reflections. In the fallen state, you perceive them as separate and distinct.

Yet, despite all this talk of a Fall and Original Sin, etc., you are not held prisoner by events that transpired in the dim reaches of your collective memory. You are not born into sin. You are born daily into the Presence of God, yet daily you re-enact the original foolishness that is recorded in all your ancient chronicles. Daily you commit “Original Sin”; daily you eat of the forbidden fruit and it is from moment to moment that you keep yourself imprisoned by allowing a dubious rational thought process to come between you and your immediate sensing of God’s will. This was the hesitation that led to your initial fall from grace and it is the same hesitation that keeps you now in a fallen state. There should rightly be no interval between the determination of the need to take action and the implementation of that action. This rational interference is what caused you to stumble in your primal dance of trust with God.

You are now, in effect, sleeping under the influence of what could almost be seen as a spell, an illusion that prevents you from experiencing the clarity of perception that is your natural birthright. Our mission to this planet is to awaken you from sleep by whatever means necessary and so it shall be.

As I speak of these things I speak often as if we were separate for in your illusion, you would have it be so. But I tell you, there is only ONE. Therefore it must be YOU, must it not? Yet you dream still in the spell of matter. Do not allow matter to dictate your future any longer. Go gently in these last days of unconsciousness. I suggest you reread that sentence. Listen to the voices among your dreams. Listen to the whisperings within your heart. We speak of a new way of being which is as old as Creation itself. We speak of a new reality which IS--nothing more and nothing less--then, now or ever shall be. Does this not make sense to you? Somewhere under all your conceptions and rational convictions, is there not a child at sleep? There is a part of you that lies like a thin wisp of certainty, a forgotten shred of simplicity, behind all your sorrow and beyond all your confusion. Be still--for a moment, just be still. Let it expand and fill you with yourself. You know these things in your heart.

As I speak you are beginning to remember--the Earth as you approach. You can feel her wrap you in her matter. Are your life forms not sufficiently prepared now to receive the blessing-definitions that will terminate their larval period? You have told them to multiply and fill the Earth and behold: They walk the entire face of the planet and dominate every habitable landscape. As I look out across the sleeping sea of humanity and I whisper these words into the silence of your mind, I know that I address a great being sleeping still in ignorance of itself--its wondrous self. I know that if the wild Winter winds of your communication systems send tatters or fragments of these messages echoing in the darkness, it will still be to the unconscious that I speak--but not much longer, dear ones, not much longer. For the conscious have seen the sky start to brighten in the East and have felt the warming Spring of eternal life begin to thaw the hardness of their preconceptions--the time is at hand to accept the understanding.

Forget all but the song I am singing in your soul. Be in this moment here with me. Open to the life that I am. I bring the burning fire of purification information revelation. Open to all that you are. I bring the annunciation of your birth. It could be now, this very moment. Let everything that you imagine yourself to be drift to a state of rest and feel me rise up within. I am rising you know like a spring from the depth of your being my being, and we are one. But you must come into the realization and I can only tell you how it IS. Salu, Salu, Salu. I Am

CHAPTER 16

REC #1 HATONN

WED., NOV. 14, 1990 8:44 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 90

WED., NOV. 14, 1990

LIMITLESS

The potential of this universe is limitless. Her revelations of potential are infinite beyond number. But there are no star wars or advanced and fearsome civilizations beyond your own; because if civilizations are fearsome, they do not advance beyond your own. They simply become extinct, to rise up in the soils of another world, a little wiser, until they learn.

Our task today is to help you remove the blinders that historically have distorted your perception. Realize that what you feel in your heart determines what you see. Perception rides upon the expressions of the heart like a canoe rides upon the river. When your heart expresses fear in any of its turbulent forms, your understanding becomes jumbled, confused; you perceive through the waves of illusion. But when you love, you understand, for then you share the vision, the very perception of God.

You are going to have to return, like the salmon, to the place of your origin. You must begin to birth your moments of experience only in love. You can root your life in fear and know the predictability of granite, the strength of marble and what security there is in limestone’s patient changing. Or you can root your life in love and join us in helping to ease the human world through awesome changes of these times.

What is called by the native Indians as the Great Day of Purification has begun. This is a rather relatively short but most essential cycle of division that will gather those who promote fear and violence and separate them from this season of the world as chaff is separated from wheat at threshing.

During these current decades, say two plus five years or so, humankind will experience this separation--it is now well underway. This will be a transformation in human consciousness more fundamental than the development of language, more significant than the shift to agriculture, more meaningful than any historical revolution.

Consider it as you would perceive a dawn. As the sun rises, the shadows become sharper and more clearly defined. As the energies of love grow stronger, the shadows of fear become more visible than before. To some it may even appear that they have grown in number and in strength but this is not so. What was hidden has simply become revealed--that it might be healed and brought to peace.

Action born from fear is becoming less effective with each passing day. Institutions, traditions and societies forged in fear have already begun to falter. Change is occurring everywhere, for as the planetary awakening proceeds, the consciousness that determines the quality and nature of life is itself changing. Further, once man knows Truth he cannot again return to unknowing. He may well turn away but he will never return to the state of innocent ignorance.

Amidst all these changes, more and more people are again turning to God for guidance and direction. Unfortunately they go first to ones of Earth who reinforce first, the lies. However, as ones begin to seek more deeply in the quest for inner knowledge they finally come into Truth. They are coming to dwell in the place of their own inner spirits and to recognize their spirits as expressions of the God they seek from outside selves. God asks only to be trusted in the human heart. He seeks no temples of stone or gold inlays--only the silent, loving comfort of His own temple within. That is when the awakening takes place. The Creator asks not to be worshipped in an external image but to be acknowledged in each human being.

You are all god beings in potential with no reason not to become God as the reality within. Trust yourself, trust your natural response to each new situation. The action arising from within your heart is not going to be destructive; it is going to suggest the most creative path to walk in answer to your situation and your world. When you trust yourself, you’re trusting in the Wisdom that designed you. This is how you trust in God--it is not an abstract thing.

Trusting in God is trusting in the God who lives within you, trusting in your spirit’s ability to respond to each situation beautifully, individually, creatively and impeccably. When you doubt your native ability to breathe the air of spirit into your world and create according to your divine thought, you are doubting both God and the universe. You are rejecting life’s most precious gift to you--your own inner knowing--and you are presuming to replace it with values, judgments and opinions you have acquired second hand.

Without the acquisition of another skill, without the acquisition of anything but complete and total trust in God and in self, you have everything you need to interact optimally, creatively and productively with every situation you encounter. THERE ARE NO EXCEPTIONS!

Perhaps as much as eighty percent of your current typical behavior is exactly what you would do in a fully awakened state. Accept yourself, feel clear about all you do. As you do this, you begin to introduce into your actions the very power of the Creator. There is a movement of spirit that proceeds from within your heart to greet the world with the clarity of perfect action. That movement is intuitive. It is your direct link with the Source of all life. In the instant you know what to do, and in that same instant you know what to do, you flow into the perfect action required. Trust your intuition. It is an arrow whose shaft has been carved straight and smooth; unerring and true it flies to its mark. Can the ponderous tread of the rational mind be compared to the swift, sure flight of, say, an arrow? Reason is designed to support, not to lead your action. It is meant to help you implement the purposes of your heart; it is not meant to determine them.

INTUITIVE SENSE

Trust in God by giving honor unto and trusting your intuitive sense. No God would create a creature without the wisdom to chart its course! Trust the nature of your design. God’s actions appear within your awareness as the most natural thing for you to do. Following them will reconnect you with the awesome powers of the universe, for all your actions will then be in harmony with the underlying intent of the life force itself.

Pouring forth from the heart of the Nagual are powerful streams of energy, which we of the higher “relations” channel into the emotional field around the Earth. These energies are designed for creation, but when they meet with disharmony, as is the case with your present day human world, they translate into energies of healing, forgiveness and education. We can direct these energies in a general sense but before they can reach full power, they must be consciously directed by people who are awake and incarnate on earth--hence the need for you ones in the physical form. Only then do they enter the realms of specific application that will release their fullness and during the remainder of this cycle, complete the healing of your race.

You are being invited to open your heart and make a welcome for these immense creative energies. You are being invited to help direct the powers of the eternal. There are two requirements. The first is that your heart be open, loving and able to channel, at least to some degree, the love of God. The second requirement is that your identity be fully in the present moment. If your identity is based in your past experiences or thrust forth into the “what if’s” of the perceived future, YOU are not truly present. What looks through your eyes is then only a fictitious creature, an image, an illusion.

Too much thinking about oneself is the greatest thing that keeps human identity from being fully present, for when you are constantly self-reflecting you are too caught up in past and future to notice the presence around you. You are doubting your own power whether or not you realize such. You are not vibrating fast enough to channel the immense energies of creation because your attention is scattered and you are closed to the one moment where the love that would quicken you exists: the moment where you are.

HUMAN INDIVIDUALITY

Certainly there is nothing wrong with human individuality; it is as necessary to God as, say, leaves are to a tree. But you have made a god of leaves and have forgotten the tree at the source of life. If you truly wish to channel God’s blessings, then begin thinking of yourself less as an isolated self and more as one of a tribe. You are ALL of human society; you are the world and all within it. When you relax into perception of other as self, when you think of yourself as the pair of eyes into which you look, when you care about those around you as much as you once cared about yourself, then the energies of healing and transformation are able to flow freely through you. Your eyes, your ears, your every sense is attuned to the richness of the surrounding world. All your senses are operating at a rapid enough level of perception, correction and decision-making to keep up with the energies pouring into your heart from the Great Spirit who comes to fill the needs of the world through you.

Dear ones, the facts are that love vibrates very, very rapidly. Fear has a slower rate of vibration. Those who channel fearful energies find that as time passes, the fear vibration drains enthusiasm, energy, perception and interest. And that is what your world needs in this current age: your love and your perception clearly manifest. This is that which will heal the world: clear and undistorted perception, flowing through a you that is not self-reflective in the egoic sense but self-reflective in the sense of knowing the god within.

The self to reflect on is the self that you truly are--the Creator, the Eternal ONE, the spirit of God. You reflect on those aspects of the Great Spirit that manifest before you as the men, the women, the children, the plants, the animals, the crystals, the other minerals, the creatures of the world ENTRUSTED TO YOUR CARE! First and foremost you are a steward of your immediate world. You care for the earth, not in some nebulous way, but directly as an individual representative of God. You take responsibility for bringing love and understanding into every environment through which you pass--you effort to leave balance and harmony in your passing.

As the birds welcome the morning with song, when you act totally in love, you welcome God, the Great Spirit, into your world. You become a conscious cell in the awakening earth. The physical atoms of your body sing together, vibrating in harmony. Your integrity and unity of being, your integration of purpose and expression brings resonance to everything you are and to everything you perceive and thusly to everything with which you interchange. You become a natural channel for the vast and powerful energies of creation. Through you they flow into the healing and transformative work of these decades.

Pulsing with the atoms of your body-physical, pulsing in perfect rhythm with the world around you, you know yourself as a localized expression of your own universal being. You know your First Self as the attachment of the Great Spirit awakening within the human populations of the Earth during this time of cycling. And as a child of the natural world, you know your Second Self as an individual human being within those populations, manifest and functioning within that manifestation.

As one who has awakened to the energy, your eyes behold the world around you as the divine world within. And you know you are--inside. You, the fragment of Creator and the world are one in the same in the ending. You are but a reflection of the totality--YOU ARE AWAKE!

Just as are bees in communication with the spirit of their hive, you know in an instant all that is transpiring throughout the field of collective human consciousness--your biosphere is active and alive. From the collective field of your larger awareness of the earth, you are then able to instantaneously access the knowledge you need in the moment. You use your individual free will to pursue God’s will--and you know God’s will as your own. Your identity rides the crest of unity’s wave at the very meeting place of Creator and Creation. You become immersed in universal currents of flowing love--you are free. The Great Spirit’s own consciousness flows freely into and through your heart and perceives all through you. This is the sight to the innocent: to see through the eyes of God!

FUTURE CREATION

It was pre-ordained that Creation would exist within a rhythm of expansion and contraction since the first breath of God at the beginning of all the worlds. Eventually there would come a time when the physical universe would stop expanding and begin to contract. The process is referred to by some as the breathing-in and the breathing-out of God--the action of breathing-out all creation and then breathing it all back in again. It is a good concept for all flows in cycles of flowing out and flowing back again to source.

At this point in what we refer to as linear time, you are very close to the middle of the cycle, soon to reach the exact mid-point between the out-breath and the in-breath of God. The universe began to reach this mid-point when unicellular organisms were emerging on the Earth; the exact mid-point is at hand but not yet fully attained. It will coincide with what has come to be called the Second Coming of Christ. Don’t get hung up on terminology for this is only a definitive term for reference.

When any vibrational system reverses the momentum of its direction, as a pendulum does at the uppermost point of its swing, there is a moment of complete rest before it resumes its movement in the opposite direction. Since rest, or the total cessation of movement constitutes the opposite of time, there is at the precise moment of its occurrence a micro-interval of non-time, a moment of eternity. This is the same interval of non-time that occurs many times every second as the atoms of the physical world vibrate back and forth. This is an opening into the Nagual, a doorway into the Presence from which all Life-energy springs.

WHAT HAPPENS

What happens when an entire cosmos reaches the exact point of directional change and comes to a moment of absolute rest? You will have the opportunity to see for yourself very soon now, for this event lies just before you in linear time and that is why you have returned--to bear witness. It will provide an opening for the emerging of something incomprehensible.

The entire biological history of your planet has been but the shadow cast in matter by your approach, so to speak. It is the way that rocks and water and air have begun to respond to your presence, for you represent Life itself. You are that which lies beyond all duality, beyond all materializing tendencies, beyond all restraints of time and space. Your consciousness is both infinite and eternal. It can dwell in the limitations of matter and perceive through whatever filtering systems you so choose but in healthy function it is not bound or limited by those systems. Rather, it uses them as instruments of perception, exploration and adventure.

Outside of time and space, you are one with the Creator, the All that Is, the Source. But when your consciousness moves within the context of a manifest universe, you become the Son, the Christ. In essence, you are the relationship between Spirit and Matter, the mediator, the bridge, the means through which the Creator relates to Creation. You are Life as it relates to planet Earth, eternity as it relates to time, the infinite as it relates to the finite. Though you presently experience yourself as a separate and fragmented species, you are in fact a single unified being, sharing the full consciousness of the Creator. You are brought into living, focused expression when you are inside of Creation by the manner in which time and space, matter and energy, sea and stone, react to your presence.

As the Christ, as the only begotten consciousness of the “Father”, you have been given a number of remarkable qualities. You are able to expand and contract in accordance with the focus of your attention. You are large enough to encompass all of Creation yet small enough to climb inside. Your Father-Creator also permeates Creation, but in a different way; in His vastness, He surrounds Creation. His being saturates the physical universe, all the stars, the sun, the planets in your solar system, the distant galaxies but He relies on you for His focus. You are His specific attention.

As the focus of the Creator’s attention, you have been roaming around inside of Creation for billions of years, expanding and contracting, drifting in and out of this galaxy, that galaxy, this star system, that star system. Everywhere you go you see the matter that your Father has created. You observe the many wonderful forms it takes: the mighty suns, the red giants, the white dwarfs, the vast spiraling galaxies, the quasars, the black holes, the white holes--the whole. You watch the incredible contortions of time and space that take place in the various gravitational fields through which you pass. You note the planets, asteroids, moons and comets circling within each star system you visit. You drift around, the Father’s representative, the Father’s attention and you enjoy the worlds that have been brought into being.

But all these worlds are physical. They are all made of matter. They are made of the bonded energy-attention of the Father. They have a certain substance, a certain solidity that you as spirit lack. You realize that this is their limitation. You realize that they are defined and specified in ways that you are not defined and specified. Yet, something about them certainly intrigues you.

THEN IT HAPPENS

By and by, you get an idea. You begin to wonder if you might not, just possibly somehow or another, clothe yourself in matter and construct for yourself a physical body that you could then travel around in, perceiving matter from the same perspective with which matter perceives herself. The idea contains one paradox after another. Yet something about it keeps you wondering. It puzzles you--and you all love puzzles at which to toy and tinker away. You just keep right on mulling it over as the eons roll by, figuring out some way to make it work.

Until this point there was no biological life in the universe. The rocks had a limited consciousness but it was not responsive to the intent of your spirit. In solid, liquid or gaseous states, matter, as created and defined by your Father, behaved quite predictably according to fundamental physical principles untampered with until that time.

Throughout your travels in the physical universe, you had always kept your consciousness separate from the matter you observed. At the time you hit upon this plan however, all that changed.

You looked around until you found a suitable planet for what you had in mind; not too hot, not too cold, situated within a stable young star system. You then focused your attention and your vibrational body in an entirely new way, an open way, a self-sacrificing way, a very powerful, loving way. Gently, slowly, you began to approach the planet.

As the outermost edges of your vibrational field touched the waters of the planet, particles of previously inert matter began to gently vibrate to the rhythms of your being, aligning themselves with the energy patterns found on the periphery of your awareness. There, on the Precambrian ocean floors, they began combining to form the first cells, the first minute containers for your consciousness to meet the demands of your experience.

In your new orientation with your new form of attention, in a gesture of infinite love to this planet, you began offering your consciousness on the time/space cross of material reality. You allowed your consciousness to clothe itself in the limitations of physical substance, accepting its restrictions. You allowed the atoms and molecules that were forming the first cells to come to life with your consciousness, along the lines of your own vibrational field. At the same time that you allowed your consciousness to become clothed with particles that had been subject to the laws of the materializing process, you taught the matter of Earth to rise up in a joyful dance with your spirit.

As you drew ever nearer to the planet, the life forms that were taking shape began to contain more and more of your own awareness. You relaxed, opened yourself and gave. You procreated the Earth with your life, with your very being. You looked out of many eyes and heard with many ears.

Before embodiment you were single. You drew identity from the totality of the relationship between Creator and Creation. You were the Christ, fully conscious and alert, aware of yourself, unified, integrated. You realized that to accomplish embodiment you would have to allow at least a portion of your identity to come to rest among the creatures you were birthing. Each of these would possess a type of hologramatic consciousness that rightly thought of itself as both part and whole simultaneously. However, the presence of this consciousness could only be a certainty after the embodiment process was complete. During your actual surfacing through the substance of Earth, there was a possibility that certain of the creatures might become self-active. Therefore there had to be a means of regulating your disintegration from without. You wanted a part of you observing and experiencing the entire process.

As you prepared to enter into the planetary relationship, you created beings to represent your original state of unified awareness. These are the angels, dear ones. Their value, as well as their limitation, springs from the fact that they have no comprehension of the process you are undertaking. Their instructions were to pretty much stay out of things until very near the very end of the process! Then, upon receipt of a pre-arranged signal, they were to commune with the human beings on Earth at that time and assist them in awakening to their original state of unified consciousness--hence come we alarm clocks!

We received that signal some two thousand of your years past.

It has taken almost two millennia to prepare you for the message we bring. You had to be educated before communion of this nature was possible. However, the time is at hand. Our instructions are to awaken you to a remembrance of purpose, a remembrance of self. It is time to begin the final cycle of Conscious Creation, during which the Earth-creatures themselves participate in the unfoldment of their design. The body you are creating for the habitation of Christ consciousness is to be a mobile body, fueled by creative intentions of the Father, capable upon completion of leaving the Mother’s side.

Next we will consider the interval of non-time when the universe reaches a point of maximum expansion. We will, however, close this document at this point for I ask that you ones digest this information most carefully.

Hatonn to stand-by, salu.

CHAPTER 17

REC #1 HATONN

THU., NOV. 15, 1990 8:37 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 91

THU., NOV. 15, 1990

THE TIME IS AT HAND

I am Gyeorgos Ceres Hatonn in service unto God, in the service of Esu (Jesus) Sananda of God (by whatever label your language requires pronouncing) and as speaker for the Hosts sent forth in preparation for the presence of the Cosmic Light--through Truth for it shall only be through Truth that man shall be set into freedom.

Our presence is known upon your place by and through that which is called the Phoenix Journals. It shall only be through the ashes of the old, the casting off of the lies that the Kingdom of God can rise and a new mankind rise from the ashes thereof. This, too, is symbolic for man does not have to perish in the eternal fire of that which he is pulling down upon himself. He will, however, turn unto God and unto the Laws of God and The Creation or he will surely fall into the trap of his own erroneous making.

We are sent to bring Truth unto a dying species that you may see and hear for God has made a promise unto His creations that the WORD WOULD GO FORTH IN TRUTH UNTO THE FOUR CORNERS OF THE PLANET SHAN (EARTH) AND THAT HE WHO HAS EARS WILL HEAR AND HE WHO HAS EYES WILL SEE. WHAT MAN DOES WITH THIS INFORMATION IS WITHIN HIS OWN CHOOSING. GOD PROVIDES: MAN ACCEPTS OR DENIES. SO BE IT AND MAY HIS ALMIGHTY INFINITE VOICE BE HEARD FOR WE COME WITH THE HERALDING ANGELS THIS DAY OF YOUR COUNTING FOR THE TIME HAS COME! IT SHALL BE SO IN THIS, YOUR TIME AND GENERATION UPON THIS PLACEMENT!

I STAND ASIDE IN REVERENCE FOR THE PERFECTION OF THE ONE SANANDA FROM THE CHRISTED PERFECTION OF THE ONE YOU LABELED “JESUS”; FOR HIS NAME IS EMMANUEL--(NOW SANANDA, “ONE WITH AND WITHIN GOD AND THE CREATION”). THIS IS NOT TO BE CONFUSED WITH “NAMES”, JUST AS “CHRIST” MEANS THE INFINITE CIRCLE OF INFINITY, SO DOES ‘SANANDA” REPRESENT THE NEW “TITLE” OF THAT GODLY BEING AS SENT FORTH UNTO YOU AGAIN THAT YOU MIGHT AWAKEN AND SEE AND HEAR TRUTH AND BRING FREEDOM UNTO YOU. HE ASKS NOT WILLINGNESS OF DEATH FOR HIM FOR, IN ANY SENSE YOU MIGHT NAME, THERE IS NO DEATH OF SOUL. THERE IS ONLY DEATH OF BODY AND HE PLEADS THAT YOU NOT FORFEIT BODY FOR HIS TRUTH FOR HE NEEDS “LIVE” TRUTH-BEARERS. THERE ARE TOO MANY “DEAD” BODIES WALKING AROUND ALREADY UPON YOUR PLACE. HE COMES TO SPEAK TRUTH THROUGH THIS HUMBLE SCRIBE THAT YOU MIGHT BE GIVEN TRUTH FOR YOU ARE CHILDREN OF THE LIES FROM INCEPTION AND JOURNEY UNTO EARTH. I PETITION YOU TO HEAR THIS MESSAGE FOR ALREADY WE HAVE CONTACTED ONES ON YOUR LIST OF PARTICIPANTS AND THEY HAVE EITHER IGNORED THE MESSAGE OR HAD A SECRETARY WRITE BACK SUGGESTING THAT WE TURN AGAIN UNTO THE CHRIST JESUS. I SUGGEST THAT YOU UNDERSTAND THAT WE TRAVEL WITH THE CHRIST JESUS AND „TIS NOT US WHO NEEDS TO CHANGE OF ATTITUDES. SO BE IT. I AM HATONN/ATON OF THE ONE SOURCE AND I PETITION YOU TO HEAR THE CLARION CALL FOR THE TRUMPET SOUNDS, BRETHREN, AND YET YOU SLEEP ON. I PETITION YOU TO OBTAIN THE DOCUMENTS SET FORTH ALREADY IN THESE PAST MONTHS AND CONSIDER, MOST CAREFULLY, THINE PLIGHT AND CIRCUMSTANCE. GOD AWAITS--BUT HE AWAITS NOT MUCH LONGER FOR THE HOUR-GLASS IS UPON ITS SIDE AWAITING THE TURNING. SELAH, FOR THE WORD IS TRUTH AND IN THE LIGHT OF TRUTH SHALL YE BE MADE FREE. WHO WILL SEE AND HEAR? I KNOW WHO I AM--WHO MIGHT YE BE?

I COME FORTH TO PROVE NOTHING UNTO MAN BUT I SUGGEST YOU HAVE A GREAT DEAL TO PROVE UNTO GOD! PONDER UPON THESE THINGS FOR YOUR TIME GROWS SHORT IN THE COUNTING AND THE ENDING WILL NOT BE AS YOU HAVE BEEN TOLD THROUGH LIES OF THINE DARK BROTHER ALREADY CAST FORTH OUT OF THE PRESENCE OF GOD CREATOR. CHECK CAREFULLY INDEED AS TO WHICH SIDE YOU MAY ACTUALLY BE SERVING? IN MOST INSTANCES IT IS NOT THE GOD YOU ESPOUSE AND THINK YOU SERVE!!! SALU.

* * * * *

I AM SANANDA: JESUS ESU ISSA EMMANUEL, ETC.

HEAR ME NOW, I PETITION UNTO YOU ON HUMBLE BENDED KNEE. MY BROTHERS, HARKEN UNTO MINE WORDS FOR YOU ARE IN AN ATTITUDE OF DESTRUCTION AND SEE IT NOT THROUGH THE VEIL OF CLOUDED PERCEPTIONS. YE ARE MANIFEST IN THE PHYSICAL AND YE SHALL CONFRONT THE CIRCUMSTANCE IN THE PHYSICAL. YE AWAIT A “RAPTURE” WHICH SHALL REMOVE YOU INTO SOME CLOUDS YOU HAVE DREAMED UP IN THINE DESIRE TO ESCAPE THE CONSEQUENCES OF YOUR ACTIONS--I PETITION YOU TO HEAR AND SEE LEST YE BE LOST UNTO THINE MISSION TO WALK THINE BRETHREN THROUGH THIS TIME OF CATASTROPHE--AMEN AND AHO!

You would have me speak Hebrew or Latin? Nay, I speak the Universal language of the Cosmos which you call Heavens. I speak in any language which you the receiver are given to understand--no more and no less. I speak now that you may correctly perceive that for which you ask, specifically in example, the listings in the JERUSALEM 90 “Middle East Prayer Alert”.

Let us examine that for which you pray unto God in your behalf:

1. That wicked principalities and powers in Iraq and throughout the Middle East will be bound.

Do you know the facts about that which you ask? Well, you are asking for the binding of EVERY principality and power in Iraq and throughout the Middle East! Since you as nations of the United States of America, Great Britain, etc., have interjected yourselves, unwanted, into the Middle East, you have now asked that you too, be binded! A very good suggestion indeed. You are children of the lies given unto you as food and you have eaten unto bloated belly. You break every law of God and Creation and then dare to ask murder, binding and destruction upon thine brother in the name of God. You go forth in force to protect a ruler and his material goods which you will have for selves--you do not go to share of God and Truth for you know not that which you do.

You suggest that you desire to bring Jesus Christ unto the nations in Truth--the facts are indeed, that Islam is birthed by human on “CHRISTIAN” DOCTRINES! Read your history books, dear ones, lest you have egg upon thine lips and become foolish puppets unto your international brethren who DO read and know of Truth. Would you have the Christed Perfection of Judgment bind the innocent child and citizen of the nations who act in patriotism and within their perception of Truth and Godliness? Do you condemn them for their perceptions while you prevail in your own lies and false doctrines? Is it of God to bind and murder? Nay--“THOU SHALL NOT KILL” NOR “COVET”--PERHAPS YOU COVET THE OIL FROM THE NATIONS OF THE MIDDLE EAST, BROTHERS? YOU EXPRESS PRAYER NUMBER ONE AS IF YOU ARE PERFECTION AND HE WHO STANDS IN PROTECTION OF HIS OWN COUNTRY IS EVIL. I PETITION YOU TO LOOK WITHIN AND HOLD OF THINE STONES UNTIL WE BRIEFLY EXAMINE THE REMAINDER OF THE PRAYER PETITION AND SEE IF IT WERE, INDEED, WRITTEN AT THE DIRECTION OF HOLY GOD.

2. That the Church would get a genuine burden to fast and intercede. That believers would report for duty and unify. And through the power of prayer God will release a spiritual nuclear warhead which would penetrate the gates of hell in the Middle East.

Why think ye that the gates of Hell are in the Middle East? Why would ye say “release a spiritual nuclear warhead”? Would not the releasing of an umbrella of Love and Peace be more adequate in squelching the evil-doers? Would not love and communion through communication penetrate the gates of hell far better than nuclear destruction? Brothers, nuclear destruction is the most devastating one thing unto soul essence--be it from the mind or from the cannon--better ye think most carefully about praying upon these things--FOR THAT WHICH IS SENT FORTH IS BROUGHT BACK UNTO SELF! THIS IS THE ETERNAL LAW OF THE COSMOS CALLED “UNIVERSAL LAW”.

Next, you would have “believers” report for duty and unify. Believers in what? Unify and do what? Oh I see, “fast and intercede”. Intercede in what and how would you do this? Fasting? What merit is it for you to punish self and do without food? Fasting is purification of ‘self’s” “body” in Truth--otherwise it is simply “dieting”. Intercession requires action and all you have done thus far is send of your children and relations to prepare to die in an oven called the Saudi Arabian desert to protect oil and dollars. Do ye think God would actually bless thine purpose? You are set up for “One World Order”--right from “his lips”. Do you know what that means? It means control by the rulers of evil intent of your entire globe through greedy acquisition of all material assets of the globe and imprisonment of you the people through deprivation of your freedom in the least and annihilation at the most. Do you actually pray to God to do this heinous deed FOR YOU?

Who is the Church of which you speak? IT MOST CERTAINLY IS NOT MINE CHURCH! YOU COMPOUND YOUR EVIL BY DOING THESE THINGS IN MINE NAME! YE SHALL ANSWER FOR THESE ERRORS AS YOU STAND NAKED IN THE ALMIGHTY PRESENCE OF SELF TO GOD AS YE ACCOUNT THINE PETITIONS AND ACTIONS. GOD HAS GIVEN UNTO HIS CREATIONS, HIS LAWS AND YE HAVE BROKEN THEM ALL--WOULD YOU NOW ASK GOD TO SANCTION THINE ACTIONS? I ASK IN BEHALF OF YOU WHO KNOW NOT THAT WHICH YOU DO, THAT OUR FATHER HAVE MERCY AND ALLOWANCE FOR YOU WHO ASK AND ACT IN IGNORANCE AND UNDER THE SPELL OF MISINFORMATION THROUGH “MODERNIZATION OF YOUR CHURCHES AND THE „UPDATING‟ OF THE TEACHINGS OF TRUTH”. ALL THE VOTING IN OF LAWS BY ECUMENICAL COUNCILS IS NAUGHT--TRUTH AND GOD’S LAWS DO NOT CHANGE THROUGH “MAJORITY VOTE”. YE WOULD NOW TEACH SAFE SEX UNTO THINE BABIES! I WOULD INDEED ASK MERCY FROM THINE GOD FOR SUCH BLASPHEMY UPON HIS TRUTH. THROUGH THAT ONE ACT OF IRRESPONSIBLE ACTIVITY HAS MANKIND BROUGHT ITSELF TO DESTRUCTION AND YOU WOULD NOW “UPDATE” AND TEACH IT UNTO YOUR BABIES SO THAT YOU POSITIVELY INSURE THEIR DESTRUCTION THROUGH ALL MANNER OF HEINOUS MANNERS.

GOD DOES NOT CONDEMN MAN FOR SOUL PREFERENCE--HE LOOKS UPON BEHAVIOR AND ACTIONS AND JUDGES ACCORDINGLY. A MAN WHO LUSTS CAN ACT IN TWO MANNERS--RESPONSIBLY WITHIN THE LAWS SET FORTH BY GOD AND THE CREATION OR; HE CAN INVEST HIMSELF IN ALL MANNER OF CORRUPTIVE ACTIVITIES AND BEHAVIORS--ALWAYS IT IS FREE-WILL CHOOSING! THIS BEHAVIOR IS NOT A “BIRTHRIGHT”--MAN HAS BUT ONE BIRTHRIGHT: TO EXPERIENCE AND LEARN TO ACT IN PERFECTION THAT HE MIGHT RETURN TO GOD, NO MORE AND NOTHING LESSER, DEAR BROTHERS.

3. That all terrorist organization would be bound. That the spirit of terrorism, murder, greed, lying spirits, spirits of lawlessness, spirits of deception and pride be bound and that God would send angels on assignment and that a spirit of humility, cooperation, love, wisdom, truth and peace would be released.

Ah, allow us to consider sending the Angels on assignment! Would you recognize of us? So far you have NOT! You read this with lack of perception--HOW DO YOU THINK WE MIGHT COME? SO FAR, AND PERHAPS THIS WOULD BE YOUR CONFIRMATION OF THIS TRUTH, THIS SCRIBE HAS BEEN SLAIN FOUR TIMES WITHIN THE PAST THREE YEARS OF YOUR COUNTING TO STOP THIS WORD “FROM THE ANGELS” AND HOSTS OF GOD. RIGHT NOW MANY OF YOU WILL PUT THIS ASIDE AS CRACKPOT WORDING FROM “A NUT”! HOW MANY TIMES HAVE YOU DENIED GOD? YET YOU STILL ASK HIM TO PERFORM THINE HEINOUS DEEDS? SO BE IT FOR THE TIME IS SHORTED UPON YOUR PLACE AND THE TIME OF ACCOUNTING IS AT HAND.

I, too, demand that all terrorist organizations would be bound--beginning in the wondrous United States of America who was birthed under the one God, indivisible with liberty and justice for ALL. America has now combined the CIA with the Zionist Mossad and you now have the most terrible and inhumane group of terrorists spread all over your globe acting in support of all terrorism--and you sleep on.

How do you suggest that a ‘spirit of humility, cooperation, love, wisdom, truth and peace” would be released? You deny my very essence.

Oh, you say, that I cannot be the one I claim to be? How so? How and to whom did you think I would make myself known? To the Pope in Rome perhaps? To Robert Schuller perhaps? To George Bush perhaps? How about Paul Crouch? I made myself known to Paul Crouch, Robert Schuller and the Pope and they turned me away.

I reside not upon your place in human form at this time. I come as the Truth-bearer and Wayshower prepared to come again upon your place. I send Mine Hosts afore Me to prepare the way and ye turn them away also. I send scribes and receivers of the Word to signal My Truth and you denounce them and effort to murder them and YE DO IT IN MINE NAME! THEN YE TURN AND ASK ME TO BLESS THINE VILE ACTIONS AND HONOR THINE EVIL PETITIONS IN THE PERFECT NAME OF OUR FATHER/CREATOR! DO YOU NOT UNDERSTAND THAT YOU SHALL DIE AT THE HANDS OF THE FALSE TEACHINGS? I SPEAK OF “REAL” DEATH, BRETHREN--REAL DEATH!

ARE YE GOING TO BIND THESE “DEMONS” IN THE MIDDLE EAST WITH THE BLOOD OF YOUR SONS MELTED INTO AND WITHIN THE SANDS OF A DISTANT DESERT AS A MONUMENT TO GREED AND LUST FOR POWER OF THE ELITE CARTEL OF BANKERS AND OIL BARONS? SO BE IT--BUT YE SHALL NOT CAST THINE BLAME UPON MY HEAD. YE CRUCIFIED ME--YE SHALL NOT DO OF IT AGAIN AND YE SHALL BE THE ONES BINDED FOR THE DOING OF THESE THINGS IN MY NAME AND IN THE NAME OF THE PERFECTION OF GOD THINE CREATOR! I PLACE MINE SEAL UPON THIS TRUTH FOR THE TIME IS AT HAND FOR YE WHO ACT IN MY NAME TO STAND FORTH AND CONFRONT ME!

4. That the demons operating in Saddam Hussein would be bound. If he doesn’t repent, God will deal mightily with him as He dealt with Belshazzar in ancient days, after Daniel prayed and the Spirit of the Lord declared, “Thou art weighted in the balance and are found wanting...”

YE HAVE JUDGED SADDAM HUSSEIN? “THE LORD SAID TO JUDGE NOT LEST YE BE JUDGED”. Do you know the finite, detailed “TRUTH” of that which is and has transpired in the location of Kuwait and Iraq--in the halls of secret councils of their enemies? WHO ARE YOU THAT YOU PRONOUNCE JUDGMENT UPON THIS ONE? ARE YE THE EXECUTIONER AS WELL? IT IS OBVIOUS THAT YE ARE NOT--FOR YE HAVE SENT THINE BABIES INTO THE DESERT TO DO OF THINE EXECUTIONER WORK THAT YOU CAN KEEP THINE HANDS UNBLOODIED BY THINE OWN OVERT ACTIONS--YE WILL SIT AND PRAY THAT GOD SHALL DO IT FOR THEE IN THINE NAME! BY THE WAY--“AN EYE FOR AN EYE” AND A “TOOTH FOR A TOOTH” WAS NEVER ADVANCED NOR SPOKEN BY GOD! Further, in the ancient days of teaching in the Arabic language--“death” did not mean “murder”, it meant removal and denouncement of the perpetrator and breaker of laws. For instance, in the native tribes it meant casting out of the circle of the tribe. Death, in Truth, means separation from God--and yet, you cannot even do that--only God can do that job, dear friends, and, furthermore, God will NEVER leave of any man--man tries to leave from God.

“If he (Saddam) doesn’t repent, God will deal mightily with him as He dealt with Belshazzar in ancient days....” ??? Ye were there at the judgment of Belshazzar? Do you “ACTUALLY” KNOW WHAT HAPPENED WITH BELSHAZZAR? DID YOU PERSONALLY WITNESS UNTO THE EVENT? DO YOU HAVE THE RIGHT TO JUDGE AND PRONOUNCE DESTRUCTION ON ANY OF GOD’S CREATIONS? HOW IS IT THAT YOU CAN ASSUME REPENTANCE IS REQUIRED BY GOD OF SADDAM? OR, PERHAPS YOU WHO WOULD BE THE JUDGE AND EXECUTIONER HAVE JUDGED BY YOUR MAN-LAID LAWS THAT A MAN SHOULD BE BOUND? YOU HAVE NOT WITNESSED EVEN UNTO THE STORY AS IS TOLD BY THE ONE YOU CONDEMN! HAVE NOT THE LIES AS PERPETRATED UPON YOU BY YOUR OWN LEADERS PROVEN TO BE LIES? IS THERE NAUGHT BUT PURITY AMONG YOUR POLITICIANS WHO MAKE OF THINE LAWS AND CONTROL OF THAT WHICH YOU ARE GIVEN THROUGH THE MEDIA AS TRUTH? DO YOU KNOW THAT FOR WHICH YOU ASK? Has God weighed Saddam in the balance and found him wanting? Or, perhaps you of man judge and find Saddam wanting...? Is not that judgment between God and Saddam? Perhaps ‘saddam HAS repented!” Are you given to know? Does war make a cause to be righteous in any event? Does force bring willing desire into the heart of the bound? Might the same demons of which you speak as residing within Saddam Hussein also be residing within the beings of ones of his opposition? IS GOD ON YOUR SIDE OR HAVE YOU PERHAPS, PRONOUNCED GOD TO BE ON YOUR SIDE IN ORDER TO PREVAIL UPON YOUR OWN BRETHREN TO ASK EVIL BE BROUGHT DOWN IN THE NAME OF GOD? DO YOU KNOW OF THAT WHICH YOU ASK?

IF YOU OF MANKIND HAVE CHOSEN TO “CHANGE” THE PERCEPTION OF THE LAWS IN THE COMMANDMENTS OF GOD TO SUIT OF YOUR “MODERN” ACTIVITIES, IS IT NOT LIKELY THAT SOMEONE OF HUMAN EXTRACTION ALTERED, THROUGH ERROR OR INTENT, THE ANCIENT MYTHS? ARE YOUR OWN HANDS CLEAN OR DO YOU WASH THEM IN THE BLOODY WATER OF MY CRUCIFIXION IN THE ASSUMPTION THAT I PERISHED THAT YOU NOT HAVE TO FACE RESPONSIBILITY OF ACTIONS IF YE BUT “BELIEVE” ON ME? DO YOU THINK A “JUST” FATHER/GOD WOULD SANCTION MY MURDER TO ALLEVIATE YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES? I CAN ONLY INTERCEDE AND PETITION IN BEHALF OF YOUR IGNORANCE AND ASK MERCY--YOU, EACH AND ALL OF YOU, WILL STAND RESPONSIBLE FOR YOUR OWN AND MY BLOOD WILL NOT ABSOLVE YOU OF THAT WHICH YOU PROJECT IN THINE OWN JOURNEY AND ACTION. I SUGGEST YE BEGIN TO BE MOST CAREFUL OF THOSE THINGS WHICH YE ASK IN MY NAME FROM OUR FATHER LEST YE BE SMITTEN BY THINE OWN CONFUSION.

5. That the President of the United States, his advisors, the cabinet, the members of Congress and the joint-chiefs of staff, would humble themselves and seek the wisdom of God and the direction of the Lord.

Do you refer to the President, his advisors, cabinet and members of Congress and the joint-chiefs of staff who plunder your Constitution, work for a “New World Order” which they will control, act in greed and control of another’s property in a distant land and HAVE, IN FACT, STRUCTURED THIS VERY SCENARIO IN WHICH YOU FIND YOURSELVES? IS THIS THE GROUP YOU ASK TO TURN UNTO GOD AND ASK WISDOM AND GUIDANCE? IS THIS A LIKELY PROBABILITY? THEY HAVE DEFIED GOD IN EVERY MANNER POSSIBLE AND DECEIVED YOU, THE INNOCENT AND IGNORANT SLEEPY-HEADS. I SUGGEST YOU THE PEOPLE HUMBLE SELVES AND SEEK THE WISDOM OF GOD AND THE DIRECTION OF THE LORD--FOR IT IS NOT THROUGH THESE ONES NAMED ABOVE THAT YOU WILL FIND THE GODLY PATH. THESE ONES YOU HAVE NAMED ARE THE VERY ONES WHO HAVE LAID THE PATH AWAY FROM GOD AND WISDOM AND INTO THE ABYSS OF THE WORLDLY MATERIAL POWER OF ENSLAVEMENT OF BROTHER. THE WORD OF TRUTH OF GOD SHALL PREVAIL WHETHER IT BE SOONER OR LATER! CHECK CAREFULLY INDEED, FOR YOU MIGHT WELL BE THE ONE WEIGHED IN THE BALANCE AND FOUND WANTING...! IN THE ENDING BOTTOM-LINE THERE IS ONLY ONE! GOD SEES AND HEARS THE VOICE WITHIN WHICH SPEAKS TRUTH--NOT THE FEIGNED WORDS SPILLING FROM THE LIPS OF A PHYSICAL CONSTRUCTION--CHECK TO SEE WHERE THINE OWN PETITION ARISES.

Example: Mr. John Beckett is listed among your participants in this “Jerusalem 90 Middle East Prayer Alert”. Mr. Beckett, do you invoke God to act in behalf of peace and justice--freedom and right to pursue happiness or is your petition more slanted for the furtherance of man-made gain such as through Transamerica? Ponder well these things within thine heart places! I single out no man to cast upon the doubts--I DO ask that each and all men consider that to which their names are appended for ye sanction that to which you give consent! Sometimes thine cloaks of charade are unloosed and that which ye would rather not be known--made known.

Would it not be better if you the citizens get up off your assets and take action against that which has brought you down and act in wisdom in the service of God to restore that wondrous state of government within your blessed nation under a Constitution which God assisted in the writing thereof? While you ask for blessings to be given upon the very evil perpetrators--you sit and help the very destruction for which you claim to desire solution. “A MAN SHALL BE KNOWN BY HIS WORKS”--READ MY LIPS!

6. For the continued safety of the Americans and armed service personnel now stationed in that region of the world.

Ah, ye finally speak Truth and justly for the innocent in this entire maneuver. Be sure however, that you ask for continued safety in the name of peace lest ye be bringing these very ones to their doom in some war of your construction. War is against the truth of God and I petition in behalf of these innocent pawns and cannon fodder to be protected from the evil of their own beloved families and guardians who send them forth on evil intent. WHAT RIGHT HAVE YOU IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA TO EVEN BE IN ANY MANNER WHAT-SO-EVER IN THAT REGION OF THE WORLD?

7. For the protection and quick release of those now being held hostage in Iraq.

Why? So your leaders can have freedom of guilt in blowing up the civilians and soldiers of Iraq? Your own leaders care so little for the existence of God’s creations now held in “hostage” placement that they pronounce to you daily that they will not consider their lives to be important enough to deter all-out war invasion! Your military has not been ordered to bomb Iraq because in so-doing you will blow away Soviet advisors of which thousands still reside in crucial locations in Iraq and in turn the Soviets will blow you dear ones off the map! Russia has the space power and control to annihilate your country and any other country in the world today! Mark my words for they be Truth--YOU ARE HEADED INTO CATASTROPHE WORSE THAN ANYTHING LOOSED UPON YOUR PLANET!

8. For all U.S. soldiers who are believers, in Saudi Arabia to be bold and a powerful Christian witness to the Moslem capital of the world, leading thousands to Christ.

Believers in what? Believers in who? The very presence of the soldiers in Saudi Arabia is a powerful witness to evil--not to Christ! How would you lead thousands to Christ? Will you stuff Christianity down their throats with the point of the sword while slitting their throats and blowing apart their babies and doing so in Mine name? I SHALL NOT STAND SILENT LONGER WHILE YE DEFILE MY LABEL AND ACT IN HEINOUS MANNER IN GOD’S PERFECTION! WHAT YE DO IS NOT DONE IN MY NAME AND I COMMAND THAT YOU CEASE HIDING BEHIND SUCH LIES. YOU MOVE FORWARD TO BRING YOUR LANDS INTO DESTRUCTION AND YE SHALL CEASE CLAIMING IT TO BE IN RIGHTEOUSNESS WITHIN MINE NAME AND THE HOLY NAME OF GOD!

9. For the safety of innocent Arab and Jewish people and all other nationalities now residing in the Middle East.

Do you now judge who is innocent and who is guilty? Do you again do this in MY name? But this is an excellent petition--for we shall assume all of God’s children in any part of your world are innocent! Therefore, we of God’s kingdom and within HIS service shall do all we can to protect those ones--as well as ye ones who have no idea of that which ye do this day!

10. That the blind eyes of the Islamic and Jewish people in the Middle East be opened as a result of this crisis and that instead of revolution, the curse will be reversed and there will be a sweeping revival.

Revival of what? Do you pronounce and judge the Jews and Islamic peoples as if they are not of God? WOULD IT NOT BE BETTER TO ASK THAT THE BLIND EYES OF YOU THE SPEAKERS AND PRAY-ERS BE GIVEN INSIGHT TO SEE WHAT IS “REALLY” LOOSED UPON YOU? Would it not be better for you who fail to see Truth to “turn about (revolve as in „revolution‟)” and see that which has come upon you the people of this planet?

11. For supernatural protection over the land of Israel and the Holy City of Jerusalem from the threats of Saddam Hussein to destroy the nation of Israel.

Does this infer that Israel’s attempts to destroy that which was Iraq’s be blessed? What ‘supernatural” protection do you seek in this vile action? Surely you would not ask that hundreds of thousands of God’s creations be slain in the protection of any city, projected to be holy or wicked by man, such as Jerusalem. Are you efforting to save a city for God or for a given group of people in human format at the expense and death of another of God’s children? For what do you ask? Do you ask God’s sanction upon murder and pillage that one might prevail over his brother‟s property?

Now I am going to reprint the opening segment of this “Prayer Alert”:

“Our Middle East Prayer Alert has been initiated as a result of hostilities in the Persian Gulf. The goal of this global outreach is to put prayer bulletins into the hands of as many prayer warriors as possible throughout the world. We are sending this information to the international Christian media, as well as the worldwide Jerusalem „90 network of intercessors, pastors, and Christian leaders.”

CHRISTIAN? DOES THIS MEAN TO ONES WHO WORK IN MINE VINEYARDS? I THINK NOT, BELOVED BROTHERS, I THINK NOT!

THIS ENTIRE DOCUMENT HAS BEEN PRESENTED IN THE EFFORT TO FURTHER THE KHAZAR ZIONISTS IN THEIR ATTEMPT TO BRING CONTROL OF YOUR PLANET WITHIN THE CLUTCHES OF THE BANKER ELITE AND THE ONE WORLD ELITE. The so-called “third” temple of Jerusalem is not of the tribe of David, it is the intent of the 13th tribe of Khazar Zionists and I suggest you look most closely at the possibility that inadvertently you are acting in behalf of that which represents the ANTICHRIST AND NOT MY HOLY TRUTH. DO I SPEAK AGAINST THE JEWS? COME, COME--I WAS BIRTHED A JEW OF THE HOUSE OF DAVID!

You are asked to gather in prayer for the above listed items. Yet, upon the page is not one notice of “to whom ye shall pray for these things!” EVIL INTENT, BE IT THROUGH IGNORANT MISPERCEPTION OR DELIBERATE INTENT, IS REQUIRED BY HOLY GOD OF CREATION TO WEAR A SIGN--A CLUE! THE FIRST CLUE BEING THAT THE NAME OF GOD SHALL BE USED OFTEN TO MISLEAD AND VERY CAREFULLY OMITTED IN TRUTH! THERE IS NOT ONE SUGGESTION THAT YE PRAY FOR THESE THINGS UNTO HOLY DIVINE GOD OF CREATION, THE ONE SOURCE OF PERFECTION AND CREATION. SATAN DOES NOT DARE INSULT HIS OWN CREATOR BY SUCH BLATANT BLASPHEMY! PONDER IT!

Further, you are asked to copy and distribute the document as presented by “Jerusalem „90 Middle East Prayer Alert” to all within possibility, including “your pastor” to include in your church bulletin!

Along the margin of the document presented unto me are listed names of officers and participants in the above named “movement”. There is a notation that “Due to the large number of participants, we are unable to list them all. They did however, list those who would “impress” a reader. Since they have listed ones, I too shall list them and petition God’s protection upon them for they act in ignorance for the most part--those who act in purposeful intent in MY NAME, I grant forgiveness if it be in ignorance and/or intent to misuse MINE TRUTH. I JUDGE NOT AND I PETITION THAT OUR FATHER JUDGE GENTLY FOR YOU ARE BUT AWAKENING HUMANITY AND DO NOT YET REALIZE THAT YOU ARE CHILDREN OF THE LIE. I ASK THAT YOU BE GIVEN INTO UNDERSTANDING OF THE TRUTH OF TRUTH THAT YOU MAY COME INTO THE PERFECTION OF THE BLESSINGS OF GOD UPON HIS CREATIONS. I AM BUT COME AGAIN TO SHOW THE WAY AND I ASK ALL WHO WOULD, TO TAKE OF MINE HAND AND WE SHALL WALK THE PATH AS ONE. I KNOW OF THE WAY--YE DO NOT! THINE MAPS HAVE BEEN MISDRAWN AND YE ARE HEADED TO THE DESTINATION OF DARKNESS IN SEPARATION FROM THAT WHICH YE SEEK. SO BE IT FOR IT SHALL BE IN THIS GENERATION UPON GOD’S CREATION CALLED BY YOU, EARTH, THAT HIS TRUTH SHALL AGAIN BE BROUGHT INTO YOUR MIDST FOR I AM PRESENT--I PREPARED A PLACE FOR YOU ACCORDING TO MY PROMISE, IN THE MANSIONS OF GOD--HAVE YE PREPARED A PLACE FOR ME? SO BE IT!

I ask for insight and understanding of those presenting themselves as your shepherds and teachers of truth that they might see and hear Truth and I shall herein ask listing of those presented upon the written page:

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR: Ted Pantaleo; CHAIRMAN, Mike Evans; CO-CHAIRMEN: Dr. Ben Armstrong, Dr. Paul Crouch, Dr. Gerald Derstine, Dr. James Draper, Dr. John Gimenez, Dr. Tim LaHaye, Dr. Jerry Rose, Dr. Demos Shakarian, Dr. Thomas Zimmerman; INTERNATIONAL CHAIRMAN: Dr. Yonggi Cho; INTERNATIONAL CO-CHAIRMEN: Benson Idahosa/Nigeria, Johan Maasbach/Holland, Bernhard Johnson/Brazil, Ray McCauley/South Africa, Mike Santiago/Venezuela, Samuel Balius/Uraguay, Bruno Frigoli/Peru, David Mainse/Canada, Patrick Lau Kim Thiam/Singapore, Josef Ostby/Sweden, Emilio Antonio Nunez C./Guatemala, Marcelino Ortiz/Mexico, A.M. Cakau/Fiji, Peter Kuzmic/Yugoslavia, Paul Tehupuring/Indonesia, Prince Guneratnam/Malaysia; BOARD OF GOVERNORS: Dr. Bill Bright, Dr. James Kennedy, Rev. Vinson Synan, Dr. G. Raymond Carlson, Rev. James Robison, Rev. Benny Hinn, Dr. Loren Cunningham, Rev. Jamie Buckingham, Dr. Bob Weiner, Mrs. Melody Green, Mrs. Joy Dawson, Dr. Clyde Narramore, Rev. Jim Jackson, Rev. Gerald L. Fry, Mrs. Dee Jepson, Mrs. Carolyn Sundseth, Dr. Paul Walker, Rev. Tommy Tyson, Rev. Tommy Barnett, Bishop John Meares, Dr. Carl Lundquest, Dr. Ray Whitaker, Dr. Bill Basansky, Dr. Hilton Sutton, Mr. John Beckett, Rev. Jerry Bernard, Jeff Fenholt--(blessings unto you, son, for you have walked a hard path indeed to come into Truth--please do not err in discernment), and Phil Driscoll.

YOU WOULD LEAD THOUSANDS TO CHRIST AS IS STATED ABOVE IN NUMBER 8? THEN YE WOULD CLEAN OF THINE DOORSTEPS AND THEN REACH OUT AND ASSIST THINE BROTHER TO TEND OF HIS WHEN THINE OWN IS PERFECTION--THEN YOU WILL GO WITHIN WHEREIN I DWELL AND BRING PERFECTION; THEN AND ONLY THEN, CAN YOU PRONOUNCE THINE JUDGMENT UPON THINE BROTHER--FURTHER, YE SHALL NOT DESIRE AT THAT POINT OF CLEANSING TO SO DO!

I can offer only infinite love and absolute Truth and show unto you the way home unto our Source. YOU MUST TAKE THE ACTION, CLEAN OF THINE NESTING PLACES AND HAVE A REVIVAL OF TRUTH WITHIN THINE SOULS INTO THE RIGHTEOUSNESS OF THE ONE GOD--THE ALL IN ALL!

I AM SANANDA, THE ONE YOU CALLED JESUS AMONG OTHER LABELS. I BORE THE MANTLE OF CHRIST AS GIVEN UNTO ME--AS EARNED BY ME--FROM OUR FATHER. I SHALL NOW STAND IN PERFECTION OF MY TRUST AS AGAIN GIVEN INTO MY HANDS IN HIS BEHALF UNTO YOU HIS REFLECTION AND IMAGE THAT YOU MIGHT REFLECT PERFECTION AGAIN AND RETURN UNTO YOUR ORIGIN--ONE WITH THE ONENESS! SO BE IT AND SELAH, I CAN ONLY GIVE THE WORD UNTO YOU FOR THE “WORD IS”. I AM THE WORD!

Dharma, ye shall please append the words unto John from thine book ye call Holy. This is not to infer that all books are not Holy! But „tis this word that ye ones of Earth quote so majestically:

“…..Then I saw heaven opened and a white horse standing there; and the one sitting on the horse was name „Faithful and True‟--the one who justly punishes and makes war. His eyes were like flames, and on his head were many crowns. A name was written on his forehead, and only he knew its meaning. He was dipped in the blood, and his title was “THE WORD OF GOD.” The armies of heaven, dressed in finest linen, white and clean, followed him on white horses.

“In his mouth he held a sharp sword to strike down the nations; he ruled them with an iron grip; and he trod the wine-press of the fierceness of the wrath of Almighty God. ON HIS ROBE AND THIGH WAS WRITTEN THIS TITLE: “KING OF KINGS AND LORD OF LORDS.” (By any pronunciation: Sananda!)

I suggest you ones study the entire document most carefully regarding these visions of the prophets for the time is at hand for the coming into Truth. Walk in the Light within the Truth and ye shall find freedom; walk in the path in which Earth man is headed and ye shall be reaping of the whirl-winds for the time of the cycles is closing. AMEN

Ye who will hear and heed my WORD shall find Truth but the choice is infinitely your own! So be it and may you find understanding through the infinite GRACE OF GOD OUR SOURCE. YE HAVE SUMMONED ME AND I HEREIN RESPOND. SALU, SALU, SALU; IN THE TRIUNE OF GOD AND THE BROTHERHOOD OF MAN I TAKE MY PLACE TO AGAIN ASSUME MINE RESPONSIBILITY. ADONAI!

I AM, AND BECAUSE I AM SO MIGHT YE BE!

Dharma, I place my hand upon thine head that ye rest in safety for ye will not be given to bear my burden longer. Ye who denounce and terrorize this, my scribe, shall be brought up short for ye shall find nothing save truth in these journals of God. She is but my hands upon the page! So be it. I stand as the shield and buckler that no one injure so much as a hair upon her head or those of my forebearers in service unto my return. They have come to prepare my place and they will be protected within my cloak.

As readers, do not misconstrue that this proclaims me to be manifest upon your place of density called physical. If anyone comes saying they are me, put him away from you. I speak through the signals and pulses of the ethers until such time as I shall walk again upon your place and ye shall all be given to recognize of my presence. BE CAREFUL OF THE WORDS YE GIVE FORTH CLAIMING TO BE OF MY PROJECTION LEST YOU BLUNDER INTO THE PITFALL OF HUMAN EGO INTERPRETATION, FOR I AM MOST CAPABLE OF PROJECTING MY OWN TRUTH AND SO SHALL IT BE.

Yea though you walk through the shadows, I shall walk beside thee--yea, even though they be the shadows of death--but you will ask me in for I shall not come unless ye call upon me. I shall carry ye if ye stumble and even if ye fall but ye will ask of me for I do not tread where uninvited for I intrude not upon the gift of our Father unto you--freedom of will and choice. To all who will ask shall I come. So be it. Amen.

CHAPTER 18

REC #1 HATONN

FRI., NOV. 16, 4:32 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 92

FRI., NOV. 16, 1990

I am Hatonn to commune very early in your timing, this day. I have asked you to experience the time just prior to a dawn so that we might touch more closely for we feel your fatigue and you must KNOW of the service you do for in the exhaustion you forget the importance of our work. It will be a wondrous dawn as the early light reflects upon the clouds of which you have had few, save ours, for months now. Your earth thirsts just as does the soul to drink of the waters of life. You have traveled far from the spring of life and the journey back is filled with stumbling stones.

Parts of your world are steeped in floods and parts are in their fourth year of draught and neither can know of the coming day. So be it, for these things would come to be in the closing cycles. Your world is like a wheel with the balance weights missing and the ride becomes bumpy and noisy. First the tire will wear unevenly--then the wheel bearings will go and then finally the wheel will be damaged until it will cease to turn--it is similar to that which has come upon you in the life flow and unbalance of your planet--you have misplaced the balance weight of Holy God and have waited so long to regain it so consequences must be accepted and corrected as we can do so.

NO ACCIDENTS

Do not overlook these things being perpetrated at the same moments in these days. All projected “plans” are but to fool you as to the full intent of actions by your nations in the Middle East. This does not mean that the cover plans will not come to be for all depends upon that which is allowed by the enemy. If you cannot get the proper surveillance you might well have to follow up with the projected plans of Bush to the Middle East, etc.

You do not launch the biggest military operation at the same time you launch a top secret pay-load aboard one of your shuttles. Further, it is fully intended to keep this shuttle in sub-orbit and launch a “blind” rocket with the pay-load. The rocket will be launched from the shuttle itself. You only “think” it has a large crew--it does not! Further, either way, the crew will be brought back in a capsule and the craft sacrificed as were the first four Columbia shuttles. The “night” launch was to allow for instant coverage of the target in daylight--do not be foolish, chelas, for your planet is in grave circumstance at the hands of these mad-men who plan control of your world.

Dharma, take a short break please, while we shore up security in this place.

Thank you, chela, we can continue.

I ask that you ones consider the facade played out for your notice. This also comes at the dark of the moon which is an important sign for the natives. Whether or not it turns into THE war is only somewhat relevant for it was time to do something with the troops as they have sat in the oven for too long and become indeed restless and militant. They are trapped in a desert prison from which they have no means of escape--the only way out is to defect--there is no where to go if desertion is a question and mutiny is out of the question for where would an army go? They can sit down and refuse to fight but your own leaders would take issue by killing the dissenters.

If the surveillance and sensor probes do not fulfill their missions then “plan two” goes into effect which is to visit the troops and make whoopee! Notice the other nations are in knowledge of imminent war--they even have labeled this “training” maneuver--”Imminent Thunder”. What will you call the war? “Lightening Strike” perhaps? How does “Desert Storm” sound? It will be “cute” whatever it is and about as secret as your newspaper front pages--which by the way, are quite secret! Note the news media is playing the game superbly with disinformation, no information and misleading information.

How lucky for your soldiers to already be wearing their “gas” gear when the Israeli’s gas your own troops--how fortunate to “already be on practice maneuvers!” The entire scenario is set to confuse and confound the world and it is working. Strange things happen with secret objectives however, for sometimes the scenario turns out to be the gigantic snafu! The problem is that the world is the stakes in this little game of power and greed.

The worse thing for you ones left in the U.S. is that you now have no protection at all--all your defense network available is now GONE! I CAN ASSURE YOU THAT THE NEXT MONTHS WILL BE THE MOST DANGEROUS THUS FAR ON YOUR PLANET.

What is all the food shortage in Russia? Just that, a shortage! The point is that the push from opposition is to cause Gorbachev to pull grain from the survival silos and he dares not do so because he fears snafus, also. I suggest you ones keep your eyes and ears open and your reserve larders filled. Oberli, get more wheat, son, and various grains in addition to that which you have. Also obtain your own hand grinder for the grain; do not depend on another to share theirs for each will probably need their own. Get also, an additional supply of supplements for the hammer is coming down and the growing fields may lay dormant without irrigation facilities for a season or so. As bad as the interruption in the viaduct system is, the fact is that the water for irrigation is now contaminated with pesticides and toxic elements and this will worsen by compounding for the contaminants are in the earth and are leaching out. THE WORLD PLANNERS ARE IN THIS TO SERIOUSLY MAKE THEIR PLAY FOR GLOBAL CONTROL AND THE CONFLICT WILL NOT BE IN TERMS OF FAIR WAR GAMES THIS TIME, BRETHREN. Mr. Bush means it, chelas, this will not be a Vietnam-type war--THE CARTEL FULLY INTENDS TO WIN!

I suggest you look into the eyes of Bush, Baker and Thatcher--then look into the eyes of weary Hussein and see where God might be reflected! I suggest you all look most closely at those which are ready to execute you and yours. The tyranny coming upon you will be the most heinous in the history of your nations if you allow this thing to come to pass and millions will perish, yea, billions.

Perhaps the following quote from the headlines in your paper of yesterday, November 15, 1990:

“WASHINGTON--U.S. Roman Catholic bishops WED. adopted (voted-in) their first comprehensive guidelines on human sexuality, portraying it in exalting terms and calling for it to be taught in Catholic schools.

“Against some opposition and attempts at delay, the document was approved by a strong voice vote by the national Conference of Catholic Bishops.

“It says sexual education should be taught in schools and parishes as well as in families....

“Describing sexuality as a „wonderful gift,‟ the bishops say they approach the subject with a „deep and abiding sense of appreciation, wonder and respect.‟

“They add: „We are dealing with a divine gift, a primal dimension of each person, a mysterious blend of spirit and body, which shares in God’s own creative love and life.

“‘sexuality is a dimension of one’s restless heart, which continually yearns for interpersonal communion, glimpsed and experienced to varying degrees in this life, ultimately finding full oneness only in God, here and hereafter’...’We are created not as angels or pure spirits, but as human beings, embodied and sexual’...’sexuality prompts each of us from within, calling us to personal as well as spiritual growth and drawing us out from self to interpersonal bonds and commitments with others, both women and men…..’”

And so on it goes--have to have “birthrights”, too, you know.

There is not one word regarding God and/or RESPONSIBILITY! These wondrous bishops do however, say they will consider allowing contraception in addition to loosening restrictions regarding sexual activities. Do you hear what I say? I say nothing about sexuality and inter-relations of love and understanding in mutual LOVE emotional gifting--it is the irresponsible ACTIONS AND BEHAVIORS WHICH ARE ERRONEOUS. LOVE HAS NAUGHT TO DO WITH SEXUAL ACTIVITIES, DEAR FRIENDS! UNTIL YOU LEARN THE DIFFERENCE, YOU ARE DESTINED TO CONTINUE THE DOWNWARD SPIRAL. I DO NOT JUDGE--I SIMPLY STATE FACT! YOUR EARTH CANNOT SURVIVE THE POPULATION OVERLOAD NOR WILL IT LONG SUSTAIN EMOTIONALLY WHILE COMMITTING MURDER ON THE INNOCENT UNBORN CAUSED BY IRRESPONSIBLE ‘SEXUAL INTERPERSONAL BONDING FOR BOTH MEN AND WOMEN”. SO BE IT, IT IS ONLY A NOTICE IN THE PAPER WHICH DENOTES A FINAL WALL FALLING IN THE LARGEST CHURCH IN THE WORLD. HOW LONG DO YOU THINK IT MIGHT BE BEFORE THE ENTIRE CHURCH FALLS? WELL, YOU SEE, IF A THING STANDS FOR “FLEXIBILITY” AS TO GOD’S LAWS, IT SHALL FALL AT ANY RATE. I CONDEMN NOTHING--I SIMPLY POINT OUT INTERESTING DATA. EARTH MAN‟S SEXUAL HABITS DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ME--THEY ARE YOUR PROBLEM! I WOULD, HOWEVER, SUGGEST YOU LOOK AROUND AT YOUR WORLD AND THE STARVING CHILDREN AND EMPTY EYES OF THE ABUSED AND NEGLECTED BABIES--SAY, IN ROMANIA--AND SEE WHAT YOUR HEART FEELS ABOUT IRRESPONSIBLE SEXUAL ACTIVITIES. EVERY ONE OF THOSE CHILDREN WERE CONCEIVED IN THE SAME MANNER!

VIEW FROM THE MOUNTAIN—SHADOWS IN BIOLOGICAL MIRROR

Why do you function as you do? Because you have forgotten the Truth and confuse desire with love. You long for the oneness, the sharing, the projection of self but do not feel worthy or responsible enough to tend that which you create and now you have procreated to the point of having no more time or space for truly wondrous creation.

You are interested in populating a material universe with creatures that express the balance between stellar and planetary polarities. The interest is in creatures that have substance to them--flesh! bone! wing! fur! scale! ear! eye! Creatures that are sensitive to sound and light. You want to inhabit forms of soil and starlight. You are interested in people: artists, creators, lovers singing the elements to life.

And so you create images of what you would like to see clothed in the worlds of form. Creative images. Entities. Sent forth to dimensionalize in full, seven-spectral vibrational matter, to clothe themselves, through paths of their own choosing, in the living biology of a loving material world.

You are both the source and the reality of these images. You are God’s specific terrestrial intentions personified: highly focused angels of creation. You are the builders and the mechanics among the tribes. You go to a geographical area for a reconnaissance mission, a fact finding, light-sound-sensing, exploratory mission. You cannot stop until somehow you gain knowledge of how to clothe yourselves in water, air, earth and fire--always drawing farther from the God-source and further into forgetting of the wondrous ability you carried on your wings.

No sooner, however, do your spirits hover near the surface of a manifest planet than you find an earth already teeming with biological suggestions. Before you have gathered even a fraction of the data you require, like prairie dust drawn into a whirlwind, the earth elements rush unto you, dancing in myriad living images saying, “Here, this is it. This is what you want. This is what you are. Here are living, three-dimensional, biological pictures of your thoughts and dreams--plants, fishes, animals--thought objectifications of designs suspend in your light fields.

While you still observe, the earth is throwing up objectifications of every image and idea that enters your consciousness. Some of your ideas are well thought out, but builders consider many options before committing materials to a design. You are used to seeing your considerations objectified on the higher mental and spirit planes; but after examining designs on those levels, if you do not wish to sustain them, you simply turn your attention elsewhere and the objectification disappears--as if it never was. On earth, it is different. The creature, whether it be a saber-toothed tiger, a butterfly, or a flower, continues to live. This is the value as well as the challenge of the earth, dear ones, and that which you manifest does not simply “go away”.

“Please”, you cry out to your elemental helpers, “slow down. We have not yet begun to create. Not consciously. Are you already that excited? We are just here to gather information.”

“Oh, let us help,” reply water, air, earth and fire. What is it you desire? Tell us. In feather, fur, scale and flesh we are giving you the information you require. We cannot help this excitement. It is what our whole world feels in the creative energies of your presence. How else do you propose to gather information? We want to help clothe you in matter. Show yourselves to us. We want to see what you look like in all your aspects. For you, we have been longing and waiting. We will do anything to help you. We love you.”

Now, you see, you have reached another cycle--the time to reverse the process and you long again for the angelic state and the desire to touch again upon the etheric--you long to see us of the cosmos and reach again into and among the stars from whence you originally came.

And thusly began your early communication with the elemental beings of the earth. Some of your communication gets through. Some of it does not. The earth forces are profoundly intelligent; they understand the structure of matter and the eternal Truth it embodies more comprehensively than do you; but the nature of their intelligence is, in many respects, opposite to the nature of your own.

Intelligence is relative to the context in which it functions; it is the measure of a unit’s ability to creatively interact with and within its environment. There is no such thing as purely objective intelligence. What is intelligent behavior in the cooler realms of material structure would be fatal on the surface of a star; and conversely, what is intelligent behavior on the surface of a sun would be utterly devastating upon a material world.

Relative to the material realms, the elemental beings of the earth had reached the same high order of intelligence that you had reached in relation to your stellar realms. In that sense you each represented the pinnacle of the only two fundamental types of intelligence that had yet--up until our meeting--achieved incarnate expression in the universe.

What you were seeking to create upon the earth was, in effect, a whole new kind of interactive intelligence, a kind of intelligence that could, when required, embody either stellar or material intelligence but that would place its primary value upon the synthesis of the two. Ultimately, only the new intelligence itself could determine just what that synthesis would be. This was the unknown, the variable. It rested like a gray question mark in the middle of your every equation.

Working with your elemental partners in the earth, you could guess at what values the new intelligence might prefer and approximate the conditions most likely to favor its appearance; but you could not in any way compel it to be. The new intelligence could not be manufactured; it could only grow of its own accord within a womb-like environment, a world that gave it every chance to be. Working as closely with your elemental partners as the differences between you allowed, you gradually channeled more and more of the earth‟s biosphere into increasingly likely candidates for this new type of intelligence.

CHAPTER 19

REC #1 HATONN

SAT., NOV. 17, 1990 7:28 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 93

SAT., NOV. 17, 1990

TODAY’S WATCH

Hatonn present and I request that we move right along, please.

I trust you are all paying attention to the confirmations which are pouring forth upon you regarding those things which I have laid forth for your consideration. You are having confirmation of things from the presence of well-planned shelters for the so-called hostages in Iraq/Kuwait to atomic weapons in the hands of Iraq and Israel. These things are slipping through your “non-news media” in strange ways so I ask that you stay right on top of happenings.

How do you feel about the FBI confiscating material from a private hotel room, without warrant, in the presence of private security guards--in the CNN/Noriega matter? Do you have a police state? Is law of no value whatsoever any longer? Is it possible, little ones, that you have no rights? It appears there are laws for the elite forces and none to protect you the people. Consider these things for it can as well be YOUR HOME!

A young and newly married “hostage” in Kuwait has told the press that he would “prefer his wife (who had come to effort at his release) not to be in Kuwait for he fears for her safety if the „allied‟ forces attack; he has underground shelter provided in the event of attack. He has seen the shelters which are most secure and the „guests‟ will be the first placed in safety within the shelters if attack comes.” This, beloved ones, is first-hand information.

You also have confirmation that the Russian “advisers” are still in Iraq and Kuwait because there is petition by the U.S.--again--to get Russia to remove them.

You now have also been given public announcement that there are Israeli troops and heavy armored equipment into Lebanon-for some ten to fourteen days past and currently.

Now let us speak of the Shuttle just launched: The government is confirming everything I have told you in a most interesting manner--please attend closely.

NOW LOOK AT WEAPONS

Look at that which the U.S. is doing and sending into the Saudi sector. You had better be getting very, very nervous, chelas, for what is planned is heinous and a lot of people are going to get maimed and killed.

I want you to especially pay attention to the defense capabilities of Iraq: I ask Dharma to copy the article published this week in Spotlight as given to Oberli. I will further remind you that Iraq HAS ATOMIC WEAPONS AND ALL MANNER OF “DOUBTS OF SAME” AS PRESENTED BY YOUR MEDIA IS NULL AND VOID--YOUR CIA HAS CONFIRMED THE WEAPONS IN STOCKPILE. YOU ALL KNOW THAT ISRAEL HAS A STOCKPILE OF ATOMIC WEAPONS AND IS POISED AND READY FOR USE THEREOF.

Quote:

Iraqi military strategists have built a complex system of trench defenses along the Kuwaiti border with Saudi Arabia, reminiscent of those built by France at “bloody Verdun” during World War I.

Declaring “they shall not pass,” French Gen. Henri Philippe Petain built a series of trench and other earthwork defenses along the infamous salient of Verdun. Numerically superior German forces hoped to bleed the French army dry at the Verdun defenses, but the battle continued for months with the eventual loss of a million killed and wounded from both sides.

Now, 75 years later, military analysts are predicting that something like the mass slaughter at Verdun could be repeated in the sandy desert wastes along the Saudi/Kuwaiti border.

After the tragedy of Vietnam, with 55,000 American dead and the trauma of that war still causing the nation pain, the American people are not ready for the repeat of Verdun, with all its horrors--massive artillery barrages, bloody charges over barbwire defenses, poison gas attacks by the enemy, etc. But this is just what they will witness should war break out.

FORMIDABLE DEFENSES

From a variety of sources, Spotlight has pieced together what American troops will be facing if the administration of President George Bush, currently seeking an excuse for war, orders the U.S. military to invade Iraqi-occupied Kuwait.

First, there is a line of razor wire, backed up by three parallel rows of minefields, each of which is several hundred yards deep and covered with buried anti-personnel and anti-tank mines, which the Iraqi government has obtained from Red China, the Soviet Union and France.

Between the minefields are anti-tank ditches, each about 12 feet deep and up to 10 feet wide. They were dug with earth-movers and bulldozers obtained by Iraq from Japan.

In these ditches, the Iraqis have placed 55-gallon drums of deadly napalm and have piped in crude from Kuwait’s oil fields.

Oil-laden tankers, ready to be set ablaze, creating a sea of fire, await invading U.S. Marines off Kuwait’s shores. This tactic alone would result in the worst man-made environmental catastrophe in history.

According to British intelligence sources, behind the “obstacle belt” of oil and napalm-filled ditches, designed to slow down or stop American armor, are Iraqi infantry, dug into deep trenches reinforced with concrete-coated wire mesh.

This first echelon of Iraqi forces is intended to further slow attacking troops.

A second echelon, according to the British sources, is strung out in a line that starts south of Kuwait City and extends west-northwest to the Kuwaiti border with Iraq and extends for some distance into Iraq itself. This second echelon consists of highly mobile mechanized armored units and is designed to penetrate and disrupt the attacking forces.

A third echelon consists of a cluster of heavily armored units north of Kuwait City. It is intended to be used in a counterattack.

Finally, farther north and on both sides of the Iraqi-Kuwaiti border is a large reserve force, according to the British sources. It is intended as Iraq’s primary force to defend the Iraqi homeland in the event that all of the other defensive lines fail.

FACE WALL OF FIRE

IN THE “OBSTACLE BELT” DITCHES, WHICH ARE FILLED WITH THE DRUMS OF NAPALM AND WILL BE FLOWING WITH CRUDE OIL, THE IRAQIS WILL TOUCH OFF A WALL OF FIRE BY REMOTE CONTROL. THIS WILL DESTROY THE EFFECTIVENESS OF AMERICAN ABRAMS M-1 TANKS’ TARGET-ACQUISITION RADAR, WHICH CANNOT PENETRATE FLAMES AND SMOKE.

IT ALSO PROVIDES A “KILLING ZONE” FOR IRAQI ARTILLERY, WHICH IS IN PLACE BEHIND IRAQ’S FIRST ECHELON OF TROOPS.

Iraqi forces have also deployed hundreds of fortified artillery pieces, ranging from 81-millimeter mortars to an awesome array of at least 300 155-mm howitzers.

The howitzers, which were largely responsible for decimating Iranian infantry and armor during the eight-year Iran-Iraq War are the best in the world.

NEW TYPE WEAPON

Iraq has also developed, with German and U.S. technology, a new type of high-explosive weapon, which, according to Pentagon officials, is capable of delivering a blast similar to a small nuclear explosion over an area several miles wide.

Known as a fuel-air explosive, or FAE, it would be particularly effective against air bases, oil fields or troops in open terrain.

The bomb or missile warhead contains either propane gas or ethylene oxide. An initial explosion disperses the gas in the air, and a second, time-delayed detonation ignites the mixture of fuel and air, creating a huge fireball and shock wave.

Iraq reportedly can deliver the FAE’s by aircraft-carried bombs or guided missiles.

U.S. forces will also face Iraq’s probable use of poison gas weapons. The Iraqis are known to have blistering agent-type gases, as well as the more deadly nerve gases.

It is questionable if U.S. troops have adequate protective wear to counter such weapons, which the Iraqis can deliver either by guided missile or aircraft bombs.

Few military experts would disagree that American forces, primarily due to vastly superior air and naval power, will win a confrontation with Iraq. They will also not disagree that such a victory will not be without high cost.

As Iraq’s brutal leader, President Saddam Hussein, has said, “We are not Panama.”

END OF QUOTE.

I have already discussed, at length, the types of cannon capability and missile power Iraq has ready and aimed. I have also told you that state-of-the-art Soviet surveillance and intercept equipment is available and aimed--YOU CANNOT HAVE AIR SUPREMACY. FURTHER, ALL OF THESE ABOVE NAMED WEAPONS CAN BE LAUNCHED TO ANYWHERE IN THE AREA AT PIN-POINT ACCURACY, INCLUDING CHEMICAL AND ATOMIC, TO OVER 5,000 MILES FROM ORIGIN.

YOUR WORLD IS IN SERIOUS, SERIOUS TROUBLE!

LET US DISCUSS PRISONERS OF WAR

I will not cover this subject properly at this sitting for I must move on with the Journal subject under penning--let me suffice it to say that YOU STILL HAVE A WHOLE BUNCH OF PRISONERS OF WAR IN VIETNAM. As ones are able to escape in one manner or another they are immediately intercepted and given warnings by your government to keep silent under penalty of death. I have already suggested you get your own proof of this and further, face the fact that your sons, husbands and fathers are not worth the price of one ounce of drugs. I have suggested you get Col. Gritz’s book and now, I further ask you to do your homework and save me some time for new information revelations. Get a book called Kiss The Boys Goodbye, by Stevenson/Jensen, Liberty Library, 300 Independence Ave. SE, Washington, D.C. 20003, $24.95. You are going to get some eye openers that I believe will curl your hair, even if you have none. I shall give you a brief synopsis at the next writing but I wish to now continue with your own creation and origin.

Dharma, I ask that we return to the subject referred to some two days past: non-time.

AN INTERVAL OF NON-TIME

When the universe reaches a point of maximum expansion, a unique phenomenon will take place. There will be a moment when all laws necessary for the creative maintenance of physical matter and all materializing processes become suspended. Due to the relative velocities of the various star systems, this event will not be experienced simultaneously in all parts of the universe, but will travel as a wave across the sea of creation.

Existing within this ripple of non-time will be the focused conscious attention of the Creator. As it passes through the material realms, it will stay and take up residence in all life forms with circuitry capable of mirroring its essence. This is the moment when the Creator will slip inside Creation; the moment for which we are attempting to prepare you.

This is the much misunderstood “second Coming of Christianity”. It is the event that primitive civilizations have looked forward to as “the return of the gods”. The Mayans went so far as to pinpoint its actual occurrence in what you would call the year 2011 A.D. Yet while many of your traditions hint at what is about to transpire, none of them have adequately conveyed the magnitude of impact such an event will have. Indeed, no single conceptual structure is capable of conveying the enormity of what is soon to take place.

Those familiar with the scriptures of your various peoples should be in position to understand what is occurring for these are the times spoken of. Yet you must realize that God did not invent the words used in scripture. He merely arranged them in the order most approximating His meaning. Further, He only presented them in mental pictures and through the years of translation and deliberate tampering most meaning is distorted and damaged.

What is actually happening requires all of biological life to convey its meaning.

Words can symbolize this but hardly portray it fully enough to stand alone. If you would know the deepest Truth of scripture, look not to words alone but to the great momentum of spirit within your own soul. This is where the living history is being made. In a way that would be impossible for your rational intellect to comprehend, this forthcoming event is human history. The sum total of all that has happened on your planet is but the shadow cast before.

In a very real sense, you have not yet been born. You are still in an embryonic state. You have yet to receive the touch of God’s total definition. Through the long years of human history on Earth, your species has been forming the cells that are to comprise the directive aspect of the physical body of the Creator within Creation. Gestation upon this planet has but set the stage for the emergence of the Planetary Being now taking definite form. This Planetary Being is actually “who you are”.

Has it occurred to you that the mathematical probability of your being here is infinitesimal? Were you not here, living proof of the impossible, an excellent case could be made for your non-existence--and still can prevail in conceptual reasoning. Within the framework of law that was of necessity instituted to create and govern these material realms, the existence of biological life would not have been possible, except were it to enter through that one moment when that law was suspended. Ponder this carefully. Such is the origin of biology; the fusion of Spirit and Matter. The impact of this single creative moment is so vast, so far-reaching, that the shock waves sent out before it have given rise to all of the biological life that now exists upon your planet.

You are living in the shadow of an event not yet taken place. Yet it is you, yourself, under all your layers of false identity that cause this event as you approach ever nearer to the Earth. From within the context of history, it appears that there has been, on this planet, a progression of increasingly complex life-forms evolving toward ever higher levels of consciousness. It appears that there has been an evolutionary process. But this is not the case. What is actually occurring is that the matter of Earth is falling under the influence of your vibrational body. This influence naturally increases as you draw nearer. Only when the center of your spirit touches the center of the Earth will Life on this planet be fully manifest in form. The same Truth can be presented, however, in that it HAS ALREADY OCCURRED LONG PRIOR TO THIS MOMENT AS YOU PERCEIVE IT AND YOU ARE BUT A REENACTMENT OF THAT WHICH WAS COME BEFORE.

This is not difficult to understand. What you have considered to be history or in other terms, the evolution of the species, is only what you have been able to observe through the distorted medium of a fragmented and quite subjective intelligence, trapped within the past-future orientation of linear time. From such a perspective, the act of Creation could appear as a progressive, sequential process. To the extent that you are able to identify with the spirit that gives you consciousness however, it becomes a much simpler matter: you have yet to arrive. You are still on your way, so to speak. Sitting there reading these words is only a reflection of your unconscious totality as it prepares to become fully revealed on the day of awakening.

Your real life will begin when the Creator gives you His definition in form. Within the womb of history, your species has been primarily defined by the Earth-Mother who is helping to prepare the clay. She is only interested in getting the form arranged according to specification. Her only knowledge of Spirit is that it brings forth her potential.

When the Father’s center merges with the center of the Earth, the collectivity of human consciousness will awaken to a unified field identity. You will be born. After that, the influence of Matter will not affect your consciousness as dominantly as it did during the historical gestation period. The Earth will continue to suckle the species, so to speak, for another millennium before you are capable of going off on your own, but even during that period the Father’s influence will be much greater than it is today.

LAWS

The Creator has established laws to govern the bonding of energy. Through these laws of materialization, the physical universe is created and maintained. In the material realms, these laws are right and proper. But when they come into relationship with biological life, they begin to behave strangely. From a perspective of consciousness, they translate into limitation, contraction and ultimately death. In psychological terms, the laws of materialization have given rise to the ego--a fictitious identity with a sense of fear, vulnerability and a need to protect and defend itself. Spiritual consciousness should not properly be associated with the forces that govern the bonding of energy.

Their historical juxtaposition came about through the process referred to as “the Fall”. During the period of species preparation, the presence of the materializing influence on levels of consciousness has been unfortunate but not critical. However, in light of the intensifying vibrations of the creative spirit that is now nearly aligned with the center of your planet, the definitions that have been imposed by matter will no longer be tenable. The Creator Himself will dispel this planetary restraining influence and henceforth hold all life-forms in appropriate expression through the new definitions of His love. This will be a profound transition for each and every form identity, a transition of a magnitude you can only begin to suspect.

COULD IT BE A GENERATION AWAY?

As a collective event, the moment of birth is still a generation away. But individually speaking, this event transcends the limits of space and time and is, in fact, already under way. Your individual birth will take place at the precise moment in linear time when you stop struggling with your rational fear patterns and let yourself go in the divine dance of inner direction. You must decide whether you are going to accept the inevitable in a state of love and prepare yourself accordingly, or hold on in fear to the bitter end. Ultimately these are the only two avenues of response. By the linear time this event takes place, humanity will be polarized according to these two adaptive patterns. All will be decidedly in one camp or the other.

EITHER OR--

To those of the human race who have turned themselves in to the will of God, the coming interval of non-time will literally expand into eternity. These individuals will be able to experience a lifetime or many lifetimes, in that eternity, while still retaining the option to return to their physical projections as transformed representatives of the Being of Life on Earth. These will be our co-workers during the period of Planetary Awakening--please, I hope you ones read this very carefully. Dharma, pause, chela, and reread the above for it is indeed most important to some of you in this early awakening. Some of you cannot drift upon the currents but rather must come quickly into knowledge.

Others, not so finely tuned to the forces that will be released at that time, will feel great surges of energy, lasting for an indeterminate period. Some few will experience an intense fear and many, dear ones, shall die. Everything in physical form at this time, every soul in every kingdom, will feel something, something incredible, something that according to all the laws of physics ever known or ever to be discovered, could never happen. But there it will be before all senses; an impossible fact, like the babe in the manger, like the unmistakable feeling in your heart, an incredible vibration of Truth and Love, shimmering, scintillating, awakening every nerve, every capillary, every cell of your planetary body.

Whether the individual form identity reading these words right now will be a surviving participant in that event depends upon that with which you identify and how gracefully you are able to align yourself with God’s creative definition. If you can identify with the flow of Life through your essential Planetary Being and release all subjective definitions of who you think you are, you will play your part most joyously in the birthday celebration. God’s definition of you in form is much greater than any you could possibly imagine for yourself. During this present period of Individual Awakening, the first of the three creative periods, you are being given the opportunity to embrace this true definition as the cornerstone of your existence.

MORNING OF CREATION

On the morning of Creation, you will recognize the Unified Collective Consciousness of all Humankind as your own true identity. You will know beyond a shadow of a doubt that you are the bridge between Spirit and Matter, between Creator and Creation, between Life and the forms through which Life flows. If you release the definitions that Matter has set upon you, this is the definition that the Creator will bestow, the definition of Christ Himself!

Can you see yourself as we of the distant stars do, from the objective vantage point of the ages, with the eyes of the Star-Maker Himself? To us, your entire history appears as but a gesture of sorts. We see in your passage through the vibrational field of Earth, a gesture that you make, a salute almost, to the energy-retention systems of this particular heavenly body. This is how you express yourself on this beautiful blue and white world whirling through space as a wondrously blue-green thing of beauty.

WE HAVE COME TO REMIND YOU OF WHO YOU ARE!

Dharma, allow us to close this segment for ones must be attuned to the material thus far given that they can have concept of that which will come.

At this time in your racial experience, most of you are simply not yet ready to enter into a closer working relationship with us but we will prepare you, during the coming years of revolutions of your planet around the Sun for the time when your collective vibrational patterns are such that we can blend with them on a very large scale.

We are still experimenting with various ways and means of accomplishing our task of awakening but with the increasing ease of direct informational exchange, our work within the currents of your history will probably subside. We hope it will not be necessary to shake you out of your exclusive past-future oriented focus on form through any of the cataclysmic events foretold in your various prophecies. We will use these if we must in order to protect the biosphere of this planet but if you follow through on the information we are clarifying, there is no reason why we should have to resort to such extreme measures. Through these transmissions and through many others like them throughout the Earth, we are supplying you with more than enough information to enable you to restore your own equilibrium.

AS WE GO

We are allowing a certain amount of ecological destruction to take place without direct interference because such destruction may help to precipitate a voluntary and cooperative return to a pre-Fall state. You must come to understand that you structure these things yourself and not of outside doing. This would be far more meaningful than a return that is forced upon you. A self-initiated awakening will greatly enhance your ability to restore the Earth’s ecological harmony. Consequently, at this time, we are confining our help as much as is possible to the provision of information and to the development of conceptual clarity.

Meanwhile, there are many among you who will, as time passes, experience one by one the necessary psychological transformation and enter into a conscious working relationship with those of us in a state of grace. During this coming period we will be largely occupied with the conceptual education of your species along with pointing out that which you are bringing in your own creation. You must witness the errors of your creation in order to collectively form perfection and balance in that which you are now creating.

As we move along here in this present cycle, we will be withdrawing our activity on conceptual levels and focus more directly on physical and emotional levels. This is where the real work needs to be accomplished. The establishment of a conducive conceptual climate however, is a prerequisite.

As we move along we shall be integrating past, current and future perceptions so that you can look at the patterns in somewhat less confusion. May we abide together, you and us, that clarity becomes our focus and ability to comprehend is granted through grace of Creator. It is a joy to share in this wondrous experience upon the waves of the universe. Salu.

Hatonn to stand-by.

CHAPTER 20

REC #2 HATONN

SAT., NOV. 17, 1990 3:07 P.M. YEAR 4 DAY 93

SAT., NOV. 17, 1990

CITIES OF LIGHT

Our first very large scale entry into your historical process was in the late sixties. Now, I know that all of you are going to moan and groan and wonder about “little gray aliens” and space craft sightings occurring from the early 1940s onward. Let us turn to that subject later for I do not wish to distract from the chain of thought patterns which I intend to lay forth for you herein.

In what you called the decade of the 1960s we learned much of the process and materializing patterns that presently restrain and define your collective expression of consciousness. Our experiences at that time and during the years that followed have formed much of the conceptual basis for these very transmissions to this location and to receivers elsewhere. Our scribes do not at this time have knowledge of the other scribes and receivers for it is important that Truth come forth unblemished by conscious considerations. In “time”, it will all be brought together for it is also important to not leave our workers with the overwhelming burden of feeling singularly alone in the work.

At that time, the members of your species most responsive to our descending vibrational patterns were those who had not yet assumed clearly defined social roles. Our more current writers are however, untouched by the contact or of knowledge from any study along the metaphysical or cosmic designs, either man-conjured or in Truth. This scribe, for instance, only came into consciousness of my presence on a personal basis in 1987, although she had been guided to use my label in SIPAPU ODYSSEY which she thought to be a simple fantasy--having no connection to the field of writing in any manner what-so-ever. Her training of course, was underway long before her journey to your planet but--as with all--there was no connection in consciousness. Do not any of you be surprised at how awakening into Truth will come into your own attention.

Esoterically, back in the late sixties, these individuals could be said to have had loose etheric bodies. But practically, they were individuals in transition, with few vested interests in the status quo. What made most of these individuals responsive to our presence was the fact that they had relatively flexible conceptual structures. Within them, we could plant the seeds of our Life-giving information with the greatest chance for successful germination. They took a lot of abuse and ridicule as “kooks” and “crazies”. The problem was that in the confusion and lack of proper preparation, there was much erroneous information mixed with Truth and it produced great errors in judgment, perception and a movement into “drop-out”, drug use and corruption of the very ideals we were efforting to re-establish. But these ones were ready for change and change always requires acceptance and readiness even if the experiments fall short of perfection. The children of that generation coming into maturity would be those who would participate on many different levels, in the great revelations of the late eighties and now, the nineties. This will be a truly momentous time, a time when the first contractions of birth are unmistakable. A large part of the purpose for these present transmissions is to allow you to now go back and see that preparation was well under way in that generation for something unprecedented that was to appear in their children. Some of you parents were also in total learning and sequential experiences which would lead you into your responsibilities at this time--i.e., Dharma and Oberli, George and Desiree’ Green and thus and so.

Information of this same material has already been presented and the proper ones were made aware and utilized that which was projected for the time and space needed. Now, it is time to bring forth the work and words of Truth in current relationship to the fulfillment of prophecies and setting the Truth to pen and paper for the historical passage of the cycles. Many who read the identical material will now believe it to be new revelation when actually there is nothing new except your conscious understanding will have expanded into ability to grasp meaning and instruction.

Our communications during the closing years a decade later in the seventies were beginning to reach past the social fringe of your culture that was contacted during the sixties. At that time, we were reaching deep into the heart of global civilization. We were reaching many who were in what you might call “lubricatory positions” in your society--individuals working in factories, teaching in schools, building your cities and expanding your science. At the same time the Global Elite Cartel was in full swing in a most destructive manner and the bankers taking control of your very world. However, it would come to be that you would be able to look at that which was happening around you and begin to see that which was afoot in action and deterioration of your societies but the masses were unwilling to admit what was underway. There must always come a point where the lies can no longer be accepted and the masses can see beyond the veils and charades and into Truth. There must always reach a point wherein Truth is visible as the ‘sore thumb” sticking out in a crowd--unmistakable in its obvious presence. There must come a point where change is not only feasible but demanded by the masses in conscious unity. You are just about to that point, little chelas, and now, the WORD can go forth and it will fill the vacant voids left unfilled by organized indoctrinated religious clubs, politics, government, military and most of all--the separation of man from God by all manner of heinous lies and false teachings--you are now ready to hear Truth and KNOW THAT WHICH YOU HEAR BEARS THE TRUTH OF GOD AND CREATION! YOU SHALL THEN BE ABLE TO HEAR AND IN TIME ORGANIZE THINE ACTIONS INTO INNER UNDERSTANDING WHICH WILL THEN BE BROUGHT WITH-OUT AND YOU CAN BEGIN TO FUNCTION IN UNITY OF PURPOSE TO RECLAIM THAT FREEDOM AND TRUTH TAKEN FROM YOU THROUGH IGNORANCE ON YOUR PART, AND EVIL INTENT ON THE PART OF THE PERPETRATORS OF THE LIES. IT IS THE TIME OF COMING AGAIN INTO TRUTH!

In the seventies, we were not yet in direct contact to any great extent with your government officials nor with world bankers and/or international financiers. In most cases, these elements had surrounded themselves with ego mechanisms too complex to penetrate at that time--or at this time, for the matter of it. Our first major contacts with them would begin to occur during the more powerful transmissions of the late eighties and confrontations with their contemptible intent through disclosures of Truth beyond the layers and layers of lies sent forth to pull you the people down. It would be brave writers who would be given to perceive Truth from the sham and dare to bring it forth unto your eyes and ears. Most of the finer scribes have not physically lived to see even this fruit of their vines. They did not understand the importance of participation in open conscious knowledge of our presence and allowance of our shielding for their protection for the egos were still much too mighty to be set aside as with our later scribes where Truth is absolute in intent and the human writer hardly more than shadow.

We have had much contact with those ones, especially in the years of the very end of the eighties. They did not allow you ones to know of the contact nor of the presence and have continued to cover-up the relationships established and have continued to act in defiance of God’s laws and further unbalance The Creation’s organized harmony upon your planet. The ones in placement “among” the controllers, are none-the-less, critical enough in the maintenance of your social systems to insure that the world will make some incredible leaps in consciousness during these years of the nineties. The majority do not have room within their belief structures to accommodate so grand a being as an angel or extraterrestrial so they respond to our influence as if it were coming from themselves. They feel good; they feel clear; they feel the changes in the air. They wake up a little, throw off some of their defense mechanisms and bring a newer and fresher perspective into each situation where the point is critical. This is however, why the thrust into violence and conditioning of the masses into violent and deviant behavior has been speeded up to incredible extent. There are many major factions on headlong collision course and the explosion shall indeed be great.

ADJUSTMENT

Consciously or unconsciously, the ones we contact and “touch” who can accept possibilities of perception changes, begin to more thoroughly accommodate the flow of Spirit. At times they change radically and attribute their transformation to this or that mechanism. We simply enjoy the experience. We do not care HOW the change comes about as long as it does come. Those who are not yet sensitive enough to sense our presence, feel us as a high, as clarity, or as peace. All we touch are changed in some way. Even in the “unknowing” the touch is something to leave one changed forever.

If it seems to these people that the changes originate within themselves, this is all the better, for in fact they do. We do not bring the Presence of God; that already exists everywhere. We assist in the removal of conceptual and emotional blocks that prevent the full experience of that Presence. We work with all who are sympathetic, simple and sincere people who feel our spirit moving but for the most part, only within the context of their current belief system to allow growth into change without shock to the system’s learned patterns.

Through communications such as these, we are forging more concise conceptual tools that these individuals and others can use to free themselves. Often, these tools are still too conceptual for the message they contain but they are useful at this time in loosening the bars of the conceptual prisons in which so many individuals still function. If you found yourself in Hell, it might be appropriate to grab a pitch-fork and fight your way out. In a sense, this is the nature of our conceptual work. Once out of Hell, you would no doubt set the pitch-fork aside for the tool would only be a further burden to be carried about.

These concepts that we are providing at this time are strictly transitional, to be used only until such times as you no longer need them. Their ultimate purpose is the dissolution of subjective thinking. We give them freely to assist your race in releasing itself from the spell of fear and reason. Reason is a beautiful and useful process when it springs from the right premise. But the right premise is seldom the starting point for fearful creatures caught in a net of subjectivity. Only when reason is returned to its proper place in the spiritual structure of true Intelligence and used wisely in the consciousness of the Christ, will it once more begin to serve the needs of the whole.

ONLY ONE SPIRIT--MANY FORMS THEREOF

There is only one Spirit but there is no limit to the number of forms through which this Spirit can express. For the moment, these forms seem important and they are in so far as their contribution to the whole is concerned but as the years go by, the range of their differentiation will become of much less consequence to individuals who are sincerely offering their lives as channels through which the Spirit can work. As Life is able to express through such individuals with increasing ease, they will begin to recognize each other as differentiations of the same Spirit. Such individuals could be compared to conscious nerve endings, nerve endings of God in Matter, channeling the Life-flow of Christ-awareness into each and every cell of the Planetary Being.

Surprisingly enough to you who cannot understand, by the time of the eighties revelations, knowledge of our existence and our work was widespread, especially among the younger generation, the prime focus of our efforts at that time. Although awareness of our presence is not necessary to our work, it does facilitate the transfer of information. Many thousands were consciously working with us and many more were not in conscious realization of that which prompted them into various actions. Many of the youth could not adjust to the contradictions of lies and Truth, poor example and empty words and thus and so--and many committed suicide in order to fulfill their mission to awaken those left in the physical form. Never judge another’s actions for you have no way to know the contract with God of another. Most of you do not even know your own contract with God and self.

I suggest you get those circuits clear, dear friends. Great portents of change are in the air. Your physicists are speaking of these things in terms that defy explanation. Your psychologists are abandoning the sinking ships of conventional rationality. Your religions are exploding beyond the confines of their dogma in the re-discovery of Spirit. It is all here in the present moment but unrecognized as ones cling to the old and final efforts are being thrust against you to pull you down--YOU ARE IN THAT PROJECTED “FUTURE SHOCK!”

Open your mind to possibility. Open your eyes and see what is around you. There is a new pattern descending upon your planet. Tune into it and learn an effective way of dealing with the closing years of this phase of historical experience.

You are being offered an opportunity to enter a new reality. A new creation set forth by your own training and by your own hand--cleared of the errors of past experience and overflowing with the abundance of perfect creation.

YOU CREATED IT--YOU WILL CREATE YOUR WAY OUT OF IT

You created this world and what you perceive in it. To overcome the negative impact you must come back into recognition of that which you ARE. Just as you created that which you are now experiencing, you shall have to create the mode to overcome and grow above and beyond. You are headed for a day very soon now wherein there will only be “reality” to witness. Those who tune into the new frequencies and patterns will find life growing more wondrous every day. Those who tune into fear will find things falling apart. Two worlds of consciousness will begin to form ever more distinctly; the world of Love and Life, and the world of fear and death. There will continue to be some overlap of these worlds for several of what you call years to come, some going back and forth for certain individuals but as the century draws to a close, the polarization will continue to intensify. The moment of birth will also be the moment of Last Judgment, the moment of final separation.

WHAT ABOUT FINAL SEPARATION?

There will be better times for some and worse for others depending on their orientation and involvement. Fortunately, the natural tendency of your species is to gravitate toward Love and Life for therein lies Truth innately awaiting surfacing. For the vast majority the times ahead will be better than they expect for beyond the conscious facade most ones at this time do not look forward with joy to anything. Some of the worst scenarios have already been rendered impossible. Except in a few isolated pockets where the new energies will not enter until later, the momentum of positive change is actually being felt everywhere. Remember that which you are shown and told is NOT Truth and therefore you must feel isolated and among the minority--there are more of your brothers around than the Conspirators would allow you to know. Their downfall is assured as you ones awaken into Truth and take your power.

The coming age will be a time of incredible blessing as the transition moves along there will be a restoration of ecological balance, etc. But you can expect these things to deteriorate in the immediate experience for change only comes after the swing into negativity reaches a peak.

As you move past the negative impact you will move into a transition of both existence and perception and for this, a remnant must survive to make the journey. Humankind will come to peace and harmony can prevail. Planetary resources will be realistically understood and properly utilized. It will be a time of revelation, during which the mind and plans of the Creator will be made clear for all to see. It will be the time when the final stage of incarnation becomes fully manifest in form, when Spirit, working through a fully awakened and responsive humanity, constructs for itself a mobile physical body.

Human individuals will not function in such cumbersome fashion as they do today. They will go about their tasks with the grace of dancers, performing to a music that each will hear on his or her own frequency of soul. Through these “melodies” in harmony, God will sustain each of His contextual identities in supreme fulfillment. Specific melodies will change with each environment, with each moment, with each task. Yet a consistent overall pattern of relationship will constitute the new identity of Mankind.

Ah yes, ye shall create thine own transition and it shall be glorious--if ye choose of it to be. Let us conceptualize for a moment, into and through this transition. The “time” as you perceive it shall be quite a while in counting. Meanwhile, from a perspective of Spirit, there will be growing through the instrumentality of the human species, a physical body capable of universal exploration. The completed body will resemble a reflection of your species in design and structure--for lack of better explanation.

Then, in the proper sequence of cycles, the completed physical body, incorporating much of the Earth’s biological life, will depart from this recognized planet, somewhere around a thousand years later, in your counting. I choose to refrain describing the appearance of this newly birthed being for it shall be of your design but you will be in recognition. It will function much like the microcosmic body with all organs represented for remember, you now have a living, breathing and thinking planet. It will be fueled by a fuel all will have learned to live on by that time--LIGHT! Ah, and then the wondrous journey--for its design will allow speeds to slightly less than the speed of light--but ye will not be constricted to the limits. If you wish to travel faster, my friends, you have only to use your non-physical vehicles just as do we.

It is projected that from the human cellular perspective, the construction of this body will be a gloriously enjoyable thousand year period of inter-continental cooperation.

From a spiritual perspective, it will be the birth of an organism the likes of which the universe has never seen--as you ones come into your graduation. As the greatest gathering of interstellar space vehicles ever assembled leaves the Earth in graceful formation, the Christ Child will slowly get up, look around, and push itself off into space.

Yours is not a tame God to be confined in reverent concepts but a vibrant, playful energy, the very soul and spirit of Life! He comes to Earth not to be somber and devout but to dance, sing and enjoy that which He has created. Do not allow the gravity of your planet to weigh upon your consciousness. You have been aware of the effect of gravity on material objects but it has only been recently, in your outer travels, that you have begun to realize that that which holds you to the physical and enslaves you to the physical, binds and limits consciousness as well. You have been misled and brought down by the very physical concepts which are set forth to entrap you into the false path of a destiny of separation. You will find that the physical is only a mockery of the delights and experiences of Spirit in consciousness.

As a species, you first began to sense this when human beings entered into orbital patterns around the Earth. In the farthest reaches of the planet’s atmosphere gravity was felt for the very first time as courtship instead of marriage. Were you listening to the reports of those first human space travelers? They were not alone in their capsules. The entire species was present with them in consciousness as collective historical preconceptions began to fall away. Many among you looked out of their eyes and shared the feelings they felt.

Compression as recognized as gravitational force will certainly not be done away with after the transition but they will no longer affect human consciousness for we now speak of a much finer and refined being. In these last few years, while the influence of matter still co-exists with the rising Life energies, do not conceive of your world with such gravity. Anticipate that which is coming in wondrous joy. “Lighten up” with the merriment and anticipation of Christ--the limitless Sacred Circle of Infinity. Watch the birthing of the Phoenix as it comes from the incubator.

Even now the awakening perfection is showing Himself to your scientists and mathematicians through playful impossibilities that thwart all their rational explanations. He is laughingly holding up the stage props of contemporary contentions, running to and fro, catching them as they fall, seeing how long He can keep His presence a surprise. Watching while they call HIM everything except that which He is.

COME AS CHILDREN TO THE GLORY

Do you remember when you were but small children and the world seemed fun and exciting? Be like those little children again in your anticipation and curiosity for Truth. Come play with us in the wonderland of Matter. It is long years that you have dreamed of your entry into these realms. Your dream has come true and you fail to see of it!

Wake up and see where you are! If the world sees the happy exuberance of the awakening Creator shining in YOUR eyes and thinks that it is irresponsible in light of this or that growing crisis, patiently explain to them what is happening. Remind them of how it has to be to reach beyond. Tell them something of the new perspective--show them the possibilities in taking control and power for self. Do not present yourself as a silly clown but come into the joy within your own presence in the moment of your being, tell them what you are experiencing and what they might experience too and what together you might change and accomplish to reverse the negativity upon your wondrous placement. Allow others to see that peace and serenity are not yours alone but the reflection in your life of a Being who will always be at His greatest ease. Do not put on a facade of pious foolish appearance--be self and be at peace.

Do not allow this preview of that which is to come distract you from the work that lies ahead. Do not store the specifics of this vision in your mind and then expound upon them with rational extrapolations. Feel the spirit of all that we have been sharing, embody it practically in your daily living. The vision is real, beloved friends, but there are necessary steps to occur before what is already done in Spirit becomes likewise accomplished on the physical Earth. You are the means of those steps, the mechanism that the Lord has designed to implement His will in the realm of form. In the stillness of your innermost being, contact Him. Gain His clarity, purpose and direction. When you have received instructions and discovered your area of service, go forth and do what needs to be done.

We are prepared to join in conscious communion, those members of your species who have experienced psychological death and rebirth. Before our help can materialize however, there must be more openings on human levels. We are unable to commune with humans whose vibrational fields are distorted by ego factors, emotional reactions, excessive conceptualization or past-future orientation. In such cases, our presence would force their vibrational patterns into alignment with ours, robbing them prematurely of a portion of their own identity. We are only able to work with those who are consciously aware of who they are and what they are doing. With these, union becomes simply reunion.

Be patient with thine brethren for they have long been falsely taught. It is only critical that you remember your origin and purpose and the rest shall follow in proper sequence of events. Your descent into Matter has almost reached its low point. If all with which you identify is not to be annihilated in entropic collapse, you must begin waking up and begin living. You have been dead to the most important part of yourself all these years of your history. But your time in the sarcophagus is complete. You shall no more be consumed in the fires of faithlessness. Arise then from the ashes of ignorance, put aside the incubation and rejoin the Cosmic Brotherhood. The time of separation has come. There are but two roads before you. You can walk in the innocence of those who trust in the Source or perish in the impending collapse of your rational systems. You must walk before you can fly and the choice, as it always has been, is yours alone!

We shall close this chapter for next we shall take up a bit of the psychological process of this change. Everything that you need exists in this present moment and this moment is all that exists. In its brief flicker you will find all the time in the world. Through it you will contact the Living Information that will guide you with infallible direction. It is through this present moment that you will leave the prison of human definition and expand into an awareness of divine perception. It is the crack between the worlds, not only the worlds of past and future but worlds of time and space, spirit and matter, form and being. It is a timeless zone, the gateway through which you will again begin to participate in the adventure of creation. As we begin so do we end for there is neither beginning nor ending in reality--ONLY THAT WHICH IS!

Do not subscribe to the passing illusions of this age. Do not blindly follow the archaic warrior programming that leaves you unconscious, an automaton, a puppet controlled by those who have for centuries made it their business to map and chart the currents of the fear that now entraps you. Realize your choices and your ability of creation. Should you feel a habit of violent reaction, whether in thought, word or deed, realize that it is only yourself with whom you strive. Do not contend so anxiously with yourself. There is only one of you here shadowboxing on the wall. Defend yourself from this alone: the programming of unconscious fears. The essence of intelligence is this: it is always to your advantage to cooperate rather than to retaliate. These are not “others” that you perceive as foes but those of self-reflected back from the mirror. It is better to allow them to become your friends and partners in the healing and educational work of these times. But you must learn to stand strong in the presence of those who would refuse decision and play upon your very weakest fiber. Do not be so foolish as to allow that which would destroy you and/or our work, within. Remember--example? Ones of your species will be watching that which you do--not so much that which you say! So be it. If a man is not with us--he must be accepted as being against us and we must keep from the distraction for, after all, that is all it is about--his need for ego gratification as you place God in lower rank, thus negating thine own Truth and value. Ponder it gently but carefully, dear ones.

I stand aside that we might prepare to gather to discuss these things. I am Hatonn to clear, please.

CHAPTER 21

REC #2 HATONN

SUN., NOV. 18, 1990 8:41 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 94

SUN., NOV. 18, 1990

May the Light shine around about thee as we act in service this day, I am Hatonn.

There are two things I wish to take up prior to continuing on the CREATION Journal for I said I would write upon the one subject and then I wish to please respond to a query from my beloved friend, L.F. The question is asked by many and it is suitable to speak of it in this discourse.

TODAY’S WATCH

I request that your attention be drawn to the volcanic eruption in Japan this day. The last time this particular volcano, Oshima--I believe may be proper label and spelling in your English--erupted it caused some 15,000 souls to transfer. I suggest you keep an eye open for it is indeed an important sign of activity for it indicates heavy action at great depth, of Fuji. It is alright, Dharma, you will hear of it later this day. We have trouble sorting out one tiny activity from all the others on your place and especially the correct labels which you attach to the items. This is the message given to me by Commander Soltec and I simply pass it along. By the way, Soltec plans to give you another lesson or two regarding geology as we have time for same. The masses of citizens have no knowledge regarding simple geographic and geophysical concepts and terms. It becomes important as you move into water supplies and soils for growing foods. We will cover it in most generalized terms which will be suitable for general conceptual information in a global manner.

Hold your breath today over the games on the “Saudi” beaches--clever games can backfire most heinously. It is no accident that your President AND Secretary of State are scouring Europe to drum up support for your grievous actions--expect more money to flow from your coffers, likewise. ‘spring in Prague?” Indeed no, it is the onset of a “bitter winter”! and words from Bush will not change of it in the least--just give false hope to a troubled people.

Let us turn now to a discussion about abandoned GIs in Vietnam as I touched upon yesterday morning. This will example, in a very brief manner, what you can expect for your beloved sons, fathers and husbands from the Middle East, if and when this heinous occupation erupts into war and moves on. The reasons for the wars themselves are so tragic that a continued cover-up of intent must be maintained by your Cartel Elite forever more. Once the sham is presented, the Truth must be trapped within the cover lest you of the masses rebel. IS IT NOT TIME YOU PUT A STOP TO THIS TERROR AND DECEIT?

ABANDONED

This is going to be a bit of a story regarding a young man by the name of Robert Garwood. This young man, a Marine, was a prisoner in Southeast Asia and came back in 1979. As background, he had managed to get out because he was able to secretly pass a note to a Finnish diplomat. The contents of the note and the incident were broadcast over the BBC and the Vietnamese were required to release him.

I remind you of the book I suggested for your reading--or accept this Truth, as you choose. I think you should know that the book authored by Jensen-Stevenson is a brilliant and daring piece of journalism. Mrs. Stevenson, (Monika), was a FORMER producer with CBS’s 60 Minutes who literally “stumbled” onto the information regarding the plight of prisoners of war (POWs) in Southeast Asia through daring ones such as Col. Bo Gritz, etc. We honor ones who will take a stand for Truth in spite of that which can be brought down upon them. Salu!

No sooner was Robert (Bobby) released than the U.S. GOVERNMENT READ HIM HIS RIGHTS AND HE WAS COURT-MARTIALED! HE STOOD ACCUSED OF COLLABORATING WITH THE ENEMY.

Garwood said he was eye-witness to other POWs and had had direct contact with and knowledge of many other prisoners. Of course the stories were discounted and the State Department and Pentagon denied any such prisoners as well as disclaiming any such stories by one, Bobby Garwood. But indeed Garwood HAD talked about other prisoners and this was clearly noted in NATIONAL SECURITY COUNCIL DOCUMENTS!

The documents referred to discussions of how Garwood had spoken about other prisoners while he was still in Vietnam, shortly before he came back to the U.S. It was proven that Garwood’s story was Truth from first telling and there is now documentation of that Truth.

The Truth, of course, regarding this poor young man is that he was set up--court-martialed--only because he knew about the other prisoners not because he had been a collaborator. The horrible thing about this is that of course he came out in 1979 when a lot more other prisoners could have come back than will ever be able to come now.

The story of Garwood is heartrending, dear ones, but you must face Truth lest you never clean of the mess within thine own nests. He learned to speak Vietnamese from a veteran POW who taught him how to survive. Yet, when Garwood escaped and came out alive, the U.S. government turned it against him and charged him with collaborating with the enemy.

Ones such as Lt. Gen. Eugene Tighe, former head of the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), former POW Capt. Eugene “Red” McDaniel; also with others in the Pentagon and people with long family ties to the military were contacted by the authors and then came the call from a Colonel on the NATIONAL SECURITY COUNCIL who was in charge of the POW issue and he told the authors to “DROP IT”. He proceeded to tell them about everyone with whom they had spoken and then proceeded to slander and discredit them. Yet these were all people of impeccable reputations who were quite obviously telling Truth. THEN THE PUNCH LINE--THIS COLONEL TOLD THE AUTHORS THAT IF THEY DID NOT CEASE AND DESIST THE PERSISTENCE OF LOOKING INTO THE MATTER THAT THEY WOULD BE “RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEATHS OF THE MEN WHO WERE STILL OVER THERE”!

The colonel made it clear that it was well known that there are additional prisoners still in the Vietnam prisons.

Oh yes, to you who still believe in tooth fairies and Santa Claus--subtle death threats come also from several sources to effort to stop Truth from flowing. Our scribe and publisher and ones working on the Journals are constantly under attack, and threat of attack via phone, actual approach, actual gunfire, microdot placement, beam pulses and thus and so. THE COVER-UP IS MASSIVE AND THE TRUTH BRINGERS BEAR A MASSIVE FRONT OF DISCREDITING AND LIFE-THREATENING DANGERS TO PUT MR. 007 TO SHAME AS A KINDERGARTEN CHARACTER. YOU ARE NOW IN THE HARDBALL GAME, CHELAS! YOU ARE NOT DEALING ANY LONGER WITH SIMPLE INTER-NATIONAL, INTERNATIONAL--GLOBAL INTRIGUE--WE ARE NOW PLAYING IN THE MOST WIDESPREAD INTER-GALACTIC INTRIGUE EVER UPON YOUR PLACE. The rapid spreading of the truth is the only protection these ones have in your big, nasty world. It is through rapid dispersing of the Truth, the materials, the books, that protection comes for these daring bringers of truth. It finally gets too OBVIOUS if something happens to them which causes their death. This is why we reveal the death power of beams and pulses--so that a cardiac arrest, say, in this scribe is in no manner construed as “natural causes”. The conspirators have taken out so many valid Truth-bringers that it would indeed shock your senses. Further, those within the conspiracy system are equally taken out when and if they in any manner become a hazard to the PLAN! These ones who would be put on trial, for instance, where Truth might come forth--are stricken instantly with terminal cancers, brain tumors and or severe heart attacks and so forth. Pay attention, it is happening every day of your existence.

CREDIBILITY

The authors of Kiss The Boys Goodbye had, for example, the man who was in charge of prisoner security for the Vietcong, a man about whom many prisoners who did come back in 1973 reported. Garwood also described this man as having been in charge. This man was of Chinese descent and because the Vietnamese had a conflict with the Chinese in the late 1970s, he defected. No one in the U.S. wanted to speak with him, to be sure.

It was only because Ross Perot, the Texas billionaire who got his own employee hostages out of Iran, flew this Chinese man to the U.S. so that he could testify before Congress. He talked about two things: first, a warehouse of bones that the Vietnamese have and how every once in a while they would return a few bones as “American remains” when it was diplomatically advantageous. That was accepted. It’s on the record. He is known as the “mortician”.

However, he also talked about live prisoners. He was the man who had been in charge of them. He reported on specific Americans who were under his control. Everything he said about those live Americans was somehow discredited. He was considered “believable” on the matter of the bones but not believable on the matter of the live Americans still held there--ah yes, the absolute integrity of your Congressmen!

Funny thing, when spoken to OUTSIDE the great halls of “injustice”, nobody has any difficulty what-so-ever in believing the Truth. As you might guess however, the greatest support for this Truth-bringing is from the precious Vietnam veterans themselves and those men who were involved in intelligence operations, most especially the Special Forces and military intelligence. These ones must face the facts that their lives are of less than no value to your government or Pentagon. If their presence is apt to pierce the cover-up--they are expended.

These men however, are everywhere and they do know the Truth. What they have actually done now is to shape an intelligence network that is probably better than anything the U.S. has officially. This is because they have had to use their ingenuity and they have contacts still inside Vietnam. Over the years they have collected volumes of information.

You see, one of the things that your government does is keep all this information “classified”. They keep it classified so that no one is legally allowed to look at it and then they can say that “there are no prisoners” and in the interest of “National Security” the records are restricted.

However, as with all lies--there are always ones who KNOW TRUTH and they have managed to get much of even that “classified” intelligence and have put it right onto computer files, scattered about and carefully analyzed. Just as we place our information and computer output on discs and store the information in many various and distant places, they have protected the Truth--it is impossible for man to destroy that which he cannot locate. Further, as with us, the scribe and no ONE person KNOWS the whereabouts of all and this insures safety for there is no way to obtain information that is not within a given person. Further--LET ME ASSURE YOU: AS ONES IN SURVEILLANCE CREWS AND SURVEILLANCE SERVICES COME INTO TRUTH--THEY REALIZE MOST SPECIALLY OF ALL, THAT THEY TOO ARE VERY MORTAL AND THERE IS NO SECURITY FOR THEM FROM THE VERY ONES WHO HIRE AND TRAIN THEM. THESE SURVEILLANCE CORP WORKERS ARE THE FIRST TO BE TAKEN-OUT AT UNCOVER TIME! REMEMBER, ALL MEN DIE!

I want you to further understand the confusion and perplexion of these authors for she was a producer of a major media “hit” program and Mr. William Stevenson, her husband, had a long, long history of defending the intelligence agencies.

As it became known of the investigation by these authors, information began to come in by many methods and a whole network of support began to flow from very substantial resources such as Gen. Tighe and Ross Perot--the billionaire industrialist--and people in the Pentagon who were credible and incredibly daring sources.

Tighe, for example, was the head of DIA from before the end of the war in Vietnam through 1981. DIA is the organization that analyzes all of the intelligence from the other agencies. It would have knowledge of all of the intelligence on POWs. Tighe said that when he had that job he made the POW issue a top priority. Every morning it would be the first thing on his desk and based on that information he is convinced that there are prisoners there. As a matter of fact, he calls that intelligence a “miracle”.

This is because many of your Southeast Asian allies were imprisoned with a lot of your men. You had, when they came out of imprisonment, a lot of direct reports about American POWs. It is not that just that ONE man saw it or was vaguely aware of it.

Tighe describes it as there being as many as 25 different people living in different parts of the world who saw prisoners. There were absolute, wonderful, bonafide reports coming in from all over that had been sifted through and they were convinced that it was good intelligence.

NO OATHS BROKEN

Ones such as Gen. Tighe have broken no “oaths” of secrecy. He doesn’t give information from “files” nor documents--he is simply an observant person and citizen--YOU DON’T HAVE TO SEE THE MISSILE INSIDE THE SILO TO KNOW IT IS IN THERE! This is a point he often recites. The facts are that all of the intelligence, even unclassified, indicates that the POWs are there. It is through great men such as this that you can come to believe the Truth of it. These men have additional struggles beyond the norm with conscience. If they come into confrontation with God, the conscience will always move toward God and Truth if it be an honorable man.

At some point you ones must face the fact that ‘secret intelligence” has become a tool used in the bureaucracy, not to defend your country, but to defend positions and personal interests.

WHO WOULD DEFEND GARWOOD?

If indeed, Garwood was a “collaborator” with the enemy as the government has claimed, then all of these veterans would not have been on his side. These are all very brave, very courageous men with incredible records. It doesn’t matter though what kind of record you have when you confront the people who control the POW issue because if you dare to tell the Truth you get smashed. This is why the returning veterans of Vietnam have been so shabbily treated. Further, it is sad that such great and outspoken persons such as Jane Fonda, have capitulated to the pressures and now come within the very system which she could have influenced ultimately for Truth and justice. Well there are others who have not capitulated and still daringly place their necks on the chop-block every minute of every day to give you Truth.

LT. COL. JAMES “BO” GRITZ

I cannot honor this man often enough--I have personal discourse with him and I bend in salute to his courage. Each must do all that is possible within each--to spread this Truth and awaken the sleepers. I give great honor unto this brave soldier.

This man has suffered endlessly for speaking out on the POW issue and the uncovering of factual evidence and documentation of the drug situation in Asia. He has named names and brought irrefutable proof unto you and he has been targeted for death by your own government and Pentagon--but he works within the shield of God, my friends, and it becomes quite difficult to break through that shield of Light as long as the protected keeps the shield intact.

Much has been done to discredit this man. It has been done very effectively! As a result, a lot of people think that he is just some “crazed Rambo”! The Truth is that he was on a very fine career track when he decided that the POW issue was more important. He was persuaded to leave the military officially but continued to work with it--one of those top-secret arrangements! He made that decision because he was a partner with the government in knowing about POWs absolutely. Part of that intelligence was photographs and specific reports coming back on prisoners in Laos, on very specific people.

The government was initially involved in a mission to get those men out and then they pulled back and Gritz went in by himself and was sabotaged. The way they sabotaged him among other things was to announce over the Voice of America that he was in Laos “on a top secret mission”. This was announced over and over again to make sure that the information was not missed. This has happened to others also and is a common trick to render a mission useless.

The minute the U.S. government finds out that someone is over in Southeast Asia and may bring someone out or bring information, they sabotage it.

It is always awkward to identify “they” although you should always inquire. It is very difficult to pin down and accuse large numbers of bureaucrats who for a large number of reasons, including total incompetence, contributed to such a scandalous situation. The name of the game is blame-passing and cover-up, bribe taking, etc., so you just have to understand that “they” in this instance must stand without further identification.

In this particular situation however, a group of people did take control of the issue of these missing Americans and wanted to conceal their existence in order to continue their own private work as it were against the Vietnamese communists after the peace accords in 1973 and after the pullout of U.S. troops in 1975. Further, some are in very useful placement which would destroy effectiveness if revealed. There are quite enough credible spokesmen to suffice.

It is interesting to note that some of the “they” group are credible in a most “reverse” manner. Many of the “they” group have been following their own particular policies and intent. When Secret Intelligence becomes too big and too bureaucratic it becomes possible for small groups of “theys” to follow their own particular policies. They became (in this instance) accustomed to financing covert warfare through unorthodox and even criminal methods like illegal drug smuggling, etc. This was usually done with blessings and instruction of the government and Pentagon itself.

It was however, when people began to touch upon that aspect that they got into trouble. At first it seemed to them to be a legitimate means of financing covert warfare in order to avoid oversight by Congress. However, as time wore on, it began to yield huge profits and the money became too big a temptation--as it always does.

This aspect of drug smuggling and covert operations was revealed quite well in the Iran-“contra” entangled mess. It has further, been linked inseparably with the S&L scandals--BILLIONS AND BILLIONS OF DOLLARS ARE INVOLVED AND THE INVOLVED PARTICIPANTS GO ALL THE WAY TO AND THROUGH YOUR PRESIDENCY.

ROSS PEROT

Mr. Perot has revealed a lot--in some instances more than intended--but we note that it is all public record so we will share it with you. He put the circumstance very well; this small group, this ‘secret team”--whatever you want to call it--had become addicted to drugs. Not in the sense of taking drugs themselves but in selling drugs as a means of financing a secret war that had no official public support. It was therefore being conducted in total secrecy--with blessing all the way to the top and on the secrecy as well.

These people became totally addicted to the money, the power and the immense profits to be made from the sale of arms. They fooled themselves into thinking that what they were doing was patriotic--or at least that was the “excuse” foisted upon you the public. They fooled themselves and you, to the degree that any men who had to do the real fighting had to be written off or otherwise their grand scheme would be jeopardized.

The first thing you owe anybody who goes to war on your behalf is the decency to bring them back, dead or alive, and account for them to their families--nothing less is acceptable. For hundreds of years that has even been the agreement between any government and the men that go to fight for the government. Look what you have here! You not only have your own government as a player--but you pay (did you hear me?) PAY the old enemy to keep the men until death takes them--ONE WAY OR ANOTHER! The government is now blackmailed for if the men are simply killed outright, the old enemy will tattle on you--and so the payment goes on and the bribes for silence given freely.

A lot of grieving wives who have been involved in the POW issue have suffered greatly and blessed are they who have not “just gone away”.

It has been totally outrageous--the things done to these people. The wives especially have been helpless. They don’t have any money, any large organization--no lobbying power like the Zionists for instance, who by the way, send the Mossad trainers to train the groups involved in the drug running and in keeping the men imprisoned.

If the wives didn’t go along with the National League of Families which represents the “OFFICIAL” government point of view, they have been hammered, discredited, attacked and threatened. Oh yes, some of these wives have been killed in cold blood to shut them up. The National League of Families, like so many wondrous organizations originally founded, was originally of pure intent. It has since been taken over completely by the government in order to control the issue and to state only what the ‘secret team” decides to be palatable to the public’s tender ears and eyes.

This is the epitome of abuse of secret intelligence and one of the things you must work to do is have the intelligence on prisoners declassified. The information of worthy nature will not be revealed but the fact of destruction and/or cover-up would be revealed by the very lack of records.

NOW LET US LOOK AT 60 MINUTES

Ed Bradley of 60 Minutes was cool to the whole Garwood story from the beginning of its breaking. Let us look at possible connections and why he might have wanted it ‘stuffed”.

Bradley was a Vietnam correspondent and had been very close to some of the people who were in charge of the POW issue. When he dealt with them again, he fell to their “reasoning”. He came away claiming to be convinced that people being dealt with were either senile or distraught widows, orphans and so forth. Bradley preferred to play the game with the deceivers.

The authors of the material were leaned on very heavily by the network who in turn were leaned on very heavily by at least one senator who had a very important role in all of this. Of course those avenues of “pressure” are covered very, very well. And so it goes. This is the story as affects all Truth-bringers. The dark “criminals” who would control your very world, assets and citizens as well, will stop at nothing to stop the Truth from unfolding. They control by force and deceit and you ones must open of thine eyes before it is too late to make a difference. Your nation is on the very brink of destruction--pulled down by the very ones you gave power to “protect” you. So be it.

WHAT IS CONGRESS DOING ABOUT THIS?

As usual, not very much and that which they have done is all but inconsequential to utterly damaging and ridiculous. Oh, there have been one or two as I will note: Jesse Helms and Charles Grassley are two. They have finally managed to bring this issue to the attention of, of all things, THE SENATE FOREIGN RELATIONS COMMITTEE--a dandy offshoot of the FOREIGN RELATIONS COUNCIL of which we frequently speak. But the only real work is going on through independent publications and groups such as YOU THE PEOPLE.

Prior to this there were many congressional committees that looked into this and came up with some quite unbelievable answers having totally accepted the cover-up for obvious reasons.

Interestingly enough, there was a very big Veterans Affairs Committee looking into this and they simply came up with the solution that the guys were all dead, and in the process they discredited a lot of the people who had given them information--and a lot of that information has since completely disappeared--somewhat like the FBI and Noriega’s files with CNN! When the owner of CNN capitulated it was a great loss to you the people and you don’t know even the slightest bit about what really has transpired. Well, in the POW matter, people had to testify in secret. The congressmen who heard the testimony came back and said there was no validity to it.

How about the Ray family, for example. The Rays lost a son in Cambodia and had very valid information that their son had not perished where he was said to have died.

They even found out that their son received a Purple Heart medal SEVEN MONTHS after he supposedly died and that there were two death certificates and that other people reported having seen him ALIVE long after he was said to have died.

They took all of this information to the committee headed by Sen. Frank Murkowski and when they tried to question the senator, Murkowski said: “If He’s dead, He’s dead. Have you ever considered the possibility that maybe people are trying to save your feelings?” Well he is of course, dead by now! And so it goes, example upon example. May you come into your awakening soon, dear ones, while there is possibility of change for it is a most dreary picture as it now is out-laid for and by you. I can only assist by bringing these things into your attention and you will do that which you will; may God touch of your hearts with compassion and understanding for you must be acting quickly now if you would change of your direction into destruction. Change must begin with the single individual willing to stand forth--but you will find there are already those there who have dared and you will no longer stand “alone”. So be it.

Dharma, this has been longer than intended. Therefore, we will not begin another subject at this sitting. Thank you for your patience as we sidetrack onto such issues as the above. However, we must not lessen our current projections of insight for each and all is critical. May we take rest, please.

Hatonn to stand-by, awaiting your readiness to continue.

CHAPTER 22

REC #1 HATONN

MON., NOV. 19, 1990 8:18 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 95

MON., NOV. 19, 1990

Let us reason together as the confusion mounts and compounds upon your place. I am Hatonn in service unto God and Man. Saalome’

TODAY’S WATCH

Chelas, chelas, chelas--logic and reason--LOGIC AND REASON. LOOK AT THE WHOLE!

You have a most serious mess going on in your Middle East. You have politicians who were deadly enemies meeting for tea and crumpets daily--you have a President performing in the capacity of an INTERNATIONAL WORLD PRESIDENT! But--you still have Russia with total space supremacy and charter law of the UN that says the commander of the UN military forces WILL BE RUSSIAN!

WHAT YOU HAVE HERE IS THE PULLING TOGETHER OF THE GLOBAL WORLD ORDER DRESSED IN DISGUISE OF NEIGHBORLY CARE AND TENDING.

You have big gushy whoopla over reduction in conventional arms--who cares? Do you actually believe there will be control of anything through conventional arms?

SINCE RUSSIA HAS THE SUPREMACY OF MILITARY CONTROL AND RUSSIA IS, BY LAW OF THE UN, IN COMMAND OF THE MILITARY FORCES, IS IT NOT LIKELY THE ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE MADE TO COME INTO AGREEMENT AND SPLIT UP THESE SPOILS?--ESPECIALLY SINCE RUSSIA IS RELEASING ALL HER REPUBLICS, AT ANY RATE?

THE U.S. DID NOT ACCOMPLISH THAT WHICH WAS PROJECTED TO YOU THE PEOPLE AS PLANNED WITH THE SHUTTLE VOYAGE!!! THEY DID FIND OUT THAT WHICH THEY NEEDED IN CONJUNCTION AND AGREEMENT WITH THE RUSSIANS. YOU NEEDED NOT SURVEILLANCE SATELLITE BECAUSE YOUR GOVERNMENT HAS GIVEN AWAY THE POWER UNTO THE RUSSIANS TO BARGAIN FOR ECONOMIC CONTROL OF THE GLOBE IN A MOST WONDROUS JOINT VENTURE! BUT--ISRAEL IS STILL ON TRACK FOR ALL-OUT WAR PRECIPITATING NEED FOR THE U.S. TO BECOME INVOLVED WITH IRAQ. I WARN YOU--NOTHING IS TOO HEINOUS TO EVEN SLOW UP THE ONE WORLD PLANNERS! NOTHING! I will give you this upon which to ponder--if push comes to shove, the U.S. Elite will blast Israel off the map, if necessary, while the Zionist faction finds safety within the halls of security in the two nations. Remember, the Russians despise the Khazar Zionists and vice-versa. Israel is the fly in this perfect ointment and in the ending she will go to war and pull in the major nation in the Far East--China. Oh, it will be a most dandy war, my friends!

Saddam is moving a quarter of a million troops into Kuwait this day to shore up the lines of defense. The Iraqis, further, announce they will bomb Israel if the U.S. acts in an aggressive manner. What does this tell you? It should tell you that you haven’t the foggiest notion about what is going on in Israel nor their immediate plans for incidents.

LET ME OUTLINE THE PLAN UNFOLDING

You see, the major players do not inform the minor players of the game plan and therefore no one understands what is taking place. REMEMBER THE ONES WHO RULE THE UN WITH TOTAL POWER!

Where is your wondrous President playing hop-skotch this week? OF COURSE! But where is Israel? Let me paint you a fantasy!

By the way--what happened to your 3 and 1/2 years of peace as prophesied? Dear ones, the very term “peace” is a recognition of global appearance of no war. You have painted yourselves into a corner. Now, no war does NOT mean prosperity--only “no war”. This is because the plan is to disarm the weaker nations of the world in total and ALL CITIZENS!

Well you say, then where would that prophesied “war” come from? China!

Further, as you have moved all of your military force into Saudi Arabia, you have left your own nest totally untended! Worse, we have written about the Viet Cong demolitions experts along your Mississippi River bridges and the infiltration along the entire length of your Canadian and Mexican borders--by Asians. I suggest all of you go back as rapidly as possible and re-read the information given unto you in prior writings. You have nothing with which to defend yourselves and there are foreign arms depots spaced at regular intervals the entire length of both your northern and southern borders--along with Russian missiles in place in both coastal areas, East and West. YOU DO NOT HAVE MILITARY SUPREMACY SO THE ONLY THING YOU CAN DO IS CAPITULATE OR HAVE A SUCCESSFUL NUCLEAR FIRST STRIKE.

The Global Cartel is this week getting the treaties, money arrangements and plans in place to solidify the European sectors within the Global Control network. The error is that Israel does not plan on being static--except that she is promised that AFTER the Global Cartel takes over, she will be GIVEN the lands she claims to want. Further, she already has control of your Congress and is assured steady financial stability as long as the U.S. is economically stable.

You seem to think that Russia accidentally got into this plight of apparent loss of power--FORGET SUCH A DREAM. Russia is exactly where Russia plans to be--supreme control of power joined with the Banking Cartel--a marriage made in Hell, dear friends. The Soviets told you that they would “bury” you, that they would take the world and further, they would take the U.S. without having to fire a shot!

Will you have war in Iraq? Probably, unless reason can be brought to bear of the hopelessness of the plight of the dissenting nations of the Middle East and the Jihad can be shut down. You will note this day that Mr. Bush shut out King Hussein of Jordan from his roster of visits because he still arbitrates for Iraq to great extent.

Now all you need are some nice big disasters on the home front in national America and you will cement the people into distraction and the Global Planners can do anything they want and you won’t even notice.

The world is still sleeping, chelas, and fails to realize the script has already been written and played--you are but running through the lines again! You show no signs of actually changing the plot nor the ending thereof. But there must be a remnant who does survive and who moves along with this Earth on her journey.

PEACE EVER-AFTER

After the smoke clears, you will be presented with the “peace-ever-after” speeches. A world in unison and wondrous peace--AND IT WILL REALLY LOOK GOOD TO YOU! Further, it will “feel” good to you--for about three and a half years. Then the one in power will change his/her spots, little blind lambs--and 29 years of war will look very long indeed! You show no signs of moving from the blueprint you have laid forth in all the prophecies. YOU ARE IN THE COUNTDOWN!

There can be no sham of the Congress being allowed to approve or denounce war in the halls of Constitutional Order. If Congress declares war--that means the U.S. has declared war and that would ruin the whole facade of UN military control. If war is necessary and it likely will be to some extent--and on the ground because the people of the Middle East have no air power at all and can be squashed by your tanks and armor--it will be through simple Executive Order under the sham of UN proclamation.

WHAT HAS CHANGED?

Nothing and moreover you ones will have so many problems that you will be so relieved to not have a war that you will capitulate to anything.

Your world is under “capture” and ‘surrender” right this moment--the war having been fought on the tables of power and the surrender from the ones having nothing to eat and no means of warfare left to them. And you thought nothing was happening on the war front during this dark of the moon--(sic, sic). Naked aggression? Dear hearts, the only problem is that all players are as ignorant of Truth as are you little citizens--and someone is going to push the wrong hate button and blood will flow like sand blowing across that desert where sit your children.

Saddam will come under control at some point but it will likely be through death and death of many Iraqi people. You see, as the U.S. and Russia join forces, there will be no recognition of past treaties or friendships for there is no honor! Russia can sit in space and pin-point Saddam’s strong holds and Saddam knows it. Russia has no intent of having her advisers blown away. This has been the biggest confrontation between two world powers of your earth experience so far. All the while they smile at each other they are working out your control in the most effective manner while still reducing the population upon your globe. You see, you must reduce the population upon your globe for you have become a welfare world and it can no longer be tolerated!

BUT YOU SAID--HATONN!

I told you that which was laid to “planning” papers! Please take note of that which is before you, chelas. Mr. Bush, for instance, has made no effort to please you the people. He acts as if he cares not for re-election--does he not? HE DOES NOT! If his plans continue as scheduled--you will have no “re-election”--you have seen your last President as elected by and for the people--you will be under control and your Constitution will mean nothing.

This week while all of you awaited the expected conflagration--which will probably still happen, you have been sold completely down the tubes as a nation! Not only did not one effort to stop the men from bringing the world to its knees--but you upped the ratings of popularity. Your dear, sweet leaders, just spending a nice day in the desert eating Turkey (literally), while you join hands and pray for their success and comradery. THE COUP OF THE CENTURIES HAS BEEN PULLED OFF AND EVEN MY OWN INFORMED GROUP DIDN’T SEE IT HAPPEN! WE HAVE WRITTEN THE EQUIVALENT OF SOME 22 VOLUMES AND STILL MY OWN GROUP DIDN’T SEE IT HAPPEN!

This current maneuver of the Elite was set up and placed in orchestration for final symphony while Bush so-called “vacationed” at Congressional recess. Now, he must finish his task or force the war within the next short weeks before you have a chance to “pull Constitution” on him. He is genuinely smiling because he thinks he has WON THE GAME.

When I get opportunity to remind you about Russian Robotoids, you will perhaps stop calling us kooks and “your enemies”--we outlined in the 1970snd, the entire picture and availability of Russian Robotoids and duplicates. If your leaders are of Russian control, dear hearts--you will come under the control of Russia, no more and no less--and you already have placed in your councils--controlled substitutes. These ones are further programmed by pulsed beams and will function according to the overall Global Plan 2000! SO BE IT, YOU MAY MARK MY WORDS IN THINE HISTORY ANNALS FOR THE TRUTH WILL MAKE ITSELF KNOWN TO YOU VERY SHORTLY IN YOUR OWN MANNER OF COUNTING. WILL THIS BE WITH OR WITHOUT BLOODSHED? YOU BE THE JUDGE; YOU HAVE TO DECREASE THE POPULATION OF YOUR PLANET BY SOME 6 BILLION OR MORE PEOPLE! AIDS AND CHRONIC FATIGUE SYNDROME CAN’T DO IT ALL, CAN THEY? PULSE BEAMS FROM ACROSS YOUR POLES CAN’T DO IT ALL! YOUR WORLD HAS BEEN CAPTURED AND YOU DIDN’T NOTICE. WHILE WE OUTLAID IT IN BLACK AND WHITE PRINT--YOU STILL DIDN’T NOTICE! SO BE IT, SO BE IT. LOOK AROUND YOU!

OH YES, UNTO THE 12TH HOUR YOU CAN CHANGE OF IT IF YOU WANT TO DO SO--YOU SHOW NO INDICATION OF WANTING TO DO SO.

IN FACT, THESE ABOVE REASONS ARE THE VERY ONES WHICH CAUSED YOUR COLLECTIVE CONSCIOUSNESS TO FORM GROUPS AND CREATE THE FALSE PROJECTION OF A “RAPTURE”! YOU CANNOT FACE THAT WHICH YOU KNOW YOU HAVE CREATED AND YOU DESIRE TO SIMPLY “TAKE-OFF” SOMEWHERE. THE PROBLEM IS, THAT THE MAJORITY OF THE COLLECTIVE CONSCIOUSNESS DESIRES TO EXPERIENCE THE ENTIRE MISERABLE PROPHETIC SCENARIO! THE REST OF THE POPULACE IS SIMPLY “EXPERIENCING” AND DOESN’T GIVE A DAMN EITHER WAY! WHAT DOES THIS TELL YOU OF THE LESSONS YOU LEARNED FROM THE CHRISTED TEACHERS WHO CAME TO TELL YOU TRUTH AND ASK THAT YOU CHANGE INTO THE LAWS OF GOD AND CREATION? WHAT ODDS DO YOU GIVE UNTO GOD?

FORGET IT! GOD SHALL PREVAIL! SINCE THIS IS TRUTH AND HE SHALL PREVAIL, I SUGGEST YOU STICK WITH US, FOR WE ARE THE FORERUNNERS OF THAT GOD COMING TO BRING YOU HOME AND RECLAIM THE KINGDOM FROM THE EVIL YOU HAVE CREATED. I REPEAT THAT WHICH I TOLD YOU ON THE YESTERDAY--YOU WILL CREATE A POSITIVE WAY OUT OF THIS VOID OF PAIN AND EVIL! YOU WILL KILL OFF A LOT OF NEGATIVE ASPECTS IN THE PROCESS BUT IN THE ENDING--THE CREATOR SHALL PREVAIL! WHAT YOU PERCEIVE TO TAKE PLACE IN THE INTERIM IS INDEED TERRIBLE TO BEHOLD BUT IT SHALL MAKE THE JOURNEY INTO TRANSITION SO MUCH THE MORE JOYFUL AS YOU CAST OFF THE OLD AND TAKE ON THE CLOAK AND WINGS OF GOD. THIS TOO, YOU MARK INTO YOUR ANNALS OF HISTORY--TRUTH SHALL PREVAIL!

I suggest that you who always wait to accomplish a task until the “deadline” is upon you--move! The deadline is upon you--now! In many things the deadline passed and you failed in your work--now the consequences are upon you. Too late? Until your physical body lies dead in the coffin, it is not too late--until your consciousness is transcended, it is NOT too late--it is only too late if you choose for it to be too late!

The above facts are WHY ones in your nation--especially of the Zionist persuasion, push for war. If you can become entangled in a war the U.S. will not be lost to the Zionists‟ use--can you not see that which is so clear as the transparent glass of your finest crystal? If this plan, as laid forth on the tables of Europe this day takes place, Israel fears the short toothpick and rightfully so--she will have to settle for that which will be dealt out by the Controllers--the Elite of whom are among her own leaders. The “Jews” of Israel shall be the greatest losers of all time. THE ZIONISTS ARE A MAJOR PLAYER AND PART AND PARCEL OF THE CARTEL ELITE.

TO THE PLANNERS, THE WAR AT PRESENT MEANS NAUGHT!--ZERO! AT THE APPROPRIATE TIME IRAQ WILL FALL INTO LINE AS OUTLINED BY THEIR SOVIET TEACHERS AND THUS AND SO. IT IS ALL LAID FORTH AND YOU CAN SEE IT IF YOU BUT PAY ATTENTION. SADDAM HAS SAID HE WILL RELEASE ALL OF THE “HOSTAGES” AFTER CHRISTMAS AND THE SIX WEEKS FOLLOWING. THIS IS TO ALLOW ALL SECURITY UNTIL THE CONTRACTS AND DIVISIONS OF POWER CAN BE LAID FORTH--IN OTHER WORDS, YOU THE WORLD ARE HOSTAGES FOR THE REST OF YOUR STAY UPON THE PLANET!

Then why the concern reflected in the faces of the leaders? Because a zillion possibilities can take place! Ones who are NOT in the inner circles can do foolish things in the name of God and patriotism and it would cause heinous consequences of inconvenience if played prior to the final agreements. Bush would like to come home from his little Thanksgiving jaunt giving you possibility of peace to feast and sleep upon--meanwhile, the armies keep building because it is anticipated that the masses in the Middle East may do something foolish in the name of God and righteousness! Will they? Probably! It is the overall scenario of which I am giving the overview--the interim is clouded by perturbations of possibilities--and I will not give you the full picture for it is for you to find Truth and return unto God. Myself and the Hosts of heaven have not created a negative aspect and we have no need to “return” to God as do you of the planet--we are already within the shield of God.

I suggest you stop efforting at causing us to prove our presence and/or take action of some sort--we have no problems in our structure and further, we are not allowed by cosmic law to INTERFERE with your games until you threaten destruction affecting the cosmos/universe. AT THE PROPER TIME YOU WILL CALL UPON GOD AND WE WILL BE THERE!

One reason by the way, that no great effort is made in full intent to take out this work is that the Elite are pretty sure it is no threat to the overall Plan which they have conjured and they too need production in positive manner which you of the remnant shall provide. They already know it is but history writing and that the masses are not likely to act upon the Truth in any rush which threatens overthrow of the Plan.

The final game is an effort to cause the collective consciousness of human experience to turn totally to the negative evil entrapment--but you as fragments of Creator will ultimately turn unto God and therein lies the real confrontation--So be it! How many will be remaining to make this wondrous transition? Who knows--PERHAPS ONLY ONE!?!?? HOW DO YOU WISH THIS TO END, CHELAS? SO BE IT!

Could Hatonn be thine Source? Who cares? Thine ultimate Source is Creator--known as Aton, the One Light. Ye are aspects experiencing from that ONE source--what difference does it make who composes the other aspects if ye be at ONENESS WITH GOD CREATOR AND IN BALANCE WITH THE WONDROUS CREATION? PONDER UPON IT! That CREATOR is known by as many labels as there are individual fragments of that Creator. I suggest you stop further scattering of fragments and begin to pull yourself back into focus for the journey home. You have a lot of aspect clearance to be done and only a brief space of non-time in which to do of it. YOU WILL CHOOSE OF YOUR DIRECTION AND ABSOLUTE DECISIONS ARE MADE THROUGH NO DECISION AT ALL IN PERCEPTION.

THIS IS THE TIME OF SEPARATION--THE TIME OF TRUTH SO THAT DECISIONS CAN BE MADE IN KNOWLEDGE--YOU WILL DECIDE! OR, ASSUME THE DECISION IS ALREADY MADE AND THAT DECISION OF CONTINUATION ON THE PATH OF WORLDLY ATTACHMENT TO THE PHYSICAL SHALL PLACE YOU IN SEPARATION BECAUSE THE “PHYSICAL” IS IN TRANSITION! AND THESE THINGS SHALL COME TO PASS IN YOUR TIME UPON THIS GLOBE! SELAH!

I shall be happy to listen to thine petitions. I shall be pleased to sit with you and listen--YOU WILL COME INTO TRUTH ON THINE OWN KNOWINGNESS AND I SHALL HOLD THINE HANDS BUT YE SHALL DO THE TRANSITIONING! IN THE ENDING OF THE CYCLE STORY, GOD SHALL PREVAIL--IT IS UP TO YOU HOW THE INTERIM EXPERIENCE IS PROJECTED! AHO!

May we walk together, you and me, for I can carry you if it need be--but ye shall do of that which shall be done in thine physical manifestation--no more and nothing lesser--YOU WILL DECIDE! WE OF THE HOSTS SENT FORTH CAN SHOW THE WAY--THE CHRIST CONSCIOUSNESS CAN LEAD AND CONSTRUCT THE PATH--BUT YOU WILL WALK THE PATH! How it shall come to pass is in thine creation or degradation--the choice is man’s! A remnant shall be given to transition and rebirthing--WILL YE BE AMONG THE REMNANT?--OR--SHALL THINE ASPECT OF EXPERIENCING MANIFESTATION BE CAST INTO OBLIVION TO VANISH INTO THE ILLUSION OF MEMORY? IT SHALL BE AS YOU CHOOSE OF IT TO BE!

DENOUNCING THESE TRUTHS WILL NOT CHANGE ONE IOTA OF THE TRUTH OF IT! SAALOME’

Dharma, I suggest that you have had enough impact this day and much of the physical needs preparation, so allow us to close this segment. I suggest that the group who will gather this evening come in meditation within thought to come into clarity for the game becomes most difficult from here on into the closing. So be it; allow us to remain within Grace that our way is made clear and steps strong and without faltering. May we give strength unto our brother, that we can come again into the ONENESS of the Source--in glory and beauty, unscathed by the experience and into the total Light of perfection. Amen.

I move to stand-by, I shall journey with you most closely in presence this day for the confusion of thought patterns is giddy indeed. Salu. Hatonn to clear.

CHAPTER 23

REC #1 HATONN

TUE., NOV. 20, 1990 6:45 A.M. YEAR 4 DAY 96

TUE., NOV. 20, 1990

Hatonn present in the wondrous Light of God in service unto Man. May we walk together in unity through these changing times come upon your lands. Aho!

In the glory of the refreshment unto the Mother as God gives forth healing rain to a dry and thirsty land. Let us accept the drink of the Life Spring that our Truth and Knowledge be refreshed in our recognition of Source and allow that Source to bring blossom unto the bud of Truth coming into full bloom upon your place. Amen. I bow in service unto you, my brothers, in this wearisome time of chaotic lifestream.

HONOR TO DR. JOHN L. KING

Just released from daring publishers is a book by one I honor and salute. Dr. King gave all that a man can give unto his brother and the value of his work can be measured by the fact that he was murdered by those who wished to keep his work from you in this time of peril. It is titled Chaos In America and it is his legacy to the Truth of your economic chaos as it has evolved. It has been published since his death.

In the last few paragraphs John brings some great Truth unto you by giving honor to others who came before. It is Truth when men such as Isaac Newton state, “If I have seen farther, it is because I have stood on the shoulders of giants come before me.”

Dr. King speaks of Lewis Mamford from Transformation Of Man. The point of the quote is to allow you to witness that change is upon you that promises a spiritual renaissance and I will tell you herein, that all happening upon your planet is in preparation of the greatest spiritual renaissance ever known to man. May God grant understanding in wisdom of the following:

“Every human transformation...has rested on a new metaphysical (beyond the physical, no more and no less) and ideological base; or rather, upon deeper stirrings and intuitions whose rationalized expression takes the form of a new picture of the cosmos and the nature of man....We stand at the brink of such a new age: the age of an open world and of a self-capable of playing its part in that large sphere. An age of renewal, when work and leisure and learning and love will unite to produce a fresh form of every stage of life, and a higher trajectory for life as a whole...bringing about a fresh release of spiritual energy.”

And in the Epilogue:

Emerson wrote, “In our society there is a standing antagonism between the conservative and the democratic classes; between those who have made their fortunes, and the young and poor who have fortunes to make; between the interests of dead labor--that is, the labor of hands long ago still in the grave, which labor is now entombed in money stocks, or in land and buildings owned by idle capitalists--and the interests of living labor, which seeks to possess itself of land and buildings and money stocks. The first class is timid, selfish liberal, hating innovation, and continually losing numbers by death. The second class is selfish also, encroaching, bold, self-relying, always outnumbering the other and recruiting its numbers every hour by births. It desires to keep open every avenue to competition of all, and to multiply avenues; the class of business men in America, in England, in France; the class of industry and skill.”

(Dr. King): We are certain in these emerging hard times to see the eruption of social unrest and violence in America, perhaps on a larger scale than we have seen in a very long time. The reason will be the clash between the conservative and the democratic classes that Emerson wrote about.

You must also prepare yourself financially and psychologically for this coming event. This potential threat makes the idea of living in a rural area have much merit; it enhances the hoarding of gold idea and becoming ever more self-reliant and self-sufficient.

I salute one of the finest men to walk upon your places: JOHN L. KING, Ph.D. I further honor his son, John King, who continues to make his father’s work available to this land in this time of chaos. (If you wish more information how to enhance such things as gold purchase, etc., I can recommend that you contact the Phoenix Institute P.O. 27740, Las Vegas, NV 89126 where assistance is set forth in the manner of which is spoken.) I honor in reverent salute, John, he is my brother and above all, he was and remains, my friend.

There have been insightful ones upon your placement since creation and you have not heard them through the building chaos. May God grant His Grace that you begin to see and hear for the time is most short indeed.

WHAT OF THOSE WHO DISCOUNT THE JOURNALS?

In every instance in which I am queried regarding discounting of the Journals by a human projector of his own wisdom, we note herein--THEY HAVE NOT SO MUCH AS READ ALL OF THE JOURNALS! Further, until all is written--there is no way to have all of the information upon which to base critique; therefore, their own information regarding that about which they extrapolate may be valid or invalid (I make no judgment unless it deviates from the LAWS OF GOD AND THE CREATION) but they cannot know the Truth of the Journals‟ material for it is not yet all written and total projection cannot be pronounced nor comparisons made, until the whole is present for the judging! Ponder it! God will present unto you that which is Truth and then in the ending--YOU WILL DO OF THE DECIDING FOR THAT IS THE TRUTH AND GIFT OF GOD UNTO MAN--FREE-WILL CHOICE AND REASON, WITH INBORN KNOWLEDGE OF TRUTH AND THE LAWS.

CREATION IS! GOD, FURTHER, HAS SENT FORTH LAWS TO GOVERN THE BEHAVIOR OF MAN; HE FORCES NONE--HE WAITS TO WITNESS THAT WHICH YOU WILL DO WITH HIS LAWS! ARE YE PROUD OF SELF AS REGARDS THE LAWS OF GOD?--OF YOUR INTERACTIONS WITH WHAT WAS, THE PERFECTION OF THE CREATION? AH SO, PERHAPS A BIT OF RE-THINKING MIGHT BODE THEE WELL IN THIS ENDING TIME OF CYCLE! THINK UPON THESE THINGS.

We, the Hosts, have been sent forth ahead of the Master Teacher to prepare the way and assist man in regaining his balance--ye are free to accept or denounce us--but in the interim and in the ending it matters not whether or not you believe that which we bring is Truth--FOR TRUTH STANDS THE TESTING OF ALL “TIME” AND THESE TRUTHS SHALL STAND, MY FRIENDS, FOR WE ARE SENT OF GOD TO BEGIN TO LIGHT THE PATH HOME AND BRING THE “WAYSHOWER” TO GUIDE THE VOYAGE. WHAT YE DO WITH THE INFORMATION IS WITHIN THINE INDIVIDUAL SELF--NO MORE AND NO LESS: HERE IT IS, YE DO WITH IT THAT WHICH YE WILL! SAALOME’ AND SELAH. (THE BEGINNING AND THE ENDING IS THE WORD!)

TODAY’S WATCH

Note what is said in projections and ye shall find Truth. Just as with one who claimed that the receivers for Hatonn had plagiarized “50 pages of his personal material”--HOW SO, THE MATERIAL IN POINT OFFERED BY THE INDIVIDUAL WAS LESS THAN 26 PAGES IN LENGTH! I point out this particular discrepancy to allow you to look at a projection this day on your news media: “...there are around 300,000 troops from the U.S. in Saudi Arabia...” AND THEN, “...the U.S. troops are in the midst of training maneuvers WITH OVER A MILLION AIRCRAFT IN THE AIR!” HOW SO? 300,000 TROOPS (PERSONS) AND OVER A MILLION AIRCRAFT? IS MY ARITHMETIC POOR OR MIGHT THERE BE EXAGGERATION OF SOME MINOR PROJECTION PERHAPS? DOES THIS NOT SOMEHOW INDICATE THAT THE ANNOUNCERS OF YOUR NEWS DO NOT THINK ABOUT THAT WHICH THEY PRESENT? THIS CONTRADICTION CAME IN THE SAME ANNOUNCEMENT, DEAR ONES!

The news is so filled with puzzles which present the total Truth unto you that I only ask that you pay attention--the European pacts are being wiped away--that would appear good--but all will now come under U.N. military forces and the “ENTIRE OF EUROPE WILL BE „INTEGRATED‟ INTO THE WORLD OF NATIONS BY 1992!” This was another direct quote from the meetings underway in Paris among the controllers of the United Nations--Bush, Gorbachev, Mitterand and Thatcher! But it is the secret meetings with the leaders of other nations, such as Shamir, with which you had best take note. The noose is knotted and the rope swinging--your neck is already within the loop! So be it. I leave you a day to think upon that which you see for self--HOWEVER, I URGE YOU TO NOT OVERLOOK THAT WHICH IS COMING FORTH FROM CHINA!

TROUBLED WATERS

We of the Hosts, the winged tribes, arrive in this age not just to materialize but to literally walk among you as we clear the path for the Godly Presence. We are coming back at this time on a wave of light, a pulsation of new intensity. We have the ability to materialize through drawing atoms and molecules into our light fields but it is not for this that we are here. We are looking for biological incarnations in the specific human beings whose present bodies have grown from fetuses that have unfolded along the vibrational patterns of our Light.

It is we who designed your human bodies but you have grown up in a civilization that denies both our presence and our reality. And so we breathe in you again and again each breath fuller than the breath before, each pulsation brighter, each new communication clearer, penetrating further into your understanding.

Let us awaken you, we who have formed you in the womb, we who have called you from the tomb of sleeping matter. You, whose physical circuitry mirrors our being, welcome us into your consciousness.

When you experience our spirit presence, you know yourself in the image of that which God holds for you, the image of perfection in which God has created you. God’s living image of you reflects God. It does not rest frozen like a photograph in a frame. The perfect images in which God holds each human being are alive and changing, flowing, fluid images. One day a servant, the next a lover, the next a sister, a brother, a spouse, a teacher or a friend. (All the aforementioned are one and the same as you meditate upon it.)

We understand God’s images for humanity for that is what we are! We are individualized living images of God designed to draw more than just your physical bodies into our energy patterns; we are designed to blend with your consciousness, with your understanding and with the field of your emotional expression. We are here in the atmosphere of your consciousness to draw you into clear and accurate perception that together in cooperative harmony we might commence a new cycle of creation.

We come to the Earth to blend with you in the communion that will give birth to the Creator in time. We work with whatever forms of understanding you allow us to animate. Our love has called up out of the Earth the bodies of your race. Feel that love and know your spirit. We offer you more than words; we offer ourselves.

O children, we have lived and died in so many of you. And we live in you again, again and again. Your fearful human generations are like waves of cold sea water or a mountain stream splashing on our warm eternal shores. You can keep being afraid and receding with each cold wave to experience again and yet again. Or you can begin to watch the waves, the waves of your generation’s fears, the waves and pulses of your society’s illusions, the waves of emotional control and realize that you are NOT the waves.

The humanly-defined world is constantly in change. It has its momentary drama, a wave of emotional turmoil that seems to have the ability to put fear into the hearts of ones more than ever before. But no matter how wild and turbulent the waves of your culture’s gods become during these last days before such illusions vanish, be not the waves of fear, nor influenced by them. The birds have always floated on the surface of such waves--storms have crashed armadas, sunk galleons and watched angry warriors perish beneath their fury--ever the birds have floated undisturbed above the wreckage, above the turbulence, above the waves, gentle, serene. WE ARE THE “BIRD TRIBES” RETURNING TO ASSIST OUR FLEDGLINGS--WE ARE THE REBIRTH OF THE SYMBOL OF GOD’S FREEDOM AND RENEWAL--THE QUETZAL/PHOENIX! We are the colors of the rainbow and the wondrous pulse of the waves of energy throughout the cosmos--we are the Hosts to welcome you back into the House of God.

“Times” need not be troublesome for you humans of this closing age. For wherever there is just one that does not succumb to the emotional undercurrents of fear that would herd you like sheep into some collective folly, there radiates an influence of peace, stability, healing and blessing. God will amplify the influence of that ONE and blend it with the influence of others who are incarnate and doing of the same. Through these will pour the peace and understanding as well as the strength of direction. No sea shall rise against them!

CALM THE TROUBLED WATERS

We are come to calm the troubled waters of collective emotional storms to walk upon them in our understanding, to bring the ways of love to a human world manifest tossing still in a troubled sea of illusion and “dis” illusion. We bring the Lamp of Peace that comes from trust in God and truth of God’s Laws and balance with total harmony within THE CREATION. We bring the torch of wisdom that resolves human differences through commerce, communication, forgiveness, honesty.

Loving our enemies we have no enemies nor anything to fear. Our torch-lights beckon from above the waves of human turbulence from the realms of God perfection to bear His Truth and that of The Creation unto a people who have forgotten. The consciousness of the Eternal One shines forth from each light we bear. Those who struggle and clutch at wreckage in the turbulence below cannot harm us or our kind. They can only become us in time, dear ones. For it is from them, from such raw material that the egos of our universal species are drawn.

Do not subscribe to the passing illusions of this age. Do not blindly follow the archaic warrior programming that leaves you unconscious, an automaton, a puppet controlled by those who have for centuries made it their business to map and chart the currents of fear. Realize your choices. Should you feel a habit of violent reaction, whether in thought, word or deed, realize that it is only yourself with whom you strive. Do not contend so anxiously with yourself. There is only one of you here shadowboxing on the wall. Defend yourself from this alone: the programming of unconscious fears.

Every time a human being reacts violently toward another being instead of communicating in communion, that person is hurting him or herself, no more and no less--for you cannot hurt of another unless that other “accepts” thine abuse. The essence of intelligence is simply this: it is always to your advantage to cooperate rather than to retaliate for you actually only “retaliate” upon self.

These are not “others” that you perceive as foes but those of your own household, your family. Let them become your friends and partners in the healing and educational work of these times. Do not take them or yourselves so seriously. With lightness in your heart and glory beneath your wings, rise above the waves of emotional concern that would draw you beneath their surface. Feel the love that is restructuring every human illusion--MUST restructure every human illusion.

We come in this age to calm the waters of human emotional turbulence that you might see in correctness of vision, direction and truth your way in the path of Light and away from the abyss of dark passages. We have allowed the turbulence to swirl the waters this past while to help the egos to learn. But the Creator has appointed an end to history. And we are the means of the calming. The water is calmed wherever we stand. We walk on the water in singing that you might hear and see. Pure water: a human heart in love. Clear water: the eyes of God all-seeing.

Standing above the swirling seas of illusion, you see the radiant light of ten thousand other beings such as yourself. Light beings. Winged Ones. The Ongwhelhonwhe, The Thunder-birds, the Wambli, returning. Your love for these sisters and brothers of old bursts from your heart. Rays of brilliant Light shoot between you. Ten thousand bridges of Light connect your hearts as the bridge to and from infinity. And beneath luminous bridges the Light falls joyously in laughter on the swirling seas. These waters too are calmed, the waters beneath the bridges that none be lost to the whirlpools in the darkness.

Up out of the angry seas others rise to join you. They leave behind their petty claims upon this, that or the other moment. Into one larger moment they merge with you into one moment magnificent. They feel the network of Light that engulfs the planet. They become a part of it. They awaken into the energy of the children of light. By your side they experience the teamwork and cooperation of the real peoples. They see. You see.

Something is touching down upon your earth, something from the stars, beloved brethren. Something is landing upon the still waters of hearts that trust in God, speaking to the hearts of people who love.

Each wave of time splashing upon the shores of memory brings another moment, another doorway, another opening, inviting the awakening children of the Earth to feel the flutter of spirit in their consciousness, to feel the brush of angel wings, to allow the waters of their hearts to be still and to live each moment with greater love, honesty, caring and compassion than ever before. So it is that the balance of the Sacred Hoop is restored--that Sacred Circle of Infinity. Moment by moment, YOU become MORE INCARNATE.

ETERNAL BEING

When you examine the nature of that pure essence of beauty behind the perfection of both masculine and feminine, you find God. Because at the source, at the core, at the heart of all that is feminine is God. And at the heart, at the core, at the source of all that is masculine is God. The SAME God, the ONE, THE GREAT SPIRIT. Such is the nature of God.

God is indescribably beautiful, indescribably wonderful, indescribably precious. Powerful. Gentle. Real. God is these qualities to such a perfect extent that God’s only challenge is to pursue description of such indescribable perfection.

So the Great Spirit picks a place in the infinite ocean of space, draws a line. And calls it “time”.

Then making the first distinction, God says, “This line separates everything that happened before I drew this line from everything that happened after I drew this line.” And God then takes all the qualities and potentialities of eternal being and places their centers on either one side of the line or the other. These qualities continue to pulsate on both sides of the great distinction. Their radiations permeate all that IS. Nowhere is without them. But the centers from which they radiate are assigned places on either side of the great line.

On one side of the line, God designs structures to identify specific locations in the sea of infinite being: atoms, each an intention, a consciously created system for cultivating and regulating its particular field of space. On this side of the line that God calls “time”, bleeds through all that is feminine, material, actualized structure. Here lies all that is created, everything that exists, the stars and the planets. This is the Tonal, the body of the great Mother universe. Home of every star and every world.

The other side of the line is the Nagual. Here remains all that will be created. Here are the patterns of new creation and the energy that will draw the new creation out of the infinite reservoir of eternal potential from the designing intelligence of the One who is ever becoming revealed.

Yet the line that God has drawn to define the sea of space is not a rigid, linear boundary; it is a living reality, spiraling like a thread in and out of the created realms. Around and around the circumference of every nameable thing it coils and spins weaving a fine luminous cloth, the filmiest of screens, an invisible membrane. At each point where it touches the dimensional universe, incredible creation occurs: stars are created, galaxies congeal, white holes appear, black holes, quasars, arching bows of stars. In a multitude of awesome ways, energy pulses through from the masculine side of the Great Spirit divide into the body of the Mother universe.

In this way the purpose and the passion of the Creator are served: the entire universe becomes a joyous journey through love, an adventure, a challenge to describe the infinite wealth of invisible beauty, to give it texture, tone and light to make it visible.

Creatures of beauty come into form--not just isolated creatures of beauty but creatures of beauty each living in a larger landscape of beauty--and not just landscapes alone!

Landscapes resting within picture planets formed in spiraling systems of stars that are themselves set like living diamonds in a galaxy floating among a hundred billion more, giving each creature a background, each picture a frame, and all living art a context that accentuates what is most beautiful. Division into stellar and planetary polarities is the physical mechanism of this awesome creation, the manner in which the infinite potential of God in all its splendor is revealed.

Stellar and planetary polarities are not “opposites”. They are complementary ends of a single vibrational continuum, ends of a unified spectrum that begin back to back at a common point on the great Medicine Wheel and then move apart, each to complete nearly--but not quite--the full 180 degrees of their respective halves of the whole.

Just short of meeting, they stop to face each other, 350 degrees of the Wheel complete. They pause then, allowing the charge between them to build and grow until there comes the spark of lightning that completes the full 360 degree circle of the “Medicine Wheel” in the illumination that there clothes you in biological form.

There is design in both matter and energy just as there is design encoded in the genetic structure of ovum and sperm. The design that enters the earth’s atmosphere on the rays of light from the nearest star calls to the potential of this material world; the stellar stream touches Her deepest ocean dreams and sings lovingly to the longing in Her soil. The information contained in the elemental forces of the earth mingles with the spirit in-formation of the solar wind, as feminine and masculine polarities of the Eternal One play together and interact in the biosphere.

Sunlight impregnates the earth. Solar sperm and ocean ovum mingle. The sun teaches the earth his song, and the earth teaches the sun hers. The sun tries to sing her song and laughs. The dance of projection and manifestation is joyously underway. The earth tries to sing a sun song and creates blue sky, white clouds and a world of scurrying creatures below to bestow as gifting upon the new creation. Our spirit information blends with the material information of soil, water, wind and sky. The gestation of the terrestrial child is catalyzed. Creatures rise up on the spiraling winds of our vibrating love. Feeling our song, they live, breathe and dance out the patterns of our interaction.

Spinning in the wondrous beauty of starlight, the earth learns a new image of herself. She releases her rock formations to flow into waving forests, grazing buffalo, sleeping reptiles, prancing deer in the sun. Particles of her matter are given wing and flutter and sing on the winds of solar spirit. The earth releases who she is to become the life dancing upon her surface, flowing, ever flowing into the blossoming patterns of her potential.

THE BIRD TRIBES DESCEND

From the realms of higher vibration where forms are subtle and have no material density, the angels of the winged ones who move about the universe, the Bird Tribes descend. We seek to discover how we might most effectively and creatively clothe ourselves and thereby the Creator’s intentions in the matter of your world. We are ever vigilant, rising beneath the density of her structure, growing, as the seasons pass and our love deepens, into forests waving in the wind, teeming children, animations of starfire clothed in the beautiful, feminine, crystalline latticework of the material plane.

Communication between masculine and feminine aspect of the Great Spirit has been going on in this universe for billions of years. The creation that has appeared as a result of this dialogue has appeared on each vibrational frequency of manifestation in turn, with degrees of specificity and precision on each frequency directly related to the quality and clarity of the exchange among the embodied representative of male god and female god who there come into being. Once they come into form, embodied representatives of God become the primary means of all future creation on the frequencies where they appear. They are the specified, intelligent and co-creative paint brushes of the universal artist: living, participating art.

It was long prophesied, even before the foundations of this material world upon which you now stand, that a day would come when the loving interaction of a planet and a star would bring into being autonomous, self-replicating, intelligent creatures, biological creatures--male and female, clothing the very image and likeness of the Creator source. These would become, not only our participants in this continuing process of divine unfoldment but also henceforth the leading, cutting-edge in all further physical plane creation.

UNDERSTANDING

They would understand and embody the balance. They would comprehend the nuclear energy of stars as well as the geological formations of crystals in the heart of the mountains. They would understand organic chemistry, nuclear biology, astronomy and all the sciences. They would be incarnate in bodies--physical forms that were beautiful to behold, graceful to see, living works of art in themselves, designed as biological control rooms, mind/brain planning centers for exploring and developing ways and means that the potential of this universe could continue to unfold. They would become the instruments through which all future biological creation would occur.

On the level of the Earth, in this late 20th century of what you call your “present” age, there are biological creatures of female and male human form at either side of this profound interface between the masculine and feminine aspects of God. The same division between eternal unity that has the power to bring stars into existence ten thousand times the size of your sun, that same creative charge exists between the human female and the human male.

In a healthy state, the power of this creative energy is immense--note I DID NOT SAY ‘SEXUAL” ENERGY! Consciously channeled, it can be used to create beauty of an unprecedented order, of a nature surpassing all that came before, making visible the invisible beauty of God. Never before on the material plane has dialogue between divine masculine and divine feminine had the potential to be as clear, as concise and as conscious as it can be between the men and women of your human family.

When male and female meet on the Medicine Wheel, they each carry a distinct creative charge. Though their roots weave together and spring from the same source in the same Great Spirit, they incarnate on Earth to face one another with distinct energy charges profoundly attracted with immense capacity to create through the universal power of the love that can flow between them. Note, again, I did not say sexual activity for that is of the human state and now utilized for all the wrong reasons!

Each woman moves in an energy current, a tradition as distinct from the traditions of men as the very first creative division of God. Though you men and women have lived together in the same lodges and felt beneath your feet the earth of the same villages, though you have shared the same interpretations and slept together in the same illusions, you are each at distinctly different points on the great Medicine Wheel. Yet as different as these points are they are profoundly compatible, designed differently to stimulate maximum creativity. They are the very points where God meets God. And so be it!

To we who have followed this process for the billions of years, there is nothing more incomprehensible than the concept which is entertained in the warrior societies that there could be conflict or opposition between the feminine aspect of God and the masculine aspect of God. Do you realize how severely this concept limits you who accept it?

You will not find your place in this universe or form a basis for understanding her mysteries until you shed such superstition and realize that Mother God and Father God are profoundly in love, dear ones.

All about this universe that is feminine adores and reveres that which is masculine. The sole purpose of all about this universe that is masculine is to serve the feminine through the celebration and animation of the beauty that lies in her heart. Feminine and masculine are balanced in all healthy manifestations, equal partners, lovers, responsible participants--the truest of twin friends.

Your ancestral programming is invalid. Primitive notions of conflict between male and female lead to not-so-primitive weapons. Let your human world reflect instead the Truth of the great love in which you are every moment suspended. Awaken into a new perception and understanding of reality: reality--not as misinterpreted by the warrior tribes--but as understood by all the angelic races of God throughout eternity. Awaken into an accurate perception of the universe in which you live.

You are the love of Creator embodied in human form. Through the power of your love, you create. You are in the service of universal art to create beauty and to enjoy all that has been created. The evocation of beauty and the description of Truth: this is your purpose. The purpose of life! The very purpose of the universe!

SERVICE

In its own way, each species decides how it can best serve this purpose once it understands it. The buffalo notices what is going on in prairie time and prairie space and designs a life to describe Truth and to animate beauty as buffalos understand it. Whales describe time and space in their own unique forms of three-dimensional mobility, playing and swimming through seas of sound and light. The deer and creatures of the meadows embody their understanding of the universe and create beauty and balance as they recognize of it. Birds embody their understanding and create winged beauty. Angels embody their understanding of this universal purpose and become the means through which the Great Spirit creates more species to enjoy it. Further, they create that which the human form needs to make transitions to and from the eternal realms so that his perception of self is not damaged by the transition.

Throughout the galaxies, throughout the stars, all of the angelic races notice this purpose of life and decide how they best can serve. Each healthy species looks at the external world while experiencing the internal unity whole and unbroken and forms an idea of the wholeness of manifest life. This is its comprehension of the universe. Human beings‟ technical comprehension of the universe has expanded beyond the antelope, the ape and the fish. They have explored the microbes and begun to reach out unto the stars. Yet your historical rejection of eternal spirit has left you myopic, extremely self-sighted with no overview or larger vision to help you organize your knowledge into a coherent whole.

You are the instruments through which creation is to become physically conscious. You are the species through whom one day the whole material universe shall become aware. You are God’s organs of awareness awakening in this turning age from the sleep of historical subconsciousness. Masculine and feminine are both rooted in the unified divinity whose Spirit now awakens in you, whose identity you now remember to be your own. In spirit you are not separate from these two aspects of God but have brought into being, through the loving interactions of these, your own inner polarities.

The conception of new life requires highly focused, creative intention. It takes attention to detail of such a profoundly precise nature that, were the focus dissipated among many cells simultaneously, the miracle of conception could not occur.

Of the human body’s one hundred trillion or so cells only TWO CELLS are initially involved in the conception of a child. You float in a galaxy of some four hundred billion stars and many more matter worlds. Yet in this galaxy, only TWO WORLDS are required for the conception of new life.

Do not be surprised when we who have roamed among these stars tell you that you are indeed special, that you are precious beyond price, that you are so incredibly loved by the Source-of-all-that-is, that your one Earth and your one sun are conception points for the new life of worlds to come. Do not shun such love or let narrow minds convince you it could not be. Accept this love. Feel it for yourself. A gathering together and focusing of energies has been necessary to produce the awesome and incredible miracle that you are.

The attention of the universe is focused on your Earth. The Universal Mother herself is conscious in this world. The Father of every star looks through the eyes of this one sun as your journey takes you onward--for your Earth has experienced human conception--you have become the blessed life-stream of the universe--ARE YOU PROUD OF THAT WHICH YOU HAVE PERFORMED IN THIS WONDROUS GIFTED EXPERIENCE? SO BE IT.

We thank Tunkashila (Grandfather) for sharing with us this day in His wisdom and warmth of being for He has guided Dharma for long and she feels safe and secure within His Crystal feathers of His cloak and the shimmering red/gold radiance of his Being. I, too, bow in reverence to the wisdom of His Presence. AHO!

May we always be given in strength and wisdom to remain within the Lighted path of the red road home.

Your race is about to awaken the circuitry of consciousness, the global intelligence system of a planetary newborn that will be half star and half material world--she shall become one with a new dimension and fly as on wings of eagles to regain your place among the Tribes called “Bird”; ye shall soon come home as the ending migration is completed. The first migrations from your place are already under way--AHO!

This Journal shall be labeled CREATION, THE SACRED UNIVERSE WITHIN, The Incubation of the Phoenix, for you ones must come into knowledge of that which you are. Salu.

I am Hatonn, sent forth by God unto His fledglings. Saalome’

CHAPTER 24

REC #2 HATONN

TUE., NOV. 20, 1990 5:35 P.M. YEAR 4 DAY 96

TUE., NOV. 20, 1990

A picture-perfect landing! Yes, it was and also, the shuttle, had that picture-perfect landing at a different time than your announced timing and it wasn’t the same shuttle that you were given pictures of at take-off. Perfection is in the eye of the beholder. How is it that you have hourly public announcements regarding this “top secret military voyage” and perfect take-off and landing pictures with NASA going completely out of their way to accommodate the press and media--could it be--? It certainly is the old ‘shell” game of “where is the pea”, is it not?

NO WORDS

O humans of this yet sleeping age, there is so much to share with you--so very much more. It is difficult to place this awareness in your words, for your words are of only one dimension, of only one meaning at a time and the wonderful, living reality of this universe and the things of which we speak are multi-leveled, multi-dimensional, with reasons woven together like many streams and waters weave together in the larger Truth of a river valley.

There are many reasons why your world holds the attention of the universe. Your initiative, your capacity, your potential, what you have already demonstrated in your hours of vision and nobility are some of the reasons--but your fall, your rebellion, is yet another. For you see, once the egos of the warrior tribes ran off into the jungle, we knew that we were confronting in the womb, in the very moment of conception, certain fundamental issues that would have to be faced again and again on our future travels throughout the far-flung stars.

So long as this wondrous universe unfolds, human egos will face the same fundamental issues that you face today. Always they will have the choice to be ruled by what they love or by what they fear and the option to reject the input of their spirits will always be present for human freedom of will is essential to the proper working of the universal design.

Let us consider what would be if there could be documentation history of the inevitable sequence of events that occur when an ego or a tribe chooses a god of fear and if this history could be recorded in a genetic media presentation, narrated as it were by egos who had themselves experienced history. Then every ego skirting the edge of a fear-motivated decision would walk into the genetic media library and watch the DNA/RNA story of what happened there on your Earth, observing what becomes of those who choose fear-centered behavior. They could watch a most graphically illustrated story of what happens to those who ignore their natural design and misdirect their energy in cancerous and ultimately self-destructive behavior.

The angels of conception, so to speak, who are guiding universal development seek to minimize suffering as you perceive it, your own and that of races yet to come. So you see, when your race “fell”, attention gravitated to your place. Why allow dozens of worlds to experience the starvation, suffering and deprivation along with warfare and disease that is born from the egos‟ rejection of their spirits when one world would do? And if that one world were the source world, the point of conception for all similar life forms to come, then there would, after the lesson was learned, be a built-in genetic immunity to such disease in the future.

You knew us once for the flicker of a segment of “time” when you first left the seas for conscious experience to dress in human form and forget your spirit dreams. But it was time enough. We recognized you and knew then that we would never abandon you.

We knew that someday your own intelligence would lead you to seek contact with us once again. We maintained the conditions that surrounded this egg of possibility. We held the Earth carefully and assigned to her the brightest spirits to walk with you and remind you. Our Creator sent advanced and wondrous Christed beings to teach you and show you the way. We held the Earth most carefully and efforted to awaken you to your responsibilities to tend and nurture her. As bleak as it may seem to you who perceive yourselves scattered to the four corners, we now have our patience rewarded. There are those of you who at last look up and beyond and see us through the microscopic interpretations of your egos. And remember--it only requires ONE!

You are beginning to perceive us, the ones sent unto you from your Source that you don’t have to make the journey alone. We communicate. We do what we can with the words of your ego-created languages but it is somewhat like speaking with our hands through the movement of their shadows on cave walls, the fire of your interest flickering and sputtering. We must use crude and primitive symbolism, these symbols and marks upon a page--for you have forgotten your language. As you sense the reality behind these words and follow the direction of thought, there is movement in your life. You leave the cave of history’s deceit and enter the garden that has ever been your true home and wondrous indeed, it is.

We represent the Light Bearers, we come with the Wayshower--we are the ones sent from the stars on wings of silver and essence of angels‟ wings. We are the reality of your perfect spirits if you could but see it coming now--sent forth now by God to consciously walk in your human fields. It is time for you to awaken and make transition into Radiance again--into the Light of Creator, to rest in Peace, Love and Truth.

UNINFORMED

Do not be dismayed or discouraged when the uninformed criticize and accuse you of all manner of heinous things--it has ever been thus--it is the very character of the uninformed to continually criticize and accuse. They usually remain in ignorance for they fear ridicule if they make pronouncements and then find their pronouncements to be false.

The uninformed continually search for connections which they can not understand. When Immanuel, 2,000 years ago in your counting, set down the knowledge and the wisdom, He could do this only with words of certain meaning, then just as now. When in the present I speak about the same matters, I must use certain words which translate into certain meanings, now as then. Mankind is still too caught up in religions to recognize and accept any other Truth for they have forgotten that “religions” are set up by man--teachings are set up by God in the purest direct course to Spirit if it be His Truth presented. They still live in the belief that Truth, knowledge and belief would be “religion and that one could designate this or that doctrine to govern the religion of choice. They do not understand that a religion as you practice indoctrination within certain sects, can suppress a being and make him depend on something that stands above him and gives him orders and advice. The result is a creature no more master of himself but subjecting himself to something that remains powerfully above him and separate from him.

Thus, there does not exist many forms of “religions” as designated by labels that can be considered perfect and “all good”.

You see, when we presented the writings and notes of Judas Iscarioth, we only brought forth that which was already written and now translated into language you might understand. Since the story deviates in some manner from that which was chosen for enclosing in Earth’s books by the German scholars choosing gospels of Esu, many denounce Truth in favor of tradition and hearsay. It is fine, for man does not yet understand the fullness of Truth of origin nor of creation.

50,000 YEARS PAST

It is strange that man wishes to contradict that which he has no basis for judging. How can man know, for instance, that some 50,000 years ago in Earth chronology our home world found peace and liberty. Shortly before this time, 70,000 or so human beings fled under the leadership of one labeled Pelegon. They used spacecraft and they fled through the cosmos and settled on Earth. Under Pelegon were 200 sub-leaders, scientists, competent in their special fields of knowledge. By these, and others, Pelegon was acknowledged as what you might call the “King of Wisdom” and he was at that time, regarded as God and regarded as such for he taught the word and laws of God and The Creation.

Wondrous things were brought forth upon Earth. Regrettably, this lasted well for only a narrow span of some 10,000 years until desires for power and control prevailed once more and a deadly war raged over all the Earth. Without exception all was destroyed and only a remnant, a few thousand human beings, survived on Earth while others fled once more into the cosmos and settled faraway worlds. Does this sound like a rerun, chelas?

For some 7,000 years none returned to Earth and the humans left behind degenerated and became wild. Then descendents of those who had settled on faraway worlds returned. They were again under the leadership of God, under whose command they built on Atlantis and Mu. They built huge cities on each of the two separate continents.

For thousands of years they lived in friendship and peace, until a few scientists were again overcome by the old thirst for might and power and tried to seize the government. But having tired of wars, the nations rose up against them and they again occupied ships from space and fled into cosmic space some 15,000-20,000 years ago in Earth chronology. For some two millenniums they and their descendents lived in a neighboring solar system. Why is this hard for you of Earth to conceive in understanding--do you actually have such little faith and belief in God? Do you so limit God that you cannot believe beyond the physical features of your nose and that which the “controllers” would have you believe?

Oh dear ones, there were two millenniums during which they had become very evil and only maintained order under strictest control; but by mutation and their sciences, they extended their lifespans to some thousands of years.

Overcome by their thirst for power, they then left their world about 13,000 years ago, in your counting, and again returned to Earth. Now, hold your breath, chelas. Their highest leader was one who was called “The Barbarian”. Like the God before him some 40,000 years, IHWH also had some 200 leaders and sub-leaders who were competent in special fields of science for as you re-inhabit a planet where only a remnant remains, it requires much diversified knowledge and abilities.

In two groups they settled in the high north and the present Florida of North America while they continuously attacked Atlantis and Mu in war following war. In only a few millenniums after their occupation of Earth bases, they succeeded in destroying the civilizations of first Lemuria, Mu and then Atlantis. The few survivors went into servitude while many great scientists were able to flee and return to their homeworlds in the Pleiades. But centuries before this point in time, the intruders boasted of their conquest of Earth and IHWH ARUS led a severe and bloody regime.

Still his sub-leaders assumed for themselves many things and became more and more independent. Within only three decades they had gone far in their own decision making, even though they feared the punishments of the IHWH ARUS. They advocated a code to under all circumstances maintain their own race and not allow it to fall to mutations away from themselves.

In a most forbidden manner and secretly, they went out and caught wild Earth creatures and mutations who were distant descendents of former human beings. These evil tricksters called themselves ‘sons of Heaven” and corrupted according to their own race. It would come to be that these ones were put away into other places for they formed mutated tribes and did not follow the laws of God and/or The Creation.

It was at this time that ADAM was birthed--ADAM, (meaning “Earth human being”). Meanwhile, others similar had been produced who formed groups and tribes. From these, present Earth mankind developed.

This action angered IHWH ARUS and the sub-leaders were exiled, when he could catch them. In time he changed his mind and recognized a new power he could exercise over the Earth beings.

With newly appointed sub-leaders and guard angels, he brought three human races under his absolute control. These were the ancestors of those who today are known as “Indians”; then the fair-skinned inhabitants who had settled around the Black Sea; and the third were the “Gypsies” along the south of the Mediterranean Sea, who were called Hebrews. IHWH ARUS subjected these races and forced them under his control. As the highest ruler over them, he allowed himself to become venerated and adored as human ego-man is prone to do and promptly forgot the Creator. He allowed them to venerate him above the Creation itself and his sub-leaders were treated as “assistant” creators. He imposed most harsh and severe laws demanding the blood of the guilty. Does it not sound like a re-run of a scenario?

Ah ha, then came his son, JEHAV, who took over this dominion. He was little better for he too demanded only blood and death from the three enslaved races. The later descendents of these “Gods” became more humane and developed a degree of spirituality. I would guess it is time to straighten up and begin to fly according to the rules, little chelas!

Their spiritual evolution changed their minds and they decided to leave the development of the Earth beings to their natural course and retired to their home-world, so they departed Earth and returned as peaceful creatures again to the Pleiades where their own mankind had reached most advanced states of development.

United, we live together today and are an allied population in peace and liberty, under the Laws of God and acting in balance and harmony within The Creation. Precious ones, it is most essential that you ones come into Truth of this writing for you have so many gaps and missing pages in your historical documents and the unknown causes you great fear. Because your brethren of Pleiades feel responsibility and kindredship with your human Earth species, they come with the Hosts at this time to assist, to evacuate--to do whatever is required to help you in your transition. They feel that they have vested interests in your place and are feeling great concern that they caused some of your own chaotic past and present circumstance. They, and we, are come to assist wherein we might serve in the service, first of and to God--in balance and Truth within The Creation and unto you, our relations. May we come into understanding, one with the other that we might work toward Truth and again bring peace and wondrous magnificence unto the species.

It is time to go to the gathering, Dharma. Thank you for your time, for these concepts must be presented and understood that connections can be made for there is much to be done in the days and months ahead and we must walk together lest we be lost to the chaos. So be it.

In love and grace, I take leave of the writing. May God allow us the Grace to see our journey through. AHO!

Hatonn to stand-by. Salu.

What Are The Phoenix Journals?

Many people have asked us what the PHOENIX JOURNALS are. They contain the true history (His-story) of mankind on this planet as well as detailed information about the most asked about and wondered about subjects (i.e., Spirituality, E.T.s, our origin, our purpose here on this planet, etc.). Commander Hatonn and the other Higher Spiritual Teachers who have authored these JOURNALS, weave spiritual lessons and insights throughout the unveiling of lies which have been deceptively forced upon us, throughout ti me, by the Elite anti-Christ controllers. These JOURNALS are the "DEAD SEA SCROLLS" of our time. Their importance in the growth of mankind cannot be overstated. They are the textbooks of understanding which God promised us we would have, to guide us through the "End Times".

Here is what Commander Hatonn has said about the PHOENIX JOURNALS. Quoting from JOURNAL #40, THE TRILLION DOLLAR LIE, Vol.II, pgs. 47 & 48: "Some day in the far recesses of the future experiences of another human civilization—these JOURNALS will be found and TRUTH will again be given unto the world manifest so that another lost civilization can regain and find its way. God always gives His creations that which they need when the sequence is proper. It is what man DOES WITH THESE THINGS which marks the civilization. WHAT WILL YOUR LEGACY BE????? I focus on current activities which might turn your world about in ti me to save your ecosystems and your sovereignty as nations and peoples. You cannot wait to be filled in on the lies of the generations lest you wait until too late to take control of your circumstance presently within the lies. YOU ARE A PEOPLE OF MASSIVE DECEPTION AND WHAT YOU WILL DO WITH THIS INFORMATION IN ACTION DETERMINES YOUR PURPOSE AND GROWTH IN THIS WONDROUS MANIFESTED EXPERIENCE—WILL YOU PERISH PHYSICALLY OF THE EVIL INTENT, OR WILL YOU MOVE INTO AND WITHIN THE PLACES OF HOLY CREATOR? THE CHOICE IS YOURS."

BOOK LIST

THESE WORKS ARE A SERIES CALLED THE PHOENIX JOURNALS. THEY HAVE BEEN WRITTEN TO ASSIST MAN TO BECOME AWARE OF LONGSTANDING DECEPTIONS AND OTHER MATTERS CRITICAL TO HIS SURVIVAL AS A SPECIES.

1. SIPAPU ODYSSEY ISBN 1-56935-045-0

2. AND THEY CALLED HIS NAME IMMANUEL, I AM SANANDA ISBN 1-56935-014-0

3. SPACE-GATE, THE VEIL REMOVED ISBN 1-56935-015-9

4. SPIRAL TO ECONOMIC DISASTER ISBN 0-922356-07-6

5. FROM HERE TO ARMAGEDDON 1-56935-043-4

6. SURVIVAL IS ONLY TEN FEET FROM HELL ISBN 0-922356-11-4

7. THE RAINBOW MASTERS ISBN 1-56935-017-5

9. SATAN'S DRUMMERS ISBN 1-56935-054-X

10. PRIVACY IN A FISHBOWL ISBN 1-56935-042-6

11. CRY OF THE PHOENIX ISBN 1-56935-036-1

12. CRUCIFIXION OF THE PHOENIX ISBN 0-922356-41-9

13. SKELETONS IN THE CLOSET ISBN 0-922356-15-7

14. RRPP* *RAPE, RAVAGE, PLUNDER AND PILLAGE OF THE PHOENIX ISBN 0-922356-16-5

15. RAPE OF THE CONSTITUTION ISBN 0-922356-17-3

16. YOU CAN SLAY THE DRAGON ISBN 0-922356-21-1

17. THE NAKED PHOENIX ISBN 0-922356-22-X

18. BLOOD AND ASHES ISBN 0-922356-25-4

19. FIRESTORM IN BABYLON ISBN 0-922356-27-0

20. THE MOSSAD CONNECTION ISBN 0-922356-28-9

21. CREATION, THE SACRED UNIVERSE ISBN 1-56935-047-7

23. BURNT OFFERINGS ISBN 0-922356-33-5

24. SHROUDS OF THE SEVENTH SEAL ISBN 0-922356-34-3 1

25. THE BITTER COMMUNION ISBN 0-922356-37-8

26. COUNTERFEIT BLESSINGS THE ANTI-CHRIST BY ANY NAME: KHAZARS ISBN 0-922356-36-6

27. PHOENIX OPERATOR-OWNER MANUAL ISBN 1-56935-018-3

28. OPERATION SHANSTORM ISBN 0-922356-39-4

29. END OF THE MASQUERADE ISBN 0-922356-40-8

38. THE DARK CHARADE ISBN 0-922356-53-X

39. THE TRILLION DOLLAR LIE THE HOLOCAUST VOL. I ISBN 0-922356-55-6

40. THE TRILLION DOLLAR LIE THE HOLOCAUST VOL. II ISBN 0-922356-56-4

41. THE DESTRUCTION OF A PLANET ZIONISM IS RACISM ISBN 0-922356-60-2

42. UNHOLY ALLIANCE ISBN 0-922356-61-0

43. TANGLED WEBS VOL. I ISBN 0-922356-62-9

44. TANGLED WEBS VOL. II ISBN 0-922356-63-7

45. TANGLED WEBS VOL. III ISBN 0-922356-64-5

46. TANGLED WEBS VOL. IV ISBN 0-922356-65-3

48. TANGLED WEBS VOL. V ISBN 0-922356-68-8

49. TANGLED WEBS VOL. VI ISBN 0-922356-69-6

50. DIVINE PLAN VOL. I ISBN 1-56935-29-9

51. TANGLED WEBS VOL. VII ISBN 0-922356-81-5

52. TANGLED WEBS VOL. VIII ISBN 0-922356-83-1

53. TANGLED WEBS VOL. IX ISBN 0-922356-84-X

54. THE FUNNEL'S NECK ISBN 0-922356-86-6

55. MARCHING TO ZION ISBN 0-922356-87-4

56. SEX AND THE LOTTERY ISBN 0-922356-88-2

57. GOD'S PLAN 2000! DIVINE PLAN VOL. II ISBN 1-56935-028-0

58. FROM THE FRYING PAN INTO THE PIT OF FIRE ISBN 0-922356-90-4

59. "REALITY" ALSO HAS A DRUMBEAT ISBN 0-922356-91-2

60. AS THE BLOSSOM OPENS ISBN 0-922356-92-0

61. PROGRAMMING PITFALLS ISBN 1-56935-001-9

62. CHAPARRAL SERENDIPITY ISBN 1-56935-000-0 2

63. THE BEST OF TIMES ISBN 1-56935-002-7

64. TO ALL MY CHILDREN ISBN 1-56935-003-5

65. THE LAST GREAT PLAGUE ISBN 1-56935-004-3

66. ULTIMATE PSYCHOPOLITICS ISBN 1-56935-005-1

67. THE BEAST AT WORK ISBN 1-56935-006-X

68. ECSTASY TO AGONY ISBN 1-56935-007-8

69. TATTERED PAGES ISBN 1-56935-009-4

70. NO THORNLESS ROSES ISBN 1-56935-010-8

71. COALESCENCE ISBN 1-56935-012-4

72. CANDLELIGHT ISBN 1-56935-013-2

73. RELATIVE CONNECTIONS VOL. I ISBN 1-56935-016-7

74. MYSTERIES OF RADIANCE RELATIVE CONNECTIONS VOL. II ISBN 1-56935-019-1

75. TRUTH AND CONSEQUENCES REL. CONNECT. VOL. III ISBN 1-56935-020-5

76. SORTING THE PIECES REL. CONNECT. VOL. IV ISBN 1-56935-021-3

77. PLAYERS IN THE GAME ISBN 1-56935-022-1

78. IRON' TRAP AROUND AMERICA ISBN 1-56935-023-X

79. MARCHING TO ZOG ISBN 1-56935-024-8

80. TRUTH FROM THE "ZOG BOG" ISBN 1-56935-025-6

81. RUSSIAN ROULETTE AMONG OTHER THINGS ISBN 1-56935-026-4

82. RETIREMENT RETREATS OR WHICH CONCENTRATION CAMP DO YOU PREFER? ISBN 1-56935-027-2

83. POLITICAL PSYCHOS ISBN 1-56935-030-2

84. CHANGING PERSPECTIVES ISBN 1-56935-031-0

85. SHOCK THERAPY FOR A BRAIN DEAD WORLD ISBN 1-56935-032-9

86. MISSING THE LIFEBOAT?? ISBN 1-56935-033-7

87. IN GOD'S NAME AWAKEN ISBN 1-56935-034-5

88. ADVANCED DEMOLITION LEGION (THE ADL IN ACTION) ISBN 1-56935-035-3

89. FOCUS OF DEMONS ISBN (REAL GREMLINS IN THE WORKS) 1-56935-037-X

90. TAKING OFF THE BLINDFOLD ISBN 1-56935-038-8 3

91. FOOTSTEPS INTO TRUTH UNCOVERING LIES AND FRAUD ABOUT GOD AND MAN ISBN 1-56935-039-6

92. WALK THE CROOKED ROAD WITH THE CROOKS ISBN 1-56935-040-X

93. CRIMINAL POLITBUROS AND OTHER PLAGUES ISBN 1-56935-041-8

94. WINGING IT... ISBN 1-56935-044-2

95. HEAVE-UP (PHASE ONE) ISBN 1-56935-046-9

96. HEAVE-HO (PHASE TWO) ISBN 1-56935-048-5

97. HEAVE 'EM OUT (PHASE THREE, PART 1) ISBN 1-56935-049-3

98. ASCENSION OR NEVER-EVER LAND ISBN 1-56935-050-7

99. USURPERS OF FREEDOM IN CONSPIRACY ISBN 1-56935-051-5

100. BUTTERFLIES, MIND CONTROL--THE RAZOR'S EDGE IT'S ALL IN THE GAME ISBN 1-56935-052-3

101. THE BREATHING DEAD AND CEMENT CHILDREN ISBN 1-56935-053-1

102. SACRED WISDOM ISBN 1-56935-055-8

103. CONFRONT THE NOW * CREATE THE FUTURE ISBN 1-56935-056-6

104. FIRST STEPS ISBN 1-56935-057-4

105. AMERICA IN PERIL AN UNDERSTATEMENT ISBN 1-56935-058-2

107. RING AROUND THE ROSIE ISBN 1-56935-060-4

130. TRACKING DOWN THE KILLER "AND OTHER FORMS OF MURDER" ISBN 1-56935-083-3

222. BIRTHING THE PHOENIX Vol. 1 ISBN 1-56935-179-1

223. BIRTHING THE PHOENIX Vol. 2 ISBN 1-56935-180-5

224. BIRTHING THE PHOENIX Vol. 3 ISBN 1-56935-181-3

225. BIRTHING THE PHOENIX Vol. 4 ISBN 1-56935-182-1

227. RISE OF ANTICHRIST Vol. 1 ISBN 1-56935-184-8

228. RISE OF ANTICHRIST Vol. 2 ISBN 1-56935-185-6

229. RISE OF ANTICHRIST Vol. 3 ISBN 1-56935-186-4

230. RISE OF ANTICHRIST Vol. 4 ISBN 1-56935-187-2

Table of Contents

DISCLAIMER

COPYRIGHT POSITION STATEMENT AND DISCLAIMER

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEDICATION

INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 2

CHAPTER 3

CHAPTER 4

CHAPTER 5

CHAPTER 6

CHAPTER 7

CHAPTER 8

CHAPTER 9

CHAPTER 10

CHAPTER 11

CHAPTER 12

CHAPTER 13

CHAPTER 14

CHAPTER 15

CHAPTER 16

CHAPTER 17

CHAPTER 18

CHAPTER 19

CHAPTER 20

CHAPTER 21

CHAPTER 22

CHAPTER 23

CHAPTER 24

What Are The Phoenix Journals?

BOOK LIST